5to3
"S.fijj!
Journal of
Hymenoptera
Research
Volume 16, Number 2 N^ / /RPMafcS^ October 2007
ISSN #1070-9428
CONTENTS
GESS, F. W. The genus Quartinia Ed. Andre, 1884 (Hymenoptera: Vespidae: Masarinae) in
southern Africa. Part I. Descriptions of new species with complete venation 211
GRISSELL, E. E. Torymidae (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea) associated with bees (Apoidea),
with a list of chalcidoid bee parasitoids 234
NEFF, J. L. and A. W. HOOK. Multivoltinism and usage of multiple nest substrates in a west
Texas sand dune population of Psendomasaris phaceliae Rohwer (Hymenoptera: Vespi-
dae: Masarinae) 266
PACKER, L. Mydrosoma micheneri Packer, new species, a new diphaglossine bee from Brazil
(Hymenoptera: Colletidae) 277
PACKER, L., A.-I. D. GRAVEL, and G. LEBUHN. Phenology and social organization of Halictus
(Seladonia) tripartitus (Hymenoptera: Halictidae) 281
PULAWSKI, W. J. The status of Liris magnificus Kohl, 1884, and Trachogorytes costaricae
R. Bohart, 2000 (Hymenoptera: Crabronidae: Crabroninae, Bembicinae) 293
PUNZO, F. Interspecific variation in hunting behavior of Pepsis grossa (Fabricius) and Pepsis
thisbe Lucas (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae): a field study 297
SHIMIZU, A. and R. WAHIS. Systematic studies on the Pompilidae occurring in Japan: genus
Irenangelus Schulz (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae: Ceropalinae) 311
WENG, J. L. and BARRANTES, G. Natural history and larval behavior of the parasitoid Zaty-
pota petronae (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae) 326
INTERNATIONAL SOCIETY OF HYMENOPTERISTS
Organized 1982; Incorporated 1991
OFFICERS FOR 2007
Michael E. Schauff, President
James Woolley, President-Elect
Michael W. Gates, Secretary
Justin O. Schmidt, Treasurer
Gavin R. Broad, Editor
Subject Editors
Symphyta and Parasitica Aculeata
Biology: Mark Shaw Biology: Jack Neff
Systematics: Andrew Deans Systematics: Wojciech Pulawski
All correspondence concerning Society business should be mailed to the appropriate officer at the
following addresses: President, Plant Sciences Institute, Bldg. 003, Rm. 231 BARC-West, Beltsville,
MD 20705, USA; Secretary, Southwestern Biological Institute, 1961 W. Brichta Dr., Tucson, AZ 85745,
USA; Treasurer, PO Box 37012, c/o Smithsonian Institution, MNMH, MRC168, Washington, DC
20013-7012, USA; Editor, Dept. of Entomology, The Natural History Museum, Cromwell Road, Lon-
don SW7 5BD, UK.
Membership. Members shall be persons who have demonstrated interest in the science of entomol-
ogy Annual dues for members are US$45.00 per year (US$40.00 if paid before 1 February), payable
to The International Society of Hymenopterists. Requests for membership should be sent to the Trea-
surer (address above). Information on membership and other details of the Society may be found on
the World Wide Web at http://hymenoptera.tamn.edu/ish/.
Journal. The Journal of Hymenoptera Research is published twice a year by the International Society of
Hymenopterists, % Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560-
0168, U.S.A. Members in good standing receive the Journal. Nonmember subscriptions are $60.00
(U.S. currency) per year.
The Society does not exchange its publications for those of other societies.
Please see inside back cover of this issue for information regarding
preparation of manuscripts.
Statement of Ownership
Title of Publication: Journal of Hymenoptera Research.
Frequency of Issue: Twice a year.
Location of Office of Publication, Business Office of Publisher and Owner: International Society of
Hymenopterists, 0 Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, 10th and Constitution
NW, Washington, D.C. 20560-0168, U.S.A.
Editor: Gavin R. Broad, Department of Entomology, The Natural History Museum, Cromwell Road,
London SW7 5BD, UK.
Managing Editor and Known Bondholders or other Security Holders: none.
This issue was mailed 24 September 2007
J. HYM. RES.
Vol. 16(2), 2007, pp. 211-233
The Genus Quartinia Ed. Andre, 1884 (Hymenoptera: Vespidae:
Masarinae) in Southern Africa. Part I. Descriptions of New Species with
Complete Venation
Friedrich W. Gess
Albany Museum, Grahamstown, 6140 South Africa; email: f.gess@ru.ac.za
Abstract. — In this publication, the first of a projected series revising the Afrotropical (essentially
southern African) species of the genus Quartinia Ed. Andre, 1884 (Hymenoptera: Vespidae,
Masarinae), eleven new species are described. Of these, seven occurring variously in the southern
Namib Desert and in its southward extension down the western coast of South Africa, and one
occurring on the southern coast of South Africa, have been found nesting in sand-filled snail shells.
They are: australis, bonaespei, conchicola, namaqua, namaquettsis, obibensis, and refugicoln. To
these species is added vexilhita which is presumed to have the same nesting habits. A key to
distinguish these species is given. The other three newly described species, all from Namibia, are:
femorata, geigeriae and lamellata.
Following van der Vecht and Carpenter
(1990) Quartinia Ed. Andre, 1884 is here
understood to include, as junior subjective
synonyms, Quartiniella Schulthess, 1929
and Quartinioides Richards, 1962.
As has been pointed out by Carpenter
(2001), Quartiniella and Quartinioides were
primarily based on the partitioning of
a trend in the reduction of wing venation,
Quartiniella being defined on the basis of
the loss of 3rs-m and 2m-cu and Quarti-
nioides because it has 2m-eu present but
attenuate and interrupted, whereas Quarti-
nia has it complete. In Quartiniella in
particular and to some extent also in
Quartinioides reduction of wing venation
is a correlate of overall size reduction As
formal taxonomic partitioning of essential-
ly continuous variation is an unacceptable
practice, Carpenter synonymized Quarti-
niella and Quartinioides with Quartinia,
a view with which the present author is
in full agreement.
Nevertheless, in view of the large num-
ber of species in Quartinia, adoption of the
above venational characters to divide the
genus into smaller, more manageable but
totally informal, non-natural units is found
to be useful. Thus the present paper deals
with species with complete venation - that
is species which in the past would have
been placed in Quartinia sensu stricto.
In his revision Richards (1962) dealt with
a total of 61 southern African species, 18
being placed in Quartinia, 38 in Quarti-
nioides and five in Quartiniella. Of these, 11,
26 and two respectively were described as
new. One additional species, placed in
Quartinioides was added (Richards 1982).
Available to Richards in 1962 were just
over one thousand specimens - 140 Quar-
tinia, 727 Quartinioides and 148 Quartiniella.
Ten species were known from only one
specimen, 30 species from only one sex. It
is clear that Richards suffered from a pau-
city of material. Particularly the lack of
large samples from individual populations
spread over the distributional area pre-
vented him from appreciating factors such
as intraspecific variation and geographical
clines. In some instances the associations of
sexes is of doubtful validity, especially
where males and females are from widely
separated localities.
212
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
The present study is based on over 6000
specimens, most of which were purpose-
fully collected. A large proportion of the
specimens have associated biological data
- mostly flower visiting records but also,
for some species, nesting data.
Desirable as it might be to undertake
a complete revision of the genus, this is at
present not practicable. Rather than to get
bogged down in a study which might
never be completed and published, it is
intended to publish a series of papers
describing new species as well as review-
ing some known species. It is envisioned
that a new key to species will complete the
series.
Quartinia species range in length from
a little over 2 mm to 7 mm. In comparison
with the great majority of species of other
genera of Masarinae even the largest
Quartinia are relatively small. In view of
the considerable range in size shown by
species of Quartinia and in order to express
relative size, categories based on length
have been established for species of the
genus. These are: minute (1.5-2.5 mm);
small (2.5-3.5 mm); medium (3.5-4.5
mm); large (4.5-5.5 mm); very large (5.5-
6.5 mm); and gigantic (6.5-7.5 mm).
The notation used for expressing geo-
graphic co-ordinates is as in the gazetteer
of The Times Atlas of the World (1981). The
figures before the stop are degrees, those
after the stop are minutes; the stop is not
a decimal point.
For purposes of plotting distributions,
co-ordinates have been given in square
brackets in the text for those localities for
which none are given on the data labels.
On a few data labels from collections
other than that of the Albany Museum the
collecting locality is followed by degree
latitude and degree longitude and by half-
and quarter-degree reference letters ac-
cording to the Degree Reference System
of Leistner and Morris (1976). As this
system is not universally understood an
attempt has been made here to find on
a map the localities concerned and to add
in square brackets the co-ordinates ex-
pressed in the manner adopted in this
paper.
In listing the material examined, the
localities have been arranged, as far as
practicable, in north to south order within
countries or, in the case of South Africa,
within provinces.
Acronyms for institutions in which
material is housed are: AMG = Albany
Museum, Grahamstown, South Africa;
CAS = California Academy of Sciences,
San Francisco, United States of America;
FSCA = Florida State Collection of Arthro-
pods, Gainesville, United States of Amer-
ica; NCP = National Collection of Insects,
Pretoria, South Africa; NNIC = Namibian
National Insect Collection, Windhoek,
Namibia.
DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES AND
COLLECTION DATA
A) Species nesting in sand-filled snail
shells or (vexillata) presumed to do so.
Quartinia australis Gess, new species
Diagnosis. — Large (5.0-5.4 mm). Fore
wing with Cula and 2m-cu complete and
as thick as the other veins. Tegula with
posterior inner corner inwardly produced.
Both sexes predominantly black with limit-
ed white markings; male with clypeal disc
and underside of scape and pedicel white.
Description. — Female: Black. The follow-
ing are white: narrow anterior margin of
pronotum (in most specimens) and extreme
postero-dorsal angle of same; tegula anteri-
orly and posteriorly; lateral lamella of
scutellum; posterior bands medially on
terga I-V (that on V in some specimens
reduced to a postero-medial spot); distal
end of fore femur; streaks on fore and
middle tibiae; proximal and distal ends of
hind tibia. Brown are: rest of legs; underside
of flagellum. Wings lightly browned.
Length 5.0-5.4 (average of 5:5.3 mm);
length of fore wing 3.4-3.6 mm (average
of 4:3.53 mm); hamuli 6.
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
213
Head in front view 1.31 X as wide as
long, finely microreticulate, matt; clypeus
apunctate; frons and vertex with shallow
punctures separated by about their width
(punctures barely perceivable on lower
regions of frons, clearer in ocular sinuses
and upper part of frons and particularly on
vertex. POL:OOL = 1:0.6. Clypeus 1.5 X as
wide as long; anterior margin shallowly
and widely emarginate; antero-lateral an-
gles rounded.
Mesosoma microreticulate, moderately
shiny, with punctures larger and more
obvious than on head.
Gaster microreticulate but shiny; punc-
tures finer and shallower than on head and
much more so than those on mesosoma,
becoming progressively finer posteriorly.
Male: Black. White markings as in fe-
male, with in addition: labrum; disc of
clypeus (i.e. not sides nor areas adjacent to
antennal sockets); underside of scape and
pedicel; posterior band on tergum VI;
distal end of middle and hind femora.
Underside of flagellum white suffused
with reddish-brown.
Length 5.0-5.4 (average of 4:5.1 mm);
length of front wing 3.4-3.6 mm (average
of 4:3.42 mm); hamuli 6.
Head in front view 1.5 X as wide as long;
POL:OOL = 1:0.6. Clypeus 1.5 X as wide
as long; anterior margin shallowly and
widely emarginate; antero-lateral angles
rounded.
Microsculpture and punctuatation of
head and body similar to that of female.
Tergum VII (Fig. 6) with surface notice-
ably depressed and with hindmargin with
a short median slit. Sterna I-VI unmodi-
fied; sternum VII trilobed, basally marked-
ly concave between swollen and poster-
iorly produced lateral lobes and with
median lobe flat and densely setose.
Etymology. — The name australis draws
attention to the southern provenance of
the species.
Material examined.— Holotype: J, SOUTH
AFRICA: WESTERN CAPE: Witsand (34.23S
20.52E), 14.viii.2002 (F. W. and S. K. Gess) (ex
nest in shell of Tlieba pisana (Mull.), Helicidae)
[AMG]. Paratypes: SOUTH AFRICA: WEST-
ERN CAPE: same data as holotype, 7 99, 4 Jg
(ex nests in shells of Tlieba pisana (Mull.),
Helicidae) [AMG].
Geographic distribution. — Known only
from the type locality, Witsand, near Port
Beaufort at the mouth of the Bree River,
a little to the west of the southernmost
point of Africa.
Floral associations. — Unknown.
Nesting.— Found nesting in sand-filled
shells of the exotic Tlieba pisana (Mull.)
(Mollusca: Gasteropoda: Pulmonata: Heli-
cidae) collected from the surface of the
sand below bushes growing on supra-
littoral dunes.
Quartinia bonaespei Gess, new species
Diagnosis.— Very large to gigantic (6.3-
7.0 mm). Fore wing with Cula and 2m~cu
complete and as thick as other veins.
Tegula short, laterally rounded, with pos-
terior inner corner inwardly produced.
Both sexes black with white-marked pro-
notum, tegula and scutellar lamella and
with wide, bright reddish-orange posterior
bands on all but last two terga. Male with
greatly enlarged and modified fore leg,
with somewhat modified middle and hind
legs, with tergum VII apico-medially
drawn out into a robust, dorsally flattened
and apically rounded process, and with
sterna medially depressed.
Description. — Female: Black. The follow-
ing are white: medially interrupted trans-
verse band on dorsum of pronotum and
minute dot at postero-dorsal angle of same;
anterior and posterior thirds of tegula
(median third black); medially broadly
interrupted band on lamellate margin of
scutellum. Bright reddish-orange are:
mandibles distally; posterior markings
dorsally (i. e. not extending down sides)
on terga I-IV (that of tergum I wide,
covering entire dorsal surface, that of II
slightly narrower, that of III wide medially
but narrowed laterally, that oi IV a median
214
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
transverse spot). Labrum brown. Under-
side of antennae, to various degrees, pale.
Coxa, trochanter, femur and tibia of all legs
black with exception of yellowish streak on
antero-dorsal surface of fore tarsus and
same colour on extreme base of middle and
hind tibiae; tarsomeres dark brown. Wings
brown; veins dark brown to black.
Length 6.3-7.0 mm (average of 5:6.7
mm); length of fore wing 4.3-4.5 mm
(average of 5:4.4 mm); hamuli 6.
Head in front view 1.29 X as wide as
long, microreticulate, matt, with small,
shallow punctures (sparse on clypeus, well
separated on lower part of frons but
progressively closer on upper part of frons
and on vertex). POL:OOL = 1:0.75. Clyp-
eus 1.3 X as wide as long; anterior margin
shallowly emarginate; antero-lateral angles
rounded.
Mesosoma microreticulate, matt, with
punctures slightly larger and deeper than
on head (moderately well separated on
mesoscutum and scutellum, closer on pro-
notum and upper part of mesopleuron
where sculpture almost reticulate-punctate).
Gaster microreticulate but shiny; punc-
tures finer and shallower than on head and
mesosoma, becoming progressively finer
posteriorly.
Male: Black. White markings as in fe-
male. Bright reddish-orange markings on
gaster similar to those of female but
present also on tergum V where transverse
as on anterior terga. Underside of flagello-
meres, antero-distal spot on fore femur,
dorsal and anterior surfaces of fore tibia,
fore tarsus, yellowish-orange.
Length 6.3 mm; length of fore wing
4.6 mm; hamuli 6.
Head in front view 1.33 X as wide as
long, much more finely microreticulate and
much more finely punctate than in female,
moderately shiny. POL:OOL - 1:0.7. Clyp-
eus shorter than that of female, 1.46 X as
wide as long.
Mesosoma much more finely microreti-
culate and much more finely punctate than
in female, moderately shiny.
Fore leg much modified; coxa and
trochanter enlarged; femur (Fig. 1) greatly
swollen, postero-basally with pointed tu-
bercle, its posterior surface depressed,
smooth and very shiny and forming an
angle with ventral surface; tibia greatly
enlarged, ventrally with its swollen basal
section fitting into opposing disto-ventral
emargination of femur (best seen in ante-
rior view); tarsomeres robust, noticeably
setose. Middle and hind legs more robust
than those of female; femora of both these
legs swollen beneath but longitudinally
grooved over distal half to accommodate
tibia when opposed; tarsomeres II— IV of
middle leg noticeably wider than those of
hind leg.
Gaster very finely microreticulate, shiny.
Tergum VII (Fig. 7) baso-laterally with
a pronounced rounded tubercle, apico-
medially drawn out into a robust, dorsally
flattened and apically rounded process
raised above depressed surface on either
side of it; process dorsally with a slight
median longitudinal carina and laterally on
each side with a smooth low carina (carried
forward some distance onto the tergal disk)
at angle formed by its dorsal and lateral
surfaces; hind margin of tergum in lateral
view forming a low smooth curve from
basal tubercle to tip of apical process.
Sternum II— VI depressed medially; ster-
num II markedly so; III— VI progressively
less so.
Etymology. — The name bonaespei, a Latin
noun in the genitive, refers to the Cape of
Good Hope and draws attention to the
provenance of the species, especially to the
type locality which is within sight of Table
Mountain.
Material examined. — Holotype: o, SOUTH
AFRICA: WESTERN CAPE: on coast 4 km
north of Bloubergstrand (33.46S 18.27E), 12-
13.viii.2002 (F. W. and S. K. Gess) (on ground)
[AMG]. Paratypes: SOUTH AFRICA: WEST-
ERN CAPE: Donkinsbaai, 10 km S of Door-
nbaai, low vegetated dunes and slacks behind
beach (31.54S 18.17E), 9.ix.2005 (F. W. and S. K.
Gess), 8 99 (4 99 from sand-filled Trigonephrus
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
215
Figs. 1-5. Left fore femur of male (posterior view). 1. Quartinia bonaespei, 2. Quartinia conchicola, 3. Quartinia
namaquensis, 4. Quartinia vexillata, 5. Quartinia fenwrata.
shells; 2 99 reared from mature larvae ex
Quartinia nests ex sand-filled Trigouephrus
shells, emerged in lab. first week of June 2006;
2 99 visiting white centred, pink flowers of
Drosantheinuin sp., Aizoaceae: Mesembryan-
thema) [AMG]; Lamberts Bay, dunes behind
beach (32.05S 18.19E), 28.ix.2005 (F. W. and S. K.
Gess), 1 9 (from Trigonepihrus shell) [AMG];
Lamberts Bay, sandy southern bank of lagoon
(32.05S 18 19E), 28.ix.2005 (F. W. and S. K. Gess),
3 99 (visiting yellow flowers of Conicosia,
Aizoaceae: Mesembryanthema) [AMG]; Elands
Bay, low vegetated dunes behind beach (32.19S
18.20E), 30.ix.2005 (F. W. and S. K. Gess), 3 99, 1
J (1 9 from sand filled Trigouephrus shell; 2 99
visiting pink flowers of Drosanthemum, Aizoa-
ceae: Mesembryanthema; 1 ,_J reared ex Quarti-
nia nest in sand-filled Theba pisana (Mull.) shell,
emerged in lab. 6.viii.2006) [AMG]; Roscherpan
Nature Reserve (32.36S 18.18E), 24.iii.2001
(Feuerer & Thell), 4 99, 1 J (from shells of
Trigouephrus porphyrostoma (Melvill & Pon-
sonby) [Zool. Mus Berlin]; Yzerfontein (33.20S
18.10E), 15.X.2006 (D. W., G. T. and G. M. Gess),
1 9 (ex Theba pisana shell) [AMG]; S of
Yzerfontein (33.22S 18.1 IE), 15.X.2006 (D. W.,
G. T. and G. M. Gess), 1 9 (on sand) [AMG];
Melkbosstrand (33.42S 18.26E), lO.x.2005 (F.W.
and S. K. Gess), 2 99 (1 9 on sand beneath
flowering Tracln/andra divaricata (Jacq.) Kunth.,
Asphodelaceae; 1 9 reared from mature larva ex
Quartinia nest ex sand-filled Theba pisana shell)
[AMG]; on coast 4 km north of Bloubergstrand
(33.46S 18.27E), 12-13.viii.2002 (F. W. and S. K.
Gess), 11 99, (6 99, 3 99 visiting white flowers of
Tracln/andra divaricata; 1 9 visiting purplish pink
flowers of Aizoaceae: Mesembryanthema; 1 9 ex
nest in sand-filled Trigouephrus shell) [AMG];
same locality, 5.X.2005 (F. W. and S. K. Gess), 4
99, 1 6* (1 9 from sand filled Trigouephrus shell; 1
9 visiting white flowers of Tracln/andra divar-
icata; 2 99 on sand beneath flowering Tracln/au-
216
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
6.
8.
10.
11
12.
Figs. 6-13. Tergum VII of male (postero-dorsal view). 6. Quartinia australis, 7. Quartinia bonaespei, 8. Qumiinia
conchkola, 9. Quartinia namaquensis, 10. Quartinia obibensis, 11. Quartinia refugicola, 12. Quartinia vcxillata, 13.
Quartinia femorata. [TergumVII of Quartinia namaqua is very similar to that of Quartinia obibensis (Fig. 10)].
dm divaricata; 1 j reared ex Quartinia nest in
sand-filled Theba pisana shell, emerged in lab.
8.viii.2006) [AMG].
Geographic distribution. — Known only
from the supra-littoral dunes of the Atlan-
tic seaboard of the Western Cape, from
Donkinsbaai, circa 220 km north of Cape
Town to Bloubergstrand at the northern
extremity of Table Bay (the type locality).
At Yzerfontein it has been found together
with Q. namaqua and Q. obibensis.
Floral associations. — Asphodelaceae (Tra-
chyandra) and Aizoaceae: Mesem-
bryanthema (including Conicosia and Dro-
santhemum).
Nesting. — The collection at all the listed
localities of adult females from sand-filled
snail shells, the discovery of an adult
female at Bloubergstrand in a shell contain-
ing also an open cell provisioned with
a mixture of pollens including that of
Trachyandra divaricata, and the rearing in
the lab of adults from mature larvae
extracted from cells found in shells from
four of the localities, demonstrates that this
species, like others occurring in sandy
areas, utilizes sand-filled snail shells as
a nesting niche. Shells of the indigenous
desert snail, Trigonephrus species (Mol-
lusca: Gasteropoda: Pulmonata: Dorcasii-
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
217
dae) are the original ones utilized and
appear to be preferred; where these are in
short supply, the smaller, thinner and
therefore less opaque shells of the exotic
Theba pisana (Mull.) (Mollusca: Gastero-
poda: Pulmonata: Helicidae) are used.
Quartinia conchicola Gess, new species
Quartinia sp. (larger sp.) (Gess and Gess 1999,
nesting)
Diagnosis. — Very large (5.6-6.3 mm).
Fore wing with Cula and 2m-cu complete
and as thick as other veins. Both sexes with
vertex behind posterior ocelli depressed,
somewhat concave; with fore coxa not
swollen basally nor anteriorly produced
but evenly curved. Male with fore femur
enlarged, excavated beneath and undulate
postero-ventrally; tibia robust, markedly
swollen, appreciably shorter than femur
and, when opposed to femur, fitting into
ventral excavation of same.
Description. — Female: Black. The follow-
ing are yellowish-white: short (almost
medially interrupted) and laterally widen-
ing transverse band on dorsum of prono-
tum and minute spot at postero-dorsal
angle of same; humeral streak of varying
length; anterior and posterior thirds of
tegula (median third clear, testaceous);
medially interrupted band on lamellate
margin of scutellum (specimens from
Hondeklip Bay only). (The specimen from
Knersvlakte lacks the humeral streak as do
those from between Alexander Bay and
Port Nolloth which in addition have the
other markings on the thorax reduced and
reddish-brown. Those from W of Wallek-
raal are without thoracic markings.) The
following are various shades of light
reddish brown: mandible (other than base);
labrum; lower aspect of pedicel and flagel-
lum; posterior bands (in some specimens
widened medially and usually not attain-
ing lateral margins) on terga I-IV (or V);
apices of all femora; most of tibia and
tarsus of all legs. Venation light brown at
base of wings, otherwise very dark brown.
Wing membrane very slightly browned.
Length 5.6-6.3 mm (average of 8 =
6.1 mm); length of fore wing 3.7-4.2 mm
(average of 8 = 4.1 mm); hamuli 6.
Head in front view 1.3-1.34 X as wide as
long; POL:OOL = 1:0.65 (average of 5).
Vertex behind posterior ocelli depressed,
somewhat concave.
In general facies similar to male (de-
scribed below) but with legs and last
tergum simple.
Male: Head and mesosoma black, gaster
and greater part of femora of all legs very
dark brown to almost black. The following
are yellowish-white: pair of small spots on
frons immediately above frontoclypeal su-
ture (in specimens from north of Vanrhyns-
dorp only); short (almost medially inter-
rupted) and laterally widening transverse
band on dorsum of pronotum and minute
spot at postero-dorsal angle of same; hu-
meral streak of varying length; anterior and
posterior thirds of tegula (median third
clear, testaceous); medially interrupted
band on lamellate margin of scutellum. (In
a specimen from between Alexander Bay
and Port Nolloth the humeral markings are
absent and the other markings on the thorax
are reddish-brown.) The following are
various shades of light reddish brown:
mandible (other than base); labrum; lower
aspect of scape, pedicel and flagellum;
posterior bands (slightly widened medially
and laterally but not attaining lateral mar-
gins) on terga I— VI; apices of all femora;
most of fore tibia; middle tibia and hind
tibia to variable extent and tarsus of all legs.
Venation light brown at base of wings,
otherwise very dark brown. Wing mem-
brane very slightly browned.
Length circa 5.8-6 mm; length of fore
wing circa 4^4.5 mm.
Head, mesosoma and terga I— VII very
finely microsculptured (shagreened) but
nevertheless shiny.
Head in front view 1.4-1.45 X as wide as
long; POL:OOL = 1:0.65. ). Vertex behind
posterior ocelli depressed, somewhat con-
cave.
218
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
Tegula with posterior inner corner in-
wardly produced. Wing venation with Cul
and 2m-cu complete and as thick as other
veins.
Fore leg with coxa unmodified; femur
(Fig. 2) enlarged, excavated beneath and
undulate postero-ventrally; tibia robust,
markedly swollen, appreciably shorter
than femur and when opposed to femur
fitting into ventral excavation of same.
Middle and hind femora robust but
otherwise not markedly modified.
Sternum I postero-medially very slightly
bi-tuberculate; sternum II somewhat raised
on either side of median area. Tergum VII
(Fig. 8) in posterior half with dorsal surface
raised laterally and delimited by low
carinae, produced apically and with a deep,
narrow, slightly sub-parallel median slit.
Etymology. — The name conchicola is
a compound word formed from the Latin
words concha - ae - the shell of a mollusc,
and cola - a dweller. It serves to draw
attention to the species' association, albeit
not unique, with sand-filled shells of the
Desert Snail, Trigonephrus, in which its
nests are sheltered from prevailing winds.
Material examined.— Holotype: J, SOUTH
AFRICA: WESTERN CAPE: 12 km N of Vanr-
hynsdorp (31.31S 18.43E), 27.ix.2005 (F. W. and
S. K. Gess) (dead, ex nest in sand-filled
Trigonephrus shell) [AMG]. Paratypes: SOUTH
AFRICA: NORTHERN CAPE: Richtersveld Na-
tional Park, 1.5 km from Helskloof Gate (28.18S
16.57E), 8.ix.l996 (F. W., S. K. and R. W. Gess), 1
9 (on white flowers of Pelargonium klinghardtense
Knuth, Geraniaceae) [AMG]; Richtersveld, W of
Brandkaros (28.29S 16.40E), 15.ix.1996 (F. W., S.
K. and R. W. Gess), 1 S (dead) and fragments of
2 further <$<$ (ex nests in sand-filled Trigonephrus
shells) [AMG]; between Alexander Bay and
turnoff to Oranjemund (28.35S 16.30E)
13.ix.1996 (F. W., S. K. and R. W. Gess), 1 9
(dead, ex nest in sand-filled Trigonephrus shell)
[AMG]; 24 km S of Alexander Bay on road to
Port Nolloth [= 60 km N of Port Nolloth on
road to Alexander Bay] (28.47S 16.38E),
27.ix.1997 (F. W. and S. K. Gess), 5 99 (4 ex
nests in sand-filled Trigonephrus shells; 1 on
ground) [AMG]; same locality, ll.x.2000 (F. W.
and S. K. Gess), 1 9 (visiting pink flowers of
Drosanthemum sp.) [AMG]; 60 km S of Alexan-
der Bay on road to Port Nolloth (28.51 S 16.40E),
19.ix.1996 (F. W., S. K. and R. W. Gess), 1 J
(dead, ex nest in sand-filled Trigonephrus shell)
[AMG]; Hondeklip Bay (30.19S 17.17E),
12.X.1994 (F. W. and S. K. Gess), 3 99 (visiting
yellow flowers of Conicosia sp., Aizoaceae:
Mesembryanthema) [AMG]; W of Wallekraal
(30.21S 17.26E), 8.X.1997 (F. W. and S. K. Gess), 2
99 (live) and fragments of 1 c? (ex nests in sand-
filled Trigonephrus shells) [AMG]. WESTERN
CAPE: Knersvlakte, 48 km N of Vanrhynsdorp
(31.14S 18.32E), 20.ix.1996 (F. W., S. K. and R. W.
Gess), 1 9 [AMG]; 12 km N of Vanrhynsdorp
(31.31S 18.43E), 27.ix.2005 (F. W. and S. K. Gess),
2 99, 2 S3 (dead and incomplete, ex nests in
sand-filled Trigonephrus shells) [AMG]; SE of
Lutzville on road to Vredendal (31.36S 18.23E),
29.ix.2005 (F. W. and S. K. Gess), 399 (reared
from mature larvae ex Quartinia nests ex sand-
filled Trigonephrus shells, emerged in lab at the
end of April 2007) [AMG].
Geographic distribution. — The species is
known from South Africa from the western
part of the Northern Cape, mainly along
the seaboard from the Orange River south-
wards, and from the northwestern Western
Cape where it extends inland to a distance
of about 50 km. In occurs variously togeth-
er with Q. namaqua, Q. namaquensis, Q.
obibensis, Q. rufigicola and Q. vexillata.
Floral associations. — Aizoaceae: Mesem-
bryanthema (Conicosia, Drosanthemum),
Geraniaceae (Pelargonium).
Nesting. — Throughout its presently
known distributional area found nesting
in sand-filled shells of the desert snail
Trigonephrus sp. (Mollusca: Gasteropoda:
Pulmonata: Dorcasiidae). For further de-
tails see Gess and Gess (1999).
Discussion. — Q. conchicola and Q. vexillata
appear to be closely allied and at least in
the north-western Richtersveld (S of Alex-
ander Bay) overlap in their distribution.
Whereas the males are readily distinguish-
able on the basis of secondary sexual
characters - notably the differently modi-
fied fore legs - the females are deceptively
similar and at first sight are very difficult
to separate. They may, however, be distin-
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007 219
guished by characters which they share (progressively darkened) of all legs; in two
with their respective males: Q. conchicola by of the southern specimens apex of femur,
the depressed, somewhat concave vertex base and apex of tibia and base of first
and by the unmodified fore coxae and Q. tarsomere only. Wings slightly darkened;
vexillata by the evenly convex vertex and veins brown.
by the basally swollen and anteriorly pro- Length 6.2 mm; length of fore wing
duced fore coxae. 3.9 mm; hamuli 6.
Head in front view 1.3 X as wide as long;
Quartinia namaqua Gess, new species clypeus 1.1 x as wide as long (length
measured to bottom of emargination);
Diagnosis.-Very large (5.8-6.2 mm). pOL:OOL 1:09 Q dosel
Fore wing with Cula and 2m-cu complete microsculptured/ with bareiy discernable
and as thick as other veins. Tegula with shaUow tureS/ dull; frons and vertex
posterior inner corner markedly inwardly similarly micr0sculptured but somewhat
produced, reddish brown. Both sexes with mQre obviously punctured, moderately
head and thorax black (except, in most shiny; mesosoma micr0sculptured with
specimens, a small reddish-brown marking obvious shallow pictures; interstices of
medially on anterior margin of pronotum); puncture width or less; parapsidal furrows
gaster black with a variable number of very obvious; gaster finely and closely
reddish brown posterior bands which do punctured shinv
not attain sides of terga. Parapsidal fur- Mak. Black The foUowing are reddish-
rows very noticeable. Male with clypeus brown: mandibles distally; scape apically,
evenly convex (not medially depressed), pedical/ upper and iower side 0f flagello-
closely and finely sculptured; with ster- meres (except dista] part 0f dub); trans-
num I postero-medially raised into a pro- verse marking on anterior margin of
nounced tubercle; tubercle viewed from pronotum; tegula; posterior band not at-
behind with widely rounded (almost sub- taining sides on tergum I and mere in-
truncate) apex, viewed from the side dication of band on tergum II; apex of
sloping steeply anteriorly and falling steep- femur/ most of tibia, tarsomeres (progres-
ly posteriorly to hind margin of sternum. siveiy darkened) of all legs.
Tergum VII with distinct dorsal and lateral Length 5.8 mm; length of fore wing
surfaces; apex drawn out into a pair of 35 mm; hamuli 6.
parallel processes flanking narrow and slit- Head in front view 1.4 x as wide as long;
like emargination; emargination produced clypeUs 1.1 X as wide as long (length
anteriorly as a median impression. measured to bottom of emargination);
Description.— Female: Black. The follow- POL:OOL = 1:0.8. Clypeus evenly convex,
ing are reddish-brown: mandibles distally; closely microsculptured, with barely dis-
underside of pedicel and flagellum; in two cernable shallow punctures, only moder-
of the northern specimens a mere indica- ately shiny; frons and vertex similarly
tion of a transverse marking on anterior microsculptured but somewhat more obvi-
margin of pronotum; tegula; posterior ously punctured, moderately shiny; meso-
bands not attaining sides on terga 1-IV soma microsculptured with obvious shal-
(in southern specimens on terga I — III only); low punctures; interstices of puncture
that on I of even width and covering about width or less; parapsidal furrows very
half of tergum; those of terga II and III obvious; gaster finely and closely punc-
narrower but medially expanded; that of tured, shiny. Sternum I postero-medially
IV short or (in two specimens) barely raised into a pronounced tubercle; tubercle
indicated; in northern specimens apex of viewed from behind with widely rounded
femur, entire or most of tibia, tarsomeres (almost subtruncate) apex, viewed from
220
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
the side sloping steeply anteriorly and
falling steeply posteriorly to hind margin
of sternum. Tergum VII with distinct
dorsal and lateral surfaces; apex drawn
out into a pair of parallel processes flank-
ing narrow and slit-like emargination;
emargination produced anteriorly as a me-
dian impression.
Etymology.— The name, namaqua, a noun
in apposition to the generic name, is derived
from the Namaqua people of Namaqualand
and refers to the provenance of the species.
Material examined. ■ Holotype, 6\ SOUTH
AFRICA: NORTHERN CAPE: Inland of Hon-
deklip Bay (30.19S 17.17E), 25.ix.2005 (F W and S
K Gess) (ex nest in sand-filled Trigonephrus
shell) [AMG]. Paratypes: SOUTH AFRICA:
NORTHERN CAPE: same data as holotype, 1
9 [AMG]; between Hondeklip Bay and Wallek-
raal (30.22S 17.28E), 25.ix.2005 (F W and S K
Gess), 1 9 (ex nest in sand-filled Trigonephrus
shell) [AMG]. WESTERN CAPE: SE of Lutzville
on road to Vredendal (31.36S 18.23E), 29.ix.2005
(F W Gess and S K Gess), 1 9 (visiting yellow
flowers of Conicosia spv Aizoaceae: Mesem-
bryanthema) [AMG]; Yzerfontein (33.20S
18.10E), 15.X.2006 (D. W., G. T. and G. M. Gess),
3 99 (ex Theba pisana shells) [AMG].
Geographic distribution. — The species is
known from South Africa from the south-
western Northern Cape, from the north-
western Western Cape, and from Yzerfon-
tein in the southwestern Western Cape,
and therefore will probably be found to
occur all along the coastal sandveld be-
tween the above areas. In occurs variously
together with Q. bonaespei, conchicola, na-
maquensis and obibensis.
Floral associations. — Aizoaceae: Mesem-
bryanthema (Conicosia).
Nesting. — At two localities found nesting
in sand-filled shells of the desert snail
Trigonephrus sp. (Mollusca: Gasteropoda:
Pulmonata: Dorcasiidae) and at another
obtained from shells of the exotic Tlieba
pisana (Mull.) (Mollusca: Gasteropoda:
Pulmonata: Helicidae).
Discussion. — Q. namaqua is superficially
very similar to Q. obibensis, most notably in
the male in the possession of a raised
tubercle postero-medially on sternum I. It
may be distinguished in both sexes by the
more distinct and somewhat less close
puncturation of the mesoscutum and scu-
tellum, by the broader and much more
noticeable parapsidal furrows, and by the
interocellar distance only slightly exceed-
ing the ocellar-ocular distance [POL:OOL
= 1:0.9 (9) and 1:0.8 (S) as against 1:0.7
(both sexes)]. The male may be distin-
guished by the evenly convex, closely
microsculptured and only moderately
shiny clypeus in contrast to the medially
depressed, non-microsculptured but
sparsely punctured and shiny clypeus of
Q. obibensis. In colour pattern the species
differs in that the reddish-brown markings
are reduced, most notably in that the
posterior bands on the gaster do not attain
the lateral margins of the terga.
Quartinia namaquensis Gess, new species
Diagnosis. — Very large (5.8-6.0 mm).
Fore wing with Cula and 2m-cu complete
and as thick as other veins. Tegula short,
laterally rounded, with posterior inner
corner inwardly produced. Male black
with white-marked labrum, clypeus, frons,
pronotum, tegula, scutellar lamella, and
terga I-VI. Fore leg greatly enlarged and
modified; middle and hind legs somewhat
modified. Tergum VII drawn out apico-
medially into a robust, pointed, dorsally
flattened and apically narrowly rounded
process.
Description. — Male: Black. The following
are white: labrum; disc of clypeus; parao-
cular streak from mandibular insertion to
level of top of antennal socket (specimen
from Wallekraal only); supra-clypeal mark-
ing (more or less quadrate and bilobed
dorsally in specimens from Leliefontein
but in specimen from Wallekraal expanded
on each side with lobe directed laterally
towards ocular sinus and another directed
dorsally); underside of scape, pedical and
proximal flagellomeres; continuous anteri-
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
221
or band on pronotum (narrowly and
pointedly extended a little along dorso-
lateral margin and broadly continuous
onto humerus and beyond) and minute
spot on postero-dorsal angle of same; small
spot at top of mesopleuron (specimen from
Wallekraal only); tegula (except for median
testaceaous area); scutellar lamella (other
than medially); lower two thirds of meta-
notum (specimen from Wallekraal only);
minute dots dorsally on propodeum (one
specimen from Leliefontain only) or small
streak unilaterally on angle of propodeum
(specimen from Wallekraal only); narrow
posterior bands, almost reaching sides, on
terga I-VI. The following are light reddish
yellow: mandible (except base and apex):
labrum (if not white); posterior bands,
slightly medially expanded, on sterna;
underside of trochanter of all legs; entire
anterior surface of fore femur as well as
posterior surface of basal lamelliform angle
of same; underside of basal half of mid
femur (most specimens); apices of femora
and entire tibiae, tarsi and claws of all legs.
Wing membrane sub-hyaline; veins brown.
Length 5.8-6.0 mm.; length of fore wing
3.8-3.9 mm.; hamuli circa 6.
Head in front view 1.33 X as wide as
long, microreticulate, moderately shiny,
with shallow punctures (small and close
on frons, slightly larger and more widely
spaced on vertex). POL:OOL = 1:0.59.
Clypeus 1.5 X as wide as long in midline;
anterior margin widely and shallowly
emarginate.
Mesosoma microreticulate, moderately
shiny, with punctures larger than those
on head (moderately well separated on
pronotum, mesoscutum and scutellum).
Tegula short, laterally rounded, with
posterior inner corner inwardly produced.
Fore leg much modified; coxa and
trochanter enlarged; femur (Fig. 3) greatly
swollen, its posterior surface in proximal
half markedly concavely excavate, smooth
and very shiny, its baso-ventral region
angulate and sublamellate; first tarsomere
swollen, excavate and setose below; second
tarsomere in posterior view curved, wide
at base but otherwise narrow, with long ,
backwardly curved setae; middle and hind
legs beneath with trochanters flattened and
with femora angulate, flattened in proxi-
mal half and longitudinally grooved in
distal half.
Metasoma moderately shiny, with punc-
tures finer than those on head. Tergum VII
(Fig. 9) drawn out apico-medially into
a robust, pointed, dorsally flattened and
apically narrowly rounded process.
Female: Unknown, none of the specimens
of several species from the relevant local-
ities being assignable with any degree of
confidence to this species.
Etymology. — The name, namaquensis, an
adjective, is derived from the Namaqua
people of Namaqualand and refers to the
provenance of the species.
Material examined. — Holotype, 3, SOUTH
AFRICA: NORTHERN CAPE: Leliefontein
(30.23S 18.16E), 31.vii.2003 (C. Mayer), 1 3
(yellow trap) [AMG]. Paratypes: SOUTH
AFRICA: NORTHERN CAPE: same data as
holotype but date 15.ix.2003, 1 3 [AMG]; same
data as holotype but date 22.viii.2004, and trap
white, 1 3 [AMGJ; W of Wallekraal (30.21S
17.26E), 8.X.1997 (F. W. and S. K. Gess), 1 3 (ex
nest in sand-filled Trigonepmrus shell) [AMG].
Geographic distribution. — Known only
from two localities in Namaqualand, one
in the coastal sandveld, the other in the
Kamiesberg. In the former locality it occurs
together with Q. conchicola and Q. namaqua.
Floral associations. — Unknown.
Nesting. — One specimen, freshly eclosed
and with wings not yet fully hardened,
was extracted from a cell of a nest in a sand-
filled shell of the desert snail Trigonephrus
sp. (Mollusca: Gasteropoda: Pulmonata:
Dorcasiidae).
Quartinia obibensis Gess, new species
Diagnosis. — Large to very large (5.2-
5.7 mm). Fore wing with Cula and 2m-cu
complete and as thick as the other veins.
Tegula with posterior inner corner markedly
inwardly produced, reddish brown. Both
222 Journal of Hymenoptera Research
sexes with head and thorax predominantly Gaster finely microreticulate but shiny;
black with limited reddish-brown markings; punctures finer than those on mesosoma,
gaster black with well developed reddish- becoming progressively finer distally.
brown posterior bands attaining or almost Tegula with posterior inner corner mark-
attaining side of terga. Male with clypeus edly inwardly produced,
medially depressed, sparsely punctured and Male: Black. The reddish-brown mark-
shiny; with sternum I postero-medially ings as in the female, with in addition:
raised into a small tubercle; tubercle viewed labrum (to varying degree); in some speci-
from behind transversely subtriangular with mens small antero-lateral spots (occasion-
a narrowly rounded apex, viewed from the ally joined ) on clypeus.
side sloping gradually anteriorly and falling Length 5.2 mm; length of fore wing
steeply posteriorly to hind margin of ster- 3.5 mm.
num. Tergum VII with distinct dorsal and POL:OOL = 1:0.7
lateral surfaces; apex drawn out into a pair of Clypeus medially depressed, non-micro-
parallel processes flanking narrow and slit- sculptured but sparsely punctured and
like emargination; emargination produced shiny. Sternum I postero-medially raised
anteriorly as a median impression. into a small tubercle; tubercle, viewed from
Description. — Female: Black. The follow- behind, transversely subtriangular with
ing are reddish-brown: mandibles (except a narrowly rounded apex, anteriorly grad-
base); underside of pedicel and flagello- ually sloping, posteriorly falling steeply to
meres; anterior margin of pronotum and hind margin of sternum. Tergum VII
postero-dorsal angle of same; tegula; cres- (Fig. 10) with distinct dorsal and lateral
cent (in some specimens broken up into surfaces; apex drawn out into a pair of
spots) posteriorly and laterally on disk of parallel processes flanking narrow and slit-
scutellum; scutellar lamella; in some speci- like emargination; emargination produced
mens lower half of metanotum; posterior anteriorly as a median impression,
bands attaining or almost attaining sides Etymology. — The name, obibensis, an ad-
on terga I-V; that on I of even width and jective, is derived from the Obib Mountains
covering about half of tergum; those of in the Sperrgebiet of south-western Nami-
terga I I-V progressively narrower, undu- bia, the site from which the largest number
late, expanded medially and laterally and of specimens was obtained.
attaining or almost attaining sides of terga);
• i * «. ™ t\7 „„,w n( c° I Material examined.— Holotype: $, NAMIBIA:
apical spot on tergum IV apex of femur, „ _, , yr "' „,„„_.
*\ *\ , l i t.\ £ ii Sperrgebiet, Obib camp site 28.00S 16.39E ),
entire tibia, tarsomeres (except last) of all ,\ . ®n ' TA7 * v _ v . .
, , . 14.ix.2003 (F. W. and S. K. Gess) (ex nest in
legs. Last tarsomere and claws brown. sand.filled Trigonephrus shell/ emerged in the
Wings slightly darkened; veins brown. lab 15_22.x.2003) [AMG]. Paratypes: NAMIBIA:
Length 5.2-5.7 mm (average of 4:5.4 Sperrgebiet, W of Klinghardtberge (27.17S
mm); length of fore wing 3.6-3.7 mm 15.36E), 20.ix.2003 (F. W. and S. K. Gess), 4 99
(average of 4:3.7 mm); hamuli 5. (ex nests in sand-filled Trigonephrus shells)
Head in front view 1.35 X as wide as long, [AMG]; Sperrgebiet, Klinghardtberge (27.19S
microreticulate, matt, with inconspicuous, 15.46E), 10.ix.2005 (F. W. and S. K. Gess), 1 9
very shallow, fine punctures. POL:OOL = (reared ex Quartinia nest in sand-filled Trigone-
1:0.7. Clypeus 1.33 X as wide as long (length Phrus shell) tAMGl; Sperrgebiet, Klinghardt-
_ J\. u „ c • « 1 o n/ berge (27.30S, 15.44E), 10.ix.2005 (F. W. and S.
measured to bottom of emargination; 1.2 X T, % \ « ' ' « . .
., j 1 1 r t , 1 K. Gess), 1 9, 1(5 (reared ex Quart una nests in
it measured to level of antero-lateral an- , c.u , ^ . , , ,, . taa*/-! a
sand-filled Trigonephrus shells) [AMG]; Aus -
gles); anterior margin smooth, shiny, shal- Rosh pinah (27 44S 16 42E) 25 ix 2003 (F. w.
lowly and evenly emarginate. and s K Gess)^ 1 s (visiting white centered,
Mesosoma microreticulate with close, purplish-pink rayed Drosanthemum spv Aizoa-
shallow, fine punctures, slightly shiny, ceae: Mesembrianthema) [AMG; ]; Sperrgebiet,
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
223
between Aurusberg and Scorpion Mine (27.45S
16.32E), 15.ix.2003 (F. W. and S. K. Gess), 1 9, 2
SS (ex nests in sand-filled Trigonephrus shells)
[AMG]; Sperrgebiet, Scorpion Mine (27.49S
16.35E), 15.ix.2003 (F. W. and S,. K. Gess), 4 99,
1 j (ex nests in sand-filled Trigonephrus shells)
[AMG]; Sperrgebiet, Obib camp site (28.00S
16.39E), 14.ix.2003 (F. W. and S. K. Gess), 37
99, 13 $<$ (ex nests in sand-filled Trigonephrus
shells; 26 99, 2 J J emerged in the lab. 15-
22.X.2003; 7 99, 2 S3 emerged in lab. at a later
date ) [AMG]; 12.8 km S Rosh Pinah (28.03S
16.51E) ll.ix.1996 (F. W., S. K. and R. W. Gess), 3
99/ 3 0*6* (ex nests in sand-filled Trigonephrus
shells; 2 99, 3 $$ emerged in lab.) [AMG].
SOUTH AFRICA: NORTHERN CAPE: Richters-
veld, W of Brandkaros (28.29S 16.40 E),
15.ix.1996 (F. W., S. K. and R. W. Gess), 3 99, 1
6* (ex nests in sand-filled Trigonephrus shells)
[AMG]. WESTERN CAPE: Yzerfontein (33.20S
18.10E), 15.X.2006 (D. W., G. T. and G. M. Gess),
2 $$ (ex Theba pisana shells) [AMG].
Geographic distribution. — Q. obibensis is
known from Namibia, from a limited area
in the southern half of the Desert and
Succulent Steppe (Winter Rainfall Area) of
Giess (1971), from South Africa from
a nearby locality in the Richtersveld and
from a coastal site in the Western Cape. In
the north of its range it occurs together
with Q. conchicola, Q. rufigicola and Q.
vexillata and in the south with Q. bonaespei
and Q. namaqua.
Floral associations. — Aizoaceae: Mesem-
bryanthema (Drosanthemum).
Nesting. — Throughout its presently
known distributional area found nesting
most commonly in sand-filled shells of the
desert snail Trigonephrus sp. (Mollusca:
Gasteropoda: Pulmonata: Dorcasiidae). At
one coastal locality in the Western Cape
obtained from shells of the exotic Theba
pisana (Mull.) (Mollusca: Gasteropoda:
Pulmonata: Helicidae). For further details
see Gess and Gess (1999).
Discussion. — See under Q. namaqua.
Quartinia refugicola Gess, new species
Quartinia sp. (smaller sp.) (Gess and Gess 1999,
nesting; Greathead 1999, 2006, bombyliid
parasite).
Diagnosis. — Medium sized to large (4.1-
5.2 mm long). Fore wing with Cula and
Im-cu complete and as thick as other veins.
Tegula with posterior inner corner inward-
ly produced. Posterior bands on terga
reaching lateral margins.
Description. — Female: Black. The follow-
ing are yellow or yellow merging into
brownish yellow: underside of flagello-
meres; short, narrow, transverse band (in
some specimens reduced to pair of small
marks, in others totally absent) medially on
pronotum and in some specimens a minute
dot on postero-dorsal angle of same; tegula
(except for testaceous medial spot); nar-
row, medially interrupted, lamellate mar-
gin of scutellum; in some specimens
median part of metanotum; narrow poste-
rior bands reaching lateral margins on
terga I-V (that of tergum I widest, others
progressively narrower); in some speci-
mens a diffuse posterior band on sternum
II; extreme apex of femur, entire tibia
(except for elongate dark mark on posterior
surface) and tarsomeres of all legs (except
in some specimens brown terminal tar-
someres of middle and hind legs). Mandi-
ble with distal half bright ferruginous;
labrum brown. Wings subhyaline; veins
brown.
Length 4.5-5.2 mm (average of 5:4.8
mm); length of fore wing 3.0-3.4 mm
(average of 5:3.2 mm); hamuli 5-6.
Head in front view 1.3 X as wide as long;
clypeus 1.5 X as wide as long (length
measured to bottom of emargination);
POL:OOL = 1:0.6. Clypeus very closely
microsculptured, with barely discernable
shallow punctures; Irons and vertex simi-
larly microsculptured but more obviously
punctured (especially in region of ocelli);
mesosoma microsculptured with obvious
shallow punctures slightly larger than
those on vertex and with interstices of
puncture width or less; gaster closely and
finely punctured.
Male: Black. Pale markings as in female
but with the addition of: in some speci-
mens sub-basal spot on mandible between
224
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
black base and ferruginous distal half;
in some specimens part of the clypeus
(ranging in extent from pair of antero-
lateral spots, to uninterrupted anterior
margin, to most of disc with exception of
region below antennal sockets); in all
specimens narrow posterior band on ter-
gum VI and in most specimens apices of
tergum VII.
Length 4.1-4.3 mm (average of 5:4.2
mm); length of fore wing 2.8-2.9 mm
(average of 5:2.8 mm); hamuli 4.
Head in front view 1.37 X as wide as
long; clypeus convex, 1.5 X as wide as
long; POL:OOL = 1:0.6. Microsculpture
and puncturation as in female. Tergum VII
(Fig. 11) dorsally slightly depressed (flat-
tened) and its apical margin with a narrow
V-shaped median emargination flanked by
narrowly rounded projections.
Etymology. — The name refugicola is a com-
pound word formed from the Latin words
refugium - ii (n) - a place of refuge, and cola
- a dweller. It serves to draw attention to
the species' association with sand-filled
cavities in which its nests are sheltered
from prevailing winds.
Material examined. — Holotype: 6\ NAMIBIA:
12.8 km S of Rosh Pinah (28.03 S 16.51E),
ll.ix.1996 (F. W., S. K. and R. W. Gess) (on
ground) [AMG]. Paratypes: NAMIBIA: Aus
(26.39S 16.15E), 25.viii.2002 (F. W. and S. K.
Gess), 1 9 (visiting yellow flowers of Leysera
tenella DC, Asteraceae) [AMG]; Sperrgebiet,
Kaukausib Spring - Grillental (26.58S 15.31E),
5.ix.2002 (F. W. and S. K. Gess), 4 99 (visiting
white flowers of Zygaphyllum clavatum Schltr. &
Diels, Zygophyllaceae) [AMG]; Sperrgebiet,
near Grillental (26.59S 15.23E), 5.ix.2002 (F. W.
and S. K.Gess), 1 6* (visiting yellow flowers of
Foveolina albida (DC.) Kallersjo, Asteraceae)
[AMG]; Sperrgebiet, Grillental (27.00S 15.21E),
8.ix.2005 (F. W. and S. K. Gess), 3 99, 1 $
(visiting white flowers of Zygophyllum sp.)
[AMG]; Sperrgebiet, Klinghardtberge, Tsabiams
Camp (27.10 S 15.42E), 4.ix.2002 (F. W. and S. K.
Gess), 1 9 (visiting yellow flowers of Dimor-
photheca polyptera DC, Asteraceae) [AMG];
Sperrgebiet, Klinghardtberge (27.14S 15.43E),
l-3.ix.2002 (F. W. and S. K. Gess), 5 99 (1 9
visiting flowers of ? Cotula sp., Asteraceae; 1 9
visiting yellow flowers of Pteronia sp., Aster-
aceae; 3 99 visiting yellow flowers of Zygophyl-
lum simplex L., Zygophyllaceae) [AMG]; Sperr-
gebiet, Klinghardtberge (27.14S 15.44E),
2.ix.2002 (F. W. and S. K. Gess), 6 99, 1 J (3 99
visiting yellow flowers of Pteronia sp., Aster-
aceae; 3 99 visiting apricot coloured flowers of
Phyllobolus occulatus (N.E.Br.) Gerbaulet, Aizoa-
ceae: Mesembryanthema; 1 6" visiting pink
flowers of Sarcocaulon sp., Geraniaceae) [AMG];
Sperrgebiet, W of Klinghardtberge (27.17S
15.36E), 20.ix.2003 (F. W. and S. K. Gess), 5 99,
3 S3 (ex nests in sand-filled Trigonephrus shells)
[AMG]; Sperrgebiet, Klinghardtberge (27.18S
15.54E), 2.ix.2002) (F. W. and S. K. Gess), 1 6"
[AMG]; Sperrgebiet, Klinghardtberge (27.19S
15.46E), 10.ix.2005 (F. W. and S. K. Gess), 2 99,
1 S (reared from larvae ex Quartinia nests ex
sand-filled Trigonephrus shells) [AMG]; Sperrge-
biet, Klinghardtberge, Nomitsas (27.27S 15.52E),
31.viii.20Q2 (F. W. and S. K. Gess), 1 9, 1 o (ex
sand-filled Trigonephrus shells) [AMG]; Sperrge-
biet, Uguchab River, NW of Aurus Mountains
(27.31S 16.12E), 17.ix.2003 (F. W. and S. K. Gess),
31 99, 20 (J6* (17 99, 10 26* ex sand-filled
Trigonephrus shells; 14 99, 10 $<$ ex nests in
sand-filled Trigonephrus shells) [AMG]; 12.8 km S
of Rosh Pinah (28.03 S 16.51E), ll.ix.1996 (F. W.,
S. K. and R. W. Gess), 29 99, 32 6*6" (21 99, 26 SS
on ground; 1 9 visiting yellow flowers of Cotula
sp., Asteraceae; 1 9 on blue rayed Filicia sp.,
Asteraceae; 1 9, 1 j visiting yellow flowers of
Hirpicium sp., Asteraceae; 1 9, 1 6* visiting yellow
flowers of Osteospermum sp., Asteraceae; 1 9
visiting yellow flowers of Grielum sp., Neurada-
ceae; 3 99, 4 ^J ex nests in sand-filled Trigone-
phrus shells; 2 SS ex sand-filled cavities in
calcrete) [AMG]; Sperrgebiet, W of Obib Moun-
tains (28.08S 16.42E), 15.ix.2003 (F. W. and S. K.
Gess), 1 9 (ex nest in sand-filled Trigonephrus
shell) [AMG]; E of Oranjemund, 28 km from
checkpoint on road to Sendelingsdrif (28.26S
16.42E), 25.ix.1997 (F. W. and S. K. Gess), 1<J (ex
nest in sand-filled Trigonephrus shell) [AMG]; E
of Oranjemund (28.30S 16.36E), 22.ix.1997 (F. W.
and S. K. Gess), 1 6 (ex nest in sand-filled
Trigonephrus shell) [AMG]. SOUTH AFRICA:
NORTHERN CAPE: W of Brandkaros (28.29S
16.40E), 13-15.ix.1996 (F. W., S. K. and R. W.
Gess), 4 99 (1 dead), 1 6 (dead) (ex nests in sand-
filled Trigonephrus shells) [AMG]; 60 km N of
Port Nolloth (28.47S 16.38E), 27.ix.1997 (F. W.
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
225
and S. K. Gess), 1 $ (ex nest in sand-filled
Trigonephrus shell) [AMG].
Geographic distribution. — Quartinia refugi-
cola is known from Namibia, from numerous
localities in the Desert and Succulent Steppe
(Winter Rainfall Region) of Giess (1971) and
from the immediately adjacent area across
the Orange River in the Northern Cape of
South Africa. It occurs together with Q.
conchicola, Q. obibensis and Q. vexillata.
Floral associations. — Known in associa-
tion with Aizoaceae: Mesembryanthema
(Pln/llobolus), Asteraceae (Cotula, Dimor-
phothcca, Filicia, Foveolina, Hirpiciwn, Ley-
sera, Osteospermum and Pteronia), Gerania-
ceae (Sarcocaulon), Neuradaceae (Grielum)
and Zygophyllaceae (Zygophyllum).
Nesting. — Throughout its presently
known distributional area most commonly
found nesting in sand-filled shells of the
desert snail Trigonephrus sp. (Mollusca:
Gasteropoda: Pulmonata: Dorcasiidae),
less commonly in sand-filled cavities in
calcrete rocks. See also Gess and Gess
(1999). At several localities in the Sperrge-
biet nests have been found to be parasitised
by Apolysis hesseana Evenhuis and Great-
head (Bombyliidae: Usiinae: Apolysini).
See also Greathead (1999:155; 2006: 5).
Quartinia vexillata Gess, new species
Diagnosis. — Large to very large (5.2-
6.5 mm). Fore wing with Cula and 2>n-cu
complete and as thick as other veins. Both
sexes with vertex behind posterior ocelli
evenly convex; with fore coxa swollen
basally and anteriorly produced, very
markedly so in male, less so in female
where swelling, however, forms a rounded
right angle. Male with fore femur greatly
enlarged, robust, proximally produced
ventrally to form a sturdy, subquadrate
flange, distally markedly downcurved;
flange with its posteriorly facing surface
markedly concave with pronounced distal
angles and its anteriorly facing surface
convex with a pronounced submedian
distal tubercle; tibia robust with dense
setae on lower surface.
Description. — Female: In general facies
similar to male (described below) but
with legs and last tergum simple. Head
without any pale markings. Specimens
from between Alexander Bay and Port
Nolloth have the mesosoma and gaster
with both yellowish white and reddish
brown markings very similar to those of
males from the same population; speci-
mens from SSE of Grillental and from Obib
have the markings on the mesosoma
tending to reddish brown. Microsculpture
(shagreening) of head and mesosoma
somewhat coarser and these parts, in
particular mesoscutum, semi-matt rather
than shiny.
Length 5.8-6.5 mm (average of 7 =
6.1 mm); length of fore wing 3.9-4.4 mm
(average of 7 = 4.1 mm); hamuli 6.
Head broad, 1.33 X as wide as long;
POL:OOL = 1:0.5. Vertex behind posterior
ocelli evenly convex. Fore coxa enlarged,
basally markedly and roundly anteriorly
produced.
Male: Head and mesosoma black, gaster
and greater part of femur of all legs very
dark brown to almost black. The following
are yellowish white: lower aspect of scape
(excluding radicle) and pedicel; labrum (in
one specimen testaceous); clypeus (other
than for irregular area below antennal
socket); a small transverse spot situated
on either side of midline of frons immedi-
ately above frontoclypeal suture (in one
specimen only); narrow paraocular streak
from mandibular insertion to level of top of
antennal socket; short (in one specimen
almost medially interrupted) and laterally
widening transverse band on dorsum of
pronotum and minute spot at postero-
dorsal angle of same; humeral streak of
varying length; anterior and posterior
thirds of tegula (median third clear, testa-
ceous); medially interrupted band on la-
mellate margin of scutellum; distal portion
of flange on fore femur. The following are
various shades of light reddish-brown:
mandible (other than base); flagellomeres
(other than for dark suffusion on upper
226
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
surface); posterior bands (slightly widened
medially, narrowed laterally, and not quite
attaining lateral margins of terga) on terga
I-VI; streak on anteriorly protruding por-
tion of fore coxa (in one specimen) and
lower surface of middle and hind coxae;
all trochanters; distal portion (up to
almost half the length) of anterior
aspect of fore femur; basal flattened lower
surface of middle femur; apex of middle
and hind femora; tibia and tarsus of
all legs. Venation light brown at base of
wings, otherwise very dark brown. Wing
membrane very slightly browned, a little
darker on fore wing in and beyond
marginal cell.
Length 5.2-6.4 mm; length of fore wing
3.6-3.8 mm; hamuli 6.
Head, mesosoma and terga I-VI very
finely microsculptured (shagreened) but
nevertheless shiny, with moderately sized
punctures; punctures on head and terga
somewhat shallow and undefined with
interspaces generally less than puncture
diameter, those on mesosoma deeper and
well defined with interspaces at least on
mesoscutum often greater than puncture
diameter. Tergum VII without microsculp-
ture; punctures more pronounced than
those on other terga, irregularly spaced,
some separated by wide interspaces and
others coalescing.
Setation on head and particularly on
body sparse and short throughout, more
noticeable on tibiae and tarsi and strikingly
developed on underside of front tibia
where dense and long.
Head broad, 1.45 X as wide as long;
POL:OOL = 1:0.5. Vertex behind posterior
ocelli evenly convex;
Tegula with posterior inner corner in-
wardly produced. Wing venation with
Cula and 2m-cu complete and as thick as
other veins.
Fore leg uniquely and greatly modified;
coxa enlarged, basally markedly and
roundly anteriorly produced; femur
(Fig. 4) greatly enlarged, robust, proximal-
ly produced ventrally to form a sturdy,
subquadrate flange, distally markedly
downcurved; flange with its posteriorly
facing surface markedly concave with pro-
nounced distal angles and its anteriorly
facing surface convex with a pronounced
submedian distal tubercle; tibia robust
with dense setae on lower surface.
Middle and hind femora robust, mark-
edly angled below and with lower surface
both proximal and distal to angle distinctly
flattened (more so on middle than on hind
femur).
Tergum VII (Fig. 12) in posterior half
with dorsal surface raised laterally and
slightly concave medially, produced api-
cally and with a deep, narrow, slightly sub-
parallel-sided median slit.
Etymology. — The name vexillata is formed
from the Latin noun vexillum meaning
a flag or standard. It refers to the conspic-
uously modified front femur of the male
which may possibly have a communicatory
role in courtship behaviour.
Material examined.— Holotype: & SOUTH
AFRICA: NORTHERN CAPE: 23 km S of
Alexander Bay (28.46S 16.37E), 11.x. 2000 (F.
W and S. K. Gess) (on ground) [AMG]. Para-
types: NAMIBIA: Sperrgebiet, main north/
south road, 47 km SSE of Grillental (27.23S
15.32E), 6.ix.2002 (F. W. and S. K. Gess), 2 99 (on
ground next to Drosanthemum sp., Aizoaceae:
Mesembryanthema) [AMG]; Sperrgebiet, Obib
camp site (28.00S 16.39E), 14.ix.2003 (F. W. and
S. K. Gess), 9 99 (7 99 visiting yellow flowers of
Cephalophyllum sp., Aizoaceae: Mesem-
bryanthema; 2 99 visiting yellow flowers of
Othoiuia cylindrica (Lam.) DC, Asteraceae)
[AMG]. SOUTH AFRICA: NORTHERN
CAPE: 23 km S of Alexander Bay (28.46S
16.37E), 11.x. 2000 (F. W and S. K. Gess), 5 99
(4 99 visiting pink flowers of Drosanthemum sp.,
Aizoaceae: Mesembryanthema; 1 9 visiting
purple-centred white flowers, Aizoaceae: Me-
sembryanthema) [AMG]; 60 km N of Port
Nolloth (28.47S 16.38E), 27. ix. 1997) F. W. and
S. K. Gess), 6 99, 1 $ (2 99, £ visiting pale pink
flowers of Drosanthemum sp.; 4 99 on ground)
[AMG].
Geographic distribution. — The species is
known from Namibia from the Desert
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
227
and Succulent Steppe (Winter rainfall area) Floral associations. — Aizoaceae: Mesem-
of Giess (1971) and from South Africa from bryanthema {Cephalophyllum, Drosanthe-
the adjoining northern Strandveld of the mum); Asteraceae (Othonna).
West Coast of Acocks (1953). It occurs Nesting. — Unknown; probably utilizing
variously together with Q. conchicola, Q. sand-filled snail shells as a nesting niche.
obibcnsis and Q. refugicola. Discussion. — See under Q. conchicola.
KEY TO SPECIES NESTING IN SAND-FILLED SNAIL SHELLS OR (VEXILLATA)
PRESUMED TO DO SO
Males
4.
5.
6.
Fore legs not modified 2
Fore legs markedly modified 5
Sternum I not modified 3
Sternum I posteriorly raised into a tubercle 4
Large (5.0-5.4 mm long); black with white markings; tegula with white anterior and
posterior markings contrasting markedly with dark brown to black median part;
pale posterior bands on terga not extending onto sides; clypeus and labrum
white australis Gess n. sp.
Medium (4.1-4.3 mm long); black with yellow to brownish-yellow markings; tegula
with pale anterior and posterior markings not contrasting markedly with
testaceous median part; pale posterior bands on terga reaching lateral margins
refugicola Gess n. sp.
Clypeus convex namaqua Gess n. sp.
Clypeus depressed to concave obibensis Gess n. sp.
Posterior bands on terga white; not contrasting in colour with markings on head and
mesosoma; fore femur (Fig. 3) greatly swollen, its posterior surface in proximal half
markedly concavely excavate, smooth and very shiny, its baso-ventral region
angulate and sublamellate namaquensis Gess n. sp.
Posterior bands on terga reddish-brown or bright reddish-orange, in most specimens
contrasting in colour with markings on head and mesosoma; fore femur differently
formed 6
Tibiae and tarsi of all legs predominantly black; fore femur (Fig. 1) greatly swollen,
postero-basally with a pointed tubercle, its posterior surface depressed, smooth and
very shiny and forming an angle with ventral surface bonaespei Gess sp. n.
Tibiae and tarsi of all legs predominantly light reddish-brown 7
Vertex behind posterior ocelli evenly convex; fore coxa swollen basally and markedly
anteriorly produced; fore femur (Fig. 4) greatly enlarged, robust, proximally
produced ventrally to form a sturdy subquadrate flange, distally markedly
downcurved; flange with its posterior facing surface markedly concave with
pronounced distal angles and its anterior facing surface convex with a pronounced
submedian distal tubercle vexillata Gess n. sp.
Vertex behind posterior ocelli depressed, somewhat concave; fore coxae unmodified;
fore femur (Fig. 2) enlarged, excavated beneath and undulate postero-ventmlly
conchicola Gess n. sp.
Females
Species not included: namaquensis Gess n. sp. (9 not known)
1.
Markings on mesosoma and gaster generally concolorous 2
228
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
Markings on mesosoma and gaster not of same colour; posterior bands on terga
reddish-brown or bright reddish-orange, generally contrasting with pale markings
on mesosoma 5
2. Black with white markings; tegula with anterior and posterior markings contrasting
markedly with dark brown to black median part; posterior bands on terga not
extending onto sides anstralis Gess sp. n.
Black with yellow, brownish-yellow or reddish-brown markings; tegula with anterior
and posterior markings not contrasting markedly with median part; posterior
bands on terga variously developed 3
3. Posterior bands on terga reaching lateral margins; scutellar disk black and scutellar
lamella yellow to brownish yellow refugicola Gess sp.n.
Without this combination of characters 4
4. Mesoscutum and scutellum with interstices between punctures not obviously
microreticulate (shagreened); scutellar disk and scutellar lamella black; scutellar
lamella at most slightly flattened postero-medially; metanotum not transversly
impressed, black throughout namaqua Gess n. sp.
Mesoscutum and scutellum with interstices between punctures very obviously
microreticulate (shagreened); scutellar disk laterally and medially with reddish-
brown markings and scutellar lamella of same colour; scutellar lamella slightly
emarginate postero-medially; metanotum transversely impressed with lower
section reddish brown and contrasting with almost black upper section
obibensis Gess n. sp.
5. Tibiae and tarsi of all legs predominantly black bonaespei Gess sp. n.
Tibiae and tarsi of all legs predominantly light reddish-brown 6
6. Vertex behind posterior ocelli evenly convex; fore coxae swollen basally and markedly
anteriorly produced vcxillata Gess n. sp.
Vertex behind posterior ocelli depressed, somewhat concave; fore coxae unmodi-
fied conchicola Gess n. sp.
B) Other species
Quartinia femorata Gess, new species
Diagnosis. — Very large to gigantic (5.8-
6.7 mm long). Fore wing with Cula and
2m-cu complete and as thick as the other
veins. Tegula with posterior inner corner
inwardly produced. Both sexes predomi-
nantly yellow. Male fore femur robust,
notched ventrally in basal third and with
a distally directed, apically rounded, la-
mellate process.
Description. — Female: Predominantly yel-
low. Black greatly reduced leaving only:
occiput; irregular median band on vertex
(posteriorly wide along occipital carina but
anteriorly narrowed and closely encom-
passing ocelli) and on frons (on upper half
of similar width to part encompassing
ocelli but on lower half trifid with middle
arm and outcurved lateral arms reaching
clypeal suture and antennal sockets re-
spectively); propleuron (in greater part)
and presternum; median and parapsidal
bands on mesoscutum (median band wide
at anterior margin, narrowing posteriorly;
parapsidal bands not reaching anterior
margin and of even width throughout);
small antero-median mark on scutellum;
anterior half of propodeal dorsum and
small spot on each side at bottom of
propodeal declivity; transverse marking
(either continuous or broken up into three)
on declivity of tergum I; abbreviated
anterior transverse bands (only visible if
metasoma is downwardly flexed) on terga
II and III. The following are various shades
of light reddish-brown: mandibular teeth;
antennal club (apex of last flagellomere
dark brown); last one or two tarsomeres
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
229
(arolia dark brown); usually concealed
anterior third of terga II— VI and poorly
defined laterally abbreviated and medially
interrupted pre-apical transverse bands on
terga II- V. Tegulae yellowish-white except
for unpigmented translucent central area
and outer margin. Wing membrane hya-
line; costa, subcosta, media, thickening at
junction of Rs & M, parastigma and stigma
light brown, rest of venation contrastingly
dark brown.
Length 5.8-6.7 mm (average of 6:6.3 mm;
length of front wing 3.8-4.3 mm (average
of 6:4.1 mm); hamuli 7.
Head, thorax and gaster sparsely cov-
ered with short, semi-erect pale pilosity,
slightly longer and most noticeable on
head, declivity of propodeum, declivity of
tergum I, and sternum VI.
Head in front view 1.25 X as wide as
long, microreticulate, with close, fine,
shallow punctures on vertex. POL:OOL =
1:0.6. Clypeus 1.2 X as wide as long.
Mandible simple, apically strongly biden-
tate.
Thorax microreticulate; mesoscutum and
scutellum with only scattered, inconspicu-
ous, very shallow, small punctures; prono-
tum and mesopleuron with conspicuous,
moderate-sized, shallow punctures. Tegula
1.5 X as long as wide, the posterior inner
corner distinctly inwardly produced. Pro-
podeal angles evenly rounded.
Gaster microreticulate and with fine
punctures.
Male: Coloration as in female. Parameres
light reddish-brown.
Length 5.9-6.3 mm; length of fore wing
3.6-4.3; hamuli 7.
Structurally similar to female but differ-
ing in the following respects: fore femur
(Fig. 5) considerably more robust, notched
ventrally in basal third and with distally
directed, apically rounded, lamellate pro-
cess; tergum VII (Fig. 13) with surface
flattened medially, with hind margin
widely rounded and medially deeply and
narrowly emarginate; sternum VII with
surface convex medially, concave laterally,
with apical margin widely trilobed, lateral
lobes ventrally curved. Genitalia very large
(1.5 mm long; i.e. half the length of the
gaster); outer ramus of parameres broad in
dorsal view, apically obliquely truncate and
densely covered with fine, long setae; inner
ramus proximally of varying width and
distally progressively narrowing and mark-
edly and evenly downcurved to form
a sharp, well sclerotized hook attaining level
of lateral posterior angle of outer ramus.
Etymology. — The name femorata serves to
draw attention to the uniquely modified
front femur of the male.
Material examined. — Holotype: j, NAMIBIA:
1 1 km S of Swakopmund on inland side of road
B2 to Walvis Bay (22.46S 14.32E), 7.iv.2002 (F.
W. and S. K. Gess) [AMG]. Paratypes: NAMI-
BIA: same data as holotype, 6 99, 13 $ $ [AMG];
same data as holotype but date 14. iv. 2002, 1 9, 2
$3 [AMG]; same data as holotype but date
20.iv.2002, 1 9, 4 S3 [AMG]; same data as
holotype but date 30.iii.2004, 1 9, 2 J 3 [AMG];
same data as holotype but date 31 .iii.2004
[AMG], 1 9 [AMG]; Walvis Bay, 22.ii.1990 (W.
J. Pulawski), 6 99, 2 3S) [CAS]. (All specimens
collected by F. W. and S. K. Gess were visiting
the pink flowers of Trianthema hereroensis Schinz
(Aizoaceae: non-Mesembryanthema) or were on
the sand immediately next to these plants where
resting or mating.)
Geographic distribution. — Q. femorata is
known only from Namibia, from a single
locality on the seaward side of the coastal
dunes at the northern extremity of the
Southern Namib of Giess (1971).
Floral associations. — Q. femorata has con-
sistently been found to be associated solely
with Trianthema hereroensis Schinz (Aizoa-
ceae: non-Mesembryanthema).
Nesting. — Unknown; probably in the
sand beneath the hummock forming Tri-
anthema bushes.
Quartinia geigeriae Gess, new species
Diagnosis. — Medium sized to large (3.8-
5.0 mm). Fore wing with Cula and 2m-cu
complete and as thick as other veins.
Tegula short, laterally rounded, with pos-
230
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
terior inner corner a near right angle. Both
sexes with angles of propodeum very
markedly posteriorly produced, lamellate
and subhyaline. Female with head and
mesosoma black, tegulae and gaster red-
dish brown. Male with head, mesosoma
and gaster black with yellowish-white
markings.
Description. — Female: Black. The follow-
ing are various shades of reddish brown:
labrum; distal two thirds of mandibles;
tegula; scutellar lamella; median section of
metanotum; in some specimens a narrow
streak dorsally on outer aspect of lamellate
propodeal angle (rest of lamella subhya-
line); terga I-IV or V (narrow posterior
bands lighter in colour than rest of terga).
Underside of antenna, distal quarter of
femur, entire tibia and all tarsomeres of all
legs light reddish yellow. Wings hyaline;
veins brown.
Length 4.6-5.0 mm (average of 6:4.8
mm); length of fore wing 2.7-3.0 (average
of 6:2.9 mm); hamuli 5; length of extended
tongue 3.1-3.2 mm.
Head in front view 1.23 X as wide as
long, microreticulate but shiny, with sepa-
rated, moderate sized punctures. PO-
L:OOL - 1:0.85. Clypeus 1.6 X as wide as
long (length measured to bottom of emar-
gination; 1.36 X if measured to level of
antero-lateral angles), markedly raised an-
teriorly and laterally, a little flattened
medially; anterior margin deeply and
evenly emarginate; antero-lateral angles
narrowly rounded, lamellate, subhyaline.
Mesosoma microreticulate but shiny;
mesonotum and scutellum with punctures
slightly larger and sparser than on head;
pronotum with punctures similar to those
on head; mesopleuron with punctures
close together, reticulate-punctate ventral-
ly. Propodeum dorso-laterally markedly
raised, dorso-medially depressed to expose
metanotum, posteriorly with upper three
quarters flat, closely reticulate-punctate
and lower quarter unpunctured and shiny,
laterally with a smooth, shiny depression
and arising from it a very pronounced
posteriorly directed lamella; lamella flat,
very thin, subhyaline, basally slightly
rugose but elsewhere smooth, marginally
widely and evenly rounded.
Gaster microreticulate but shiny; punc-
tures finer and shallower than on head and
mesosoma, becoming progressively finer
posteriorly.
Vestiture generally very short and
sparse, longer and more noticeable on
labrum, posterior flat surface of propo-
deum and declivous anterior face of
tergum I.
Male: Black. The following are yellowish-
white: base of labrum (in some specimens
only); clypeal disk and adjoining it a large
medial marking on frons together forming
an hour-glass-like figure); scape, pedicel
and proximal flagellomeres; anterior mar-
gin of pronotum (transverse band in some
specimens medially interrupted and re-
duced to two spots); tegula (except for pale
testaceous discal spot); in some specimens
a narrow streak dorsally on outer aspect of
lamellate propodeal angle (rest of lamella
subhyaline); narrow posterior bands on
terga I-VI (very narrowly anteriorly wid-
ened medially on II— VI; immediate vicinity
of emargination of tergum VII; distal quar-
ter of femur, entire tibia and all tarsomeres
of all legs. Varyingly reddish brown are:
mandible distally; concave declivous ante-
rior surface of tergum I. Underside of
antennal club light reddish, upper side
brown. Wings hyaline; veins brown.
Length 3.8-4.5 mm (average of 6:4.1
mm); length of front wing 2.4-2.8 mm
(average of 5:2.6 mm); hamuli 4-5.
Structurally very similar to female but
puncturation on gaster noticeably coarser.
Tergum VII reticulate punctate, postero-
medially with a shallow V-shaped emar-
gination. Parameres postero-laterally
smoothly curved to apex; apex not hooked
and inner edge of parameres not toothed.
Labrum shiny, non-carinate. Antenna with
poorly defined, elongate club.
Etymology. — The name geigeriae, genitive
singular, is formed from the generic name
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
231
of the plants, Geigeria spp. (Asteraceae), on
the capitula of which the wasp was found
foraging for nectar or nectar and pollen.
Material examined. — Holotype: 9, NAMIBIA:
Solitaire (23.52S 16.00E), 30.iv.2002 F. W. and S.
K. Gess) (visiting yellow flowers of Geigeria
ornativa O. Hoffrn., Asteraceae) [AMG]. Para-
types: NAMIBIA: same data as holotype, 2 99, 6
o'JlAMG]; between Solitaire and Nomtsas
(24.15S 16.33E), l.v.2002 (F. W. and S. K. Gess),
10 99, 2 33 (9 99, 1 S visiting yellow flowers of
Geigeria ornativa; 1 9, 1 o visiting yellow flowers
of Geigeria pectidea (DC.) Harv.) [AMG]; 1 km N
of Mariental (24.37S 17.58E), 2.V.2002 (F. W. and
S. K. Gess), 30 99, 4 33 (22 99, 2 33 visiting
yellow flowers of Geigeria ornativa; 8 99, 2 33
visiting yellow flowers of Geigeria pectidea)
[AMG]; between Mariental and Keetmanshoop
(24.54S 17.55E), 2.V.2002 (F. W. and S. K. Gess), 1
3 (visiting yellow flowers of Geigeria pectidea)
[AMG]; 18 km from Ariamsvlei on road to Aroab
[28.00S 19.43E], 14.V.1973 (C. F. Jacot-Guillar-
mod), 5 99, 1 3 [AMG]; SOUTH AFRICA:
NORTHERN CAPE: Langvlei, 103 km WNW of
Upington [28.10S 20.16E], 14.V.1973 (C. F. Jacot-
Guillarmod), 21 99, 2 33 [AMG].
Geographic distribution. — Q. geigeriae is
known from Namibia, from a limited area
in the Semi-desert and Savanna Transition
(Escarpment Zone) and the adjoining
Dwarf Shrub Savanna of Giess (1971), and
from a closely adjoining locality in the
Northern Cape.
Floral associations. — Known only in asso-
ciation with two species of Geigeria, Aster-
aceae).
Nesting. — Unknown.
Discussion. — Q. geigeriae shares with Q.
arteritis Richards, Q. breyeri Richards and
the below described Q. lameilata the pos-
session of markedly backwardly produced
propodeal lamellae. Q.geigeriae together
with breyeri and lameilata is readily distin-
guished from artemis in having the poste-
rior inner corner of the tegula rounded or
a near right angle, not markedly produced
inwards; it is distinguished from both
breyeri and lameilata in having the epicne-
mium rounded, not defined by a low
carina.
Quartinia lameilata Gess, new species
Diagnosis. — Large to very large (5.0-
6.2 mm). Fore wing with Cula and 2m-cu
complete and as thick as other veins.
Clypeus raised and protruding with, espe-
cially in female, marked disto-lateral lobes.
Labrum large, very noticeable, in female
setose. Epicnemium defined by a low
carina. Tegula rounded posteriorly, with
posterior inner corner a near right angle.
Angles of propodeum markedly back-
wardly produced, lamellate.
Description. — Female: Black. The follow-
ing are yellowish-white: in some speci-
mens a small spot on disto-lateral lobe of
clypeus; transversely oval or bilobed me-
dial marking (in some specimens reduced
to two round spots) distally on frons
immediately above clypeus; in a single
specimen a small round spot in ocular
sinus; broad streak behind top of eye; scape
(distally), pedicel, intermediate flagello-
meres, and underside of antennal club;
pair of spots on dorsum of pronotum; large
mark on humeral angle (in some speci-
mens remote from spots on dorsum, in
others fused with them to form a continu-
ous band); variously developed streak on
postero-dorsal angle of pronotum; in some
specimens a small spot on mesopleuron;
tegula (except for testaceous median area);
in some specimens a small streak laterally
(flanking tegula) on mesonotum; curved
posterior band on disk of scutellum; angles
of propodeum; posterior bands, reaching
sides and generally slightly expanded
medially and laterally, on terga I-V; apical
half of tergum VI; postero-lateral corners
of sterna II— V and apical half or more
of sternum VI; distal half or less of
femur, entire tibia and tarsus of all
legs. Mandibles, labrum and suffusion on
upper surface of antennal club reddish-
brown. Wing membrane hyaline; veins
brown.
Length 6.0-6.2 mm (average of 3:6.06
mm); length of fore wing 3.9-4.08 mm
(average of 3:4.0 mm); hamuli 4.
232
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
Head in front view 1.21 X as wide as
long. POL:OOL = 1:0.83
Clypeus raised and protruding, medially
depressed, distally widely and deeply
emarginate and with marked disto-lateral
lobes. Labrum large, longer than wide,
apically pointed, setose. Clypeus and
frons moderately shiny, with close,
fairly coarse punctures and finely micro-
sculptured interstices; pronotum, me-
soscutum and scutellum with larger, much
more sparsely arranged punctures and
extremely finely microsculptured inter-
stices; terga uniformly finely punctured.
Epicnemium defined by a low carina.
Tegula rounded posteriorly. Angles of
propodeum markedly backwardly pro-
duced, at mid-height forming a rounded
projection and below that translucently
lamellate.
Male: Black. The following are yellow:
clypeus (other than for, in some specimens
including holotype, a variously sized me-
dian longitudinal marking and in all speci-
mens areas immediately adjacent to anten-
nal sockets); large transverse marking
distally on frons immediately above clyp-
eus; broad streak behind top of eye; scape
(distally), pedicel, intermediate flagello-
meres , and underside of antennal club;
most or almost entire dorsal surface of
pronotum (except in all specimens small
postero-lateral area flanking tegula); spot
on mesopleuron; tegula (except for testa-
ceous median area); in all specimens
a marking (ranging from a minute spot to
a small streak) flanking tegula on mesono-
tum; curved posterior band on disk of
scutellum; scutellar lamella; angles of
propodeum; posterior bands (anteriorly
ill-defined and grading into reddish-
brown), reaching sides on terga I-VI and,
to a varying degree, apical half of tergum
VII; ill-defined posterior bands on sterna
II— VI; most of sternum VII; distal half or
less of femur, entire tibia and tarsus of all
legs. Mandibles (wholly or in part), labrum
and suffusion on upper surface of antennal
club, terga and sterna anterior to posterior
bands reddish-brown. Wing membrane
hyaline; veins brown.
Length 5.0-5.8 (average of 3:5.2 mm;
holotype 5.0 mm); length of fore wing
3.0 mm. Head in front view 1.24 X as wide
as long
Structurally very similar to female but
puncturation on head and mesosoma
markedly coarser. Tergum VII with hind
margin shallowly emarginate and postero-
lateral lobes rounded.
Etymology. — The name lamellata is in-
tended to draw attention to the markedly
backwardly produced, lamellate angles of
the propodeum.
Material examined.— Holotype: 3, NAMIBIA,
Rooibank [23.11S 14.39E], 19.xii.1978 (H.
Empey) [AMG]. Paratypes: NAMIBIA: same
data as holotype but date 28.xii.1978, 2 $$
[AMG]; Kaokoland [Dist.], Otjinungwa (SE
1712 Ab) [17.17S 12.27E], 19-22.viii.1973 (?
collector), 1 9 [NNIC]; Kaokoland [Dist.],
Khowarib R. (SE 1914 Ac) [locality not pin-
pointed], 17-19.V.1978 (S. Louw, M.-L. Pen-
rith), 1 ct [NNIC]; Namib Naukluft Park,
Vogelfederberg (23.03S 15.00E), 21. ii. 1988
(G. D. Butler), 1 9 [NCP]; same locality,
24.L1988 (R. Miller and L. Stange), 1 9 [FSCA];
Luderitz [Dist.], Sossusvlei (SE 2415 Cd) [24.43S
15.20E], 12-19.ix.1971 (? collector), 3 99 [NNIC];
Luderitz [Dist.], Kanaan 104 (SE 2516 Cc)
[25.50S 16.09E], 6-7.X.1972 (? collector), 10 99
[NNIC];
Geographic distribution. — Quartinia lamel-
lata is widespread in the western parts of
Namibia, collection localities spanning
eight degrees of latitude and falling in the
Mopane Savanna, Central Namib and
Southern Namib /Semi-desert and Savanna
Transition (Escarpment Zone) of Giess
(1971).
Floral associations. — Unknown.
Nesting. — Unknown.
Discussion. — See discussion under geiger-
iae. On the basis of the characters there
listed, lamellata is closest to breyeri but may
readily be distinguished from that species
by its larger size, differently developed
clypeus and labrum, differences in punc-
turation and in colour pattern.
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
233
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
The following individuals are thanked for much
appreciated assistance as specified: Dr Sarah Gess of
the Albany Museum, Grahamstown, co-collector of
most of the Albany Museum's Quartinia material, for
over thirty years of happy, productive and synergistic
fieldwork, for valuable discussion and encourage-
ment; Mr Robert W Gess for field assistance in
southern Namibia and the Northern Cape in 1996;
Mr David W Gess, Ms Gaby T Gess and Miss Gaby
Maria Gess for field assistance at Melkbosstrand in
2005 and at Yzerfontein in 2006; Coleen Mannheimer
of the National Herbarium of Namibia, Windhoek for
her invitation to join the Herbarium party on their
expeditions to the Sperrgebiet in 2002, 2003 and 2005
and also for her determination of voucher specimens
of Namibian plants visited for pollen and nectar by
masarines; Eugene Marais of the Namibian National
Insect Collection, Windhoek, Connal Eardley of the
National Collection of Insects, Pretoria, Wojciech
Pulawski of the California Academy of Sciences, San
Francisco, and Lionel Stange and Jim Wiley of the
Florida State Collection of Arthropods, Gainesville for
the loan of specimens from their respective collec-
tions; Caroline Mayer of BIOTA-Southern Africa,
Hamburg University for the gift of specimens collect-
ed by herself in Namaqualand.
Grateful thanks are expressed to all those bodies
which issued permits for the collection of insects and
plant samples, namely: the Namibian Ministry of
Environment and Tourism; the Namibian Ministry of
Mines and Energy as also NAMDEB (Pty) Ltd (for the
Sperrgebiet - Diamond Area No 1); the Department of
Nature and Environmental Conservation, Northern
Cape; CapeNature (Western Cape Nature Conserva-
tion Board); Department of Economic Affairs, Envi-
ronment and Tourism, Eastern Cape (Western Re-
gion); and the Nature Conservation Division, City of
Cape Town (for the Blaauwberg Conservation Area).
Debi Brody of the Graphics Services Unit of Rhodes
University, Grahamstown is thanked for help with the
production of the figures.
The National Research Foundation (NRF) is
thanked for running expenses grants for fieldwork
during the course of which much of the present
material was collected. The Board of Trustees of the
Albany Museum is thanked for Research Contracts
granted to the author and Dr Sarah Gess since 2003,
which have given them continued use of the mu-
seum's facilities since their retirements.
LITERATURE CITED
Andre, Ed. 1884 Species des Hymenopteres d'Europe et
Algerie. Vol. 2. Beaune, Andre and Andre.
Carpenter, J. M. 2001. Checklist of species of the
subfamily Masarinae (Hymenoptera: Vespidae).
American Museum Novitates 3325: 1-39.
Gess, F. W. and S. K. Gess. 1999. The use by wasps,
bees and spiders of shells of Trigonephrus Pilsb.
(Mollusca: Gasteropoda: Dorcasiidae) in desertic
winter-rainfall areas in southern Africa, journal of
Arid Environments 43: 143-153.
Giess, W. 1971. A preliminary vegetation map of
South West Africa. Dinteria 4: 1-114.
Greathead, D. J. 1999. Apolysis sp. (Diptera: Bombylii-
dae) reared from Quartinia sp. (Hymenoptera:
Vespidae: Masarinae). journal of Arid Environ-
ments 43: 155-157.
. 2006. New records of Namibian Bombyliidae
(Diptera), with notes on some genera and
descriptions of new species. Zootaxa 1149: 1-88.
Leistner, O. A. and J. W. Morris. 1976. Southern
African Place Names. Annals of the Cape Provincial
Museums (Natural History) 12: i-iv, 1-565.
Richards, O. W. 1962. A revisional study of the masarid
wasps (Hymenoptera, Masaridae). London: British
Museum (Natural History).
. 1982. A new species of Quartinioides Richards
(Hymenoptera, Masaridae. Bollettino del Museo
civica di storia naturale di Venezia 32: 199-200.
Schulthess, A. von. 1929. Contribution to the
knowledge of African Masaridae (Vespoidea).
Annals and Magazine of Natural History (10)3:
498-511.
Vecht, J. van der. and J. M. Carpenter. 1990. A
catalogue of the genera of the Vespidae (Hyme-
noptera). Zoologische Verhandelingen 260: 1-62.
J. HYM. RES.
Vol. 16(2), 2007, pp. 234-265
Torymidae (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea) Associated with Bees
(Apoidea), with a List of Chalcidoid Bee Parasitoids
E. E. Grissell
Systematic Entomology Laboratory, PSI, Agricultural Research Service,
U. S. Department of Agriculture, c/o National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution,
P.O. Box 37012, MRC 168, Washington, D. C. 20013-7012
Abstract. — Thirty-one species of Torymidae (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea) are associated with
bees. In this review each is keyed and discussed, and geographic ranges and hosts are given. Most
species are illustrated. Torymids represent about one-fourth of the 135 species of Chalcidoidea
associated with bees. Two summary lists are presented for all chalcidoids, including Torymidae,
and the 216 bee species with which they are associated. One is arranged as a bee/parasitoid list and
the other as a parasitoid/bee list.
Considering that 22,000 species of Chal-
cidoidea (Noyes 2003) and 16,000-17,000
bee species (Michener 2000) have been
described, the number of chalcidoids re-
ported associated with bees is surprisingly
small. At most 135 different chalcidoids
have been reared from, or associated
with, 216 bee species (see Appendix, de-
rived from Noyes 2003). Of these, the
families Torymidae and Leucospidae
have the highest percentage of the bee
parasitoids (each 22-23%), followed
closely by Pteromalidae (18%). The other
families associated with bees are: En-
cyrtidae (13%), Eulophidae (13%), Chalci-
didae (5%), Eurytomidae (5%), Eupelmi-
dae (3%), Mymaridae (0.6%), and Perilam-
pidae (0.6%) (Appendix: based on Noyes
2003).
Although Torymidae and Leucospidae
have the highest number of bee parasitoids
among Chalcidoidea, this figure is some-
what misleading. Of approximately 1,000
torymid species, only 31 are known (or
suspected) to attack bees (Grissell 1995,
2000, 2005; Noyes 2003), so a predilection
for bee hosts is not especially pronounced
in the family. The host range of this family
is extremely broad, but nearly 80% of the
known hosts are shared equally between
the Hymenoptera and Diptera, most of
which are gall-forming cynipids and ceci-
domyiids (Grissell 1995). Conversely, the
entire family Leucospidae, consisting of
135 species, has been presumed to parasit-
ize aculeate Hymenoptera — solitary bees,
and less frequently, solitary wasps. In
reality, however, hosts are known only
for about 30 leucospid species (Boucek
1974, Noyes 2003), so the true relationship
of the family to bees is largely unknown.
Recently a species of leucospid was re-
ported as an ectoparasitoid of an ichneu-
monid attacking a cerambycid in limbs of
apricot in Iran (Hesami et al. 2005). This
finding casts doubt on our concept of host
specificity in Leucospidae.
In this paper I present a summary of
torymid species reported to attack bees,
including a review of published informa-
tion for each species and a key. I also
include a world bee/chalcidoid and chal-
cidoid/bee list for all Chalcidoidea re-
portedly associated with bees (Appendix).
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
235
As with many chalcidoid records, the true
host is not always indicated by the host
record given (Noyes 1994). Many bee host
records are simply nest rearings and may
have been contaminated by other true
parasitoids, cleptoparasitoids, inquilines,
and simple space usurpers of all sorts,
many not even hymenopteran. Similarly,
a mud wasp's nest may be usurped by
a nesting bee, thus causing confusion as to
the true host (Rust 1974). Bee nests, as well
as almost any other ecological niche, offer
complex arrays of hosts, many of which are
not even suspected at the time of rearing.
For example, Glypkomerus stigma (Fabri-
cius) was reported from Melitoma taurea
(Say) (Apidae), but this is likely to be an
error because all other records for species
of Glyphomerus are gall-forming cynipids or
rarely eurytomids (Grissell 1995). With
respect to bee parasitoids, therefore, all
records should be considered tentative
until established by dissection and obser-
vation. Within the Torymidae listed in this
paper, I point out that several are likely not
to be true bee parasitoids. In those few
cases where the biologies of torymids are
known they are generally solitary, idiobio-
tic larval ectoparasitoids, but in several
genera (e.g., Monodontomerus, Microdonto-
merus) larvae are known to be gregarious
(Grissell 2000, 2005).
In examining host records presented in
the Appendix several reviewers suggested
that it might be informative to summarize
parasitoid data with respect to bee biology
as there appeared to be a bias towards twig
and cavity nesting bees, with ground-
nesters being under-represented. I solicited
the input of two recognized bee authori-
ties: Frank Parker, who specializes in twig-
nesters, and Jerry Rozen, who specializes
in ground-nesters, and both agreed that the
data suggested cavity nesters were the
predominant host representatives. These
are primarily twig nesters, bees that nest in
pre-existing crevices or cavities, and bees
that re-use old bee nests. Some of these
nests may be external, for example resin
nests attached to objects such as twigs and
rocks. According to Rozen most of the
records are indicative of shallow nesting
bees, and he suggested that ground nesting
bees in general would be less likely to
harbour parasitoids because they might
have a more difficult time entering nests
and crawling down the "... long, main
tunnels" to find their host. He also pointed
out that old bee nests and shallow cavities
are frequently re-used several times, thus
encouraging the build-up of large parasit-
oid populations. Parker suggested that
twig-nesting bees are more likely to be
sampled because they readily come to
artificial traps set out by the collector. They
are also easier to extricate and study in
these nests. Conversely, ground nesting
bees must be actively hunted by the
collector, are less easily found, and require
painstaking excavation to reveal nest de-
tails.
In general, then, records summarized in
the Appendix indicate that host data are
biased towards parasitoids attacking cavity
nesting bees and that multiple causes
contribute to this bias. Whatever cursory
glimpses the bee/parasitoid host list may
reveal, and considering the numerical size
of the chalcidoid and apoid groups, it
appears that much remains to be discov-
ered. Within existing literature, relatively
little is devoted to parasitization and then
primarily only to a few solitary bee species
(e.g., the alfalfa leafcutting bee, Stolbov et
al. 1986), whereas with few exceptions
(e.g., Zerova and Romasenko 1986) there
is scarcely any comprehensive literature
pertaining to solitary bee parasitoids.
METHODS
In the following discussions host names
are given without authors. Complete
authors' names may be found in the
Appendix. Within discussions, hosts are
listed alphabetically by family, but in the
host listing all hosts are alphabetic regard-
less of family.
236 Journal of Hymenoptera Research
KEY TO TORYMIDAE ASSOCIATED WITH SOLITARY BEES
1 Anterior edge of metapleuron straight, not projecting forward as lobe into
mesepimeron (Fig. 2) 4
— Anterior edge of metapleuron (usually its upper half) projecting forward as lobe into
mesepimeron (Fig. 1), which is subdivided into upper and lower sections, lower
section delimited by anterior groove Torymus Dalman 2
2 Hind coxa dorsally covered with short setae (Fig. 3), coarsely reticulate; propodeum
areolate-rugose, heavily carina te (Fig. 5); frenal area less than 1/5 length of
scutellum (Fig. 7) 3
Hind coxa dorsally bare (a few long setae may be present; Fig. 4), smooth and
polished; propodeum essentially smooth (Fig. 6); frenal area 1/3 to almost 1/2
length of scutellum (Fig. 8) (Palearctic, Australasian [?introduced])
Torymus armatus Boheman
3(2) Head dorsum, mesosoma, and hind coxa coppery with greenish tints; at least part of
hind femur orange, concolorus with tibia (Palearctic) . . . Torymus cupreus (Spinola)
Head dorsum, mesosoma, and hind coxa metallic green or blue; entire hind femur
metallic green or blue, contrasting with orange tibia (Nearctic)
Torymus zabriskii (Cresson)
4(1) Fore wing with marginal and stigmal veins conspicuously thickened relative to
submarginal vein, postmarginal vein not projecting beyond tip of stigmal vein
(Figs 9, 12, 13), and with marginal vein slightly removed from margin of wing
(Fig. 13; may be somewhat difficult to see); malar distance longer than intermalar
distance (Figs 14, 15); mandibles reduced, scarcely visible, tips not meeting
medially when closed, apically without teeth Echthrodape Burks 5
Fore wing with marginal and stigmal veins not conspicuously thickened relative to
submarginal vein, with postmarginal vein longer than stigmal vein (Fig. 10), and
with marginal vein at edge of wing margin; malar distance subequal to or shorter
than intermalar distance (Fig. 11); mandibles visible, tips meeting medially when
closed, apically with teeth 6
5(4) Postmarginal vein developed, longer than stigmal vein, which is slender and petiolate
(Fig. 12); genae straight, not concave (Fig. 14) [Papua New Guinea, Austra-
lia] Echthrodape papuana Boucek
Postmarginal vein reduced, subequal to stigmal vein, which is thick and sessile
(Fig. 13); genae concave (Fig. 15) [Kenya] Echthrodape africana Burks
6(4) Occipital carina absent (Fig. 16), weakly or questionably developed, or if apparent,
then medially arched and midway between hind ocelli and occipital foramen and
not reaching hypostomal carina (Fig. 17) (head usually vertical with dorsoposterior
aspect slightly concave and the carina, if present, easily seen); hind femur slender,
apicoventrally either without tooth (Fig. 34), angulate, or vaguely serrate;
metasomal terga with or without apicomedian emarginations, often weakly
sclerotized 26
Occipital carina well developed, dorsal margin not greatly arched but nearly
horizontal (Fig. 18), closer to occipital foramen than to hind ocelli and reaching
hypostomal carina (head usually tilted forward with dorsoposterior aspect
conspicuously concave and occipital carina easily seen, but head must be removed
to see hypostomal carina); hind femur apicoventrally with abrupt tooth (Figs 35, 37,
38), or greatly swollen and angulate (Fig. 36); metasomal terga heavily sclerotized,
without apicomedian emarginations [Holarctic, Neotropical, Oriental]
Monodontomerus Westwood 7
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007 237
7(6) First 2 flagellar segments reduced in length, ring-like (Fig. 19); hind femur swollen
with distal subapical angle but without distinct tooth (Fig. 36) [Nearc-
tic] Monodontomerus thorpi Grissell
At most, first flagellar segment reduced in length (Fig. 20); hind femur relatively
narrow with distinct subapical tooth (Figs 37, 38) 8
8(7) Female, face transverse, intermalar distance 3.5 to 5x length of malar distance; male,
face grotesquely modified, entirely sunken medially (as if entirely consisting of
scrobal basin) (Fig. 22), with sharp edge mesad of eye (Fig. 21) [Palearctic, Nearctic
(introduced)] Monodontomerus osmiae Kamijo
Both sexes, face at most slightly transverse, intermalar distance from 1 to 3X length of
malar distance; male with face not medially sunken, scrobal basin normal, though
areas on either side of scrobe may be slightly depressed 9
9(8) Clypeus greatly elongate (Figs 23, 24) [Palearctic] . . Monodontomerus anthidiorum Lucas
Clypeus either barely reaching to or beyond line drawn across lateral corners of oral
fossa (Figs 25-28) 10
10(9) Upper mesepimeral area with anterior half reticulately sculptured and anterodorsal
corner diagonally striate extending nearly to transepimeral sulcus (Fig. 53) .... 11
Upper mesepimeral area nearly entirely polished with striae scarcely extending half
way to transepimeral sulcus (Figs 54, 55) 12
11(10) Discal setae of fore wing not extending into basal area (as in Fig. 31); female with
ovipositor sheaths shorter than metasoma; male with clypeus recessed (not
extending beyond line drawn across lateral corners of oral fossa), malar sulcus
absent or obscure, malar distance subequal to intermalar distance; scape with
ventral surface slightly keeled vertically (i.e., not flat), no pores visible
[Palearctic] Monodontomerus laticornis Grissell and Zerova
Discal setae of fore wing extending into basal area (as in Fig. 29); female with ovipositor
sheaths as long as or longer than entire body; male with clypeus extending beyond
line drawn across lateral corners of oral fossa, malar sulcus present; malar distance
about 1.5X intermalar distance; scape with ventral surface flat, covered with pores
visible at 100 X [Nearctic] Monodontomerus dementi Grissell
12(10) Metasomal tergum 2 dorsally with reticulate to strigate sculpture in distal half ... 13
— Metasomal tergum 2 dorsally smooth, polished in distal half 14
13(12) Distal portion of postmarginal vein equal in length to proximal portion (as in Fig. 30);
rim of scutellum apically widened, somewhat projecting; females, metasomal
tergum 6 acute in profile (as in Fig. 32); male, fore leg unmodified (i.e., normal) (as
in Fig. 39), tibia equal in length to femur and not ventrobasally concave, tarsomeres
elongate (claw length equal to or shorter than tarsomere 4) [Nearctic]
Monodontomerus dianthidii Gahan
Distal portion of postmarginal vein 0.33 X length of proximal portion (as in Fig. 31);
rim of scutellum apically even in width, not projecting; female, metasomal tergum
6obtuse in profile (as in Fig. 33); male, fore leg modified (Fig. 40), tibia shorter in
length than femur and ventrobasally concave, tarsomeres shortened (claw length
equal to tarsomeres 3 and 4) [Nearctic] Monodontomerus breincrus Grissell
14(12) Malar sulcus absent (Fig. 28), or if weakly apparent, greatly curved backward from
lower margin of eye then curving downward to join edge of malar opening
(Fig. 27); lower face protuberant in profile (Fig. 28) [Nearctic]
Monodontomerus bakeri Gahan
Malar sulcus well developed, straight (Figs 25-26), or slightly curved from lower
margin of eye to lateral edge of malar opening; lower face flat (not bulging) in
profile (Fig. 26) 15
15(14) Frenal area medially highly polished, appearing glabrous, faint coriaceous sculpture
may be seen with difficulty at some angles of view (questionable species will run
through either couplet of key) 16
238 Journal of Hymenoptera Research
Frenal area medially sculptured, may be uniformly similar overall or relatively less
prominent than laterally, never glabrous, sculpture easily visible at any angle of
view (questionable species will run through either couplet) 19
16(15) Costal cell above with apical setal row incomplete, confined to distal 1 /2 or less of cell
(as in Fig. 31); female, metasomal tergum 6 strongly concave in profile (as in
Fig. 32) [Nearctic] Monodontomerus torchioi Grissell (most specimens)
— Costal cell above with apical setal row complete (as in Fig. 29); female, metasomal
tergum 6 weakly concave in profile (as in Fig. 33) 17
17(16) Frenal area apicomedially intruding into rim, punctures of rim reduced in size at point
of intrusion (Fig. 42); stigma and uncus relatively short, postmarginal vein with
proximal and distal section subequal in length (Fig. 30) [Holarctic]
Monodontomerus aeneus (Fonscolombe)
— Frenal area with apical rim not interrupted posteriorly at median margin, punctures of
rim as large or larger at apex as on sides (as in Fig. 41); stigma and uncus elongated,
postmarginal vein with proximal section longer than distal (as in Fig. 31) 18
18(17) Female ovipositor sheaths swelling distally (i.e., not parallel-sided); male hind femur
broad, widening apically, about 2.5 X as long as wide (Fig. 38) [Palearctic] ....
Monodontomerus rugulosus Thomson
Female ovipositor sheaths same width throughout (i.e., parallel-sided); male hind
femur narrow, dorsal and ventral margins essentially parallel (Fig. 37), about 3.5 X
as long as wide [Neotropical] Monodontomerus argentinus Brethes
19(15) Costal cell above with apical setal row complete (Fig. 29) 20
Costal cell above with apical setal row incomplete, confined to distal 1/3 to 1/2 of cell
(Fig. 31) or appearing absent (2 or 3 setae may be present at apex as in Figs 43, 44) ... 22
20(19) Scape about 4x longer than wide, greater in length (about 1.3X) than distance from
venter of torulus to apical margin of clypeus [Nearctic, Neotropical]
Monodontomerus mexicanus Gahan
Scape about 3X longer than wide, subequal in length to distance from venter of
torulus to apical margin of clypeus 21
21(19) Stigma rectangular, proximally elongated towards base of wing (Figs 51, 52);
postmarginal vein with distal length less than proximal length (Figs 51, 52); male
face with depression laterad of scrobal basin [Nearctic]
Monodontomerus acrostigmus Grissell
Stigma squarish, neither stigma nor proximal angle elongated (as in Figs 10, 44);
postmarginal vein with distal length subequal to basal length (as in Fig. 44); male face
convex laterad of scrobal basin [Holarctic] Monodontomerus obscurus Westwood
22(19) Admarginal setae reaching bases of marginal vein and parastigma (Fig. 43); intermalar
distance subequal to 3x malar distance (Fig. 48); both mandibles with single apical
tooth and small secondary tooth on dorsal margin (Fig. 48) [Nearctic]
Monodontomerus mandibularis Gahan
Admarginal setae either not reaching base of marginal vein or apex of parastigma
(Fig. 44); intermalar distance less than 2.5 X malar distance (Fig. 47); both mandibles
with 2 apical teeth, and small third tooth on dorsal margin (Figs 47) 23
23(22) Transepimeral sulcus incomplete (Figs 53, 55); upper anterior margin of costal cell
with setal row in apical 1/4 to 1/3 (as in Fig. 31); male, scape in side view slightly
curved in profile (Fig. 56), area beneath torulus flat, sculptured, and setose .... 24
Transepimeral sulcus complete (Fig. 54), appearing as a sculptured groove; upper
anterior margin of costal cell with 1 to 3 setae at apex (Figs 43, 44); male, scape in
lateral view strongly C-shaped (Figs 57, 58), area beneath torulus slightly swollen,
polished, and asetose 25
24(23) Frenal area medially with reticulate sculpture readily apparent, area may be shiny, but
sculpture visible at any angle of view; male, ventral surface of scape without pores
visible at 100X [Nearctic] Monodontomerus montivagus Ashmead
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007 239
Frenal area medially with reticulate sculpture visible only at some angles of view and
seen only with difficulty, area shiny and appearing polished; male, ventral surface
of scape evenly covered with pores easily visible at 100X [a few atypical specimens
run here, but most to couplet 16 based on the polished frenal area]
[Nearctic] Monodontomerus torchioi Grissell
25(23) Females, ovipositor subequal to metasoma (ca. 1-1. 2X); scape orange to yellow
without metallic infusion especially ventrally; male, scape greatly laterally
compressed (ventral and dorsal surfaces essentially absent), outer surface flat,
polished, asetose, and curving smoothly to inner surface without interruption
(Fig. 57), no pores visible at 100x [Nearctic] Monodontomerus parkeri Grissell
Females, ovipositor obviously longer than metasoma (ca. 1.5-1.8X); scape with
metallic green infusion at least ventrally (may be complete or confined to area just
beneath pedicel); male, scape dorsoventrally compressed, curved, with dorsal and
ventral surfaces parallel and delimited by right-angled edge (Fig. 58), ventral
surface polished and covered with pores visible at 100 x though difficult to see
[Nearctic] Monodontomerus tepedinoi Grissell
26(6) Marginal vein long, 3-7X length of postmarginal vein and at least 6X length of stigmal
vein; occipital carina present, its lateral edges extending at least in line with dorsum
of hypostomal foramen [Oriental] Pseudotorymus indicus (Mani)
Marginal vein short, 1-2.5 X length of postmarginal vein and 2-5 X length of stigmal
vein (Figs 45, 46); occipital carina absent (Fig. 16) or, if present, its lateral edges not
(or scarcely) extending in line with venter of occipital foramen (Fig. 17) 27
27(26) Occipital carina absent (Fig. 16) Microdontomerus Crawford 28
Occipital carina visible in dorsal view as finely polished line raised distinctly above
surface sculpture (as in Fig. 17) [Palearctic]
Adontomerus Nikol'skaya (A. gregalis (Steffan) and A. nesterovi Zerova)
28(27) Fore wing setation (Figs 45, 46) reduced; basal cell open behind, i.e., cubital vein
basally at most with few isolated setae; basal vein at most with isolated setae; basal
cell without distinct setal row paralleling submarginal vein 29
Fore wing setation (as in Figs 29, 31) not reduced (except in admarginal area of some
species): basal cell closed behind, i.e., cubital vein essentially completely setose to
base of wing; basal vein with distinct setal row and basal cell with setal row
paralleling nearly entire submarginal vein 30
29(28) Postmarginal vein (Fig. 46) about 0.75 X as long as marginal vein; fore wing with
admarginal area (Fig. 46) not well defined posteriorly by setal line, with
admarginal setae nearly as uniform as central area of wing [Nearctic]
Microdontomerus enigma Grissell
Postmarginal vein (Fig. 45) about 0.5 X as long as marginal vein; fore wing with
admarginal area (Fig. 45) well-defined posteriorly by setal line, with few sparse setae
not as uniform as central area of wing [Nearctic] .... Microdontomerus parkeri Grissell
30(28) Eye height nearly 3x malar distance (Fig. 49); distance between eyes less than eye
height (Fig. 49) [Nearctic] Microdontomerus anthidii (Ashmead)
Eye height 2.5 X or less than malar distance (Fig. 50); distance between eyes equal to
eye height (Fig. 50) [Nearctic] Microdontomerus apianus Grissell
Adontomerus Nikol'skaya postmarginal vein, 2 to 5x the length of the
stigmal vein, and marginal + postmarginal
Recognition. — Adontomerus is recognized veins equal to 0.2 X the length of the wing;
by the straight anterior edge of the meta- the occipital carina visible in dorsal view as
pleuron (Fig. 2); the fore wing with mar- a finely polished line raised distinctly
ginal vein 1 to 2.5 X the length of the above surface sculpture, medially arched
240
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
and midway between hind ocelli and
occipital foramen (Fig. 17); and the hind
femur ventrally without a tooth (as in
Fig. 34).
Number of Species. — 8.
Number Associated with Bees. — 2.
Distribution. — Species of this genus are
reported in the Palearctic Region including
the former Soviet Union, Bulgaria, former
Yugoslavia, Hungary, Italy, Sardinia,
Spain, Jordan, and Algeria.
Hosts of Genus. — Species of Adontomerus
have been reared from cocoons of Lasio-
campidae (Lepidoptera), galls of Cynipi-
dae (Hymenoptera), and cocoons of Mega-
chiiidae (Hymenoptera). In the National
Museum of Natural History, Washington,
DC, there are specimens reared from
weevils in seed heads of Asteraceae.
Discussion. — Records for the species
listed below have been cited in the litera-
ture under the genus Mellitotorymus , which
was synonymized with Adontomerus by
Grissell (1995).
Adontomerus gregalis (Steffan)
Distribution.— PALEARCTIC: Reported
only from Sardinia (Steffan 1964).
Host. — Reared from Pseudoanthidium (re-
ported as Anthidium) lituratum (Megachili-
dae).
Discussion. — I believe that this species
and Adontomerus nesterovi are synonyms,
but I have not seen material of the latter
to confirm this. Both share essentially
similar descriptions as well as the same
host. I treat them separately here to
retain the known data, but there is no
way to distinguish the species as far as I
can tell.
Adontomerus nesterovi Zerova
Distribution.— PALEARCTIC: Reported
from Turkmenistan (Zerova and Roma-
senko 1986).
Host. — Reared from cocoons of Pseu-
doanthidium (as Paraantliidiellum) lituratum
(Megachilidae).
Discussion. — Zerova and Romasenko
(1986) keyed and figured this species in
a paper on the parasitoids of megachilid
bees in the former Soviet Union.
Echthrodape Burks
Recognition. — Echthrodape is recognized
by the straight anterior edge of the meta-
pleuron (as in Fig. 2) and by the relatively
short wing venation and the thickened
marginal vein (Figs 9, 12, 13), with the
postmarginal vein some distance from the
distal edge of the wing (Fig. 9). Additional
characters that help in recognition are the
toothed hind femur (as in Fig. 38), the
developed occipital carina that lies mid-
way between the hind ocelli and occipital
foramen, and the reduced mouth opening
(Figs 14, 15, indicated, in part, by the long
malar distance) with reduced mandibles
(scarcely visible and obscured by other
mouth parts).
Number of Species. — 2.
Number Associated with Bees. — 2.
Distribution. — The genus is found in the
Afrotropical Region in Kenya, and in the
Australasian Region from Papua New
Guinea.
Host. — Hosts for both species belong to
the genus Braunsapis (Apidae).
Discussion. — The species of this genus
are uncommonly encountered and are
presently the only indigenous torymid
bee parasitoids known from sub-saharan
Africa and Australasia. The lack of records
for these areas is probably the result of
a paucity of collecting and rearing both
bees and parasitoids.
Echthrodape africana Burks
Re-
Distribution.— AFROTROPICAL:
ported from Kenya (Burks 1969).
Host. — Reared from nests of Braunsapis
(as Allodapula) (Apidae) as reported by
Burks (1969) and expounded upon by
Michener (1969) who reported the follow-
ing host records: Braunsapis simplicipes, B.
rolini, and B. rufipes.
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
241
Biology. — Larvae of E. africana are exter-
nal feeders on pupae of Braunsapis (Mich-
ener 1969). One parasitoid was seen per
host. The bee is a progressive feeder which
uses burrows in the pith of dead Lantana
stems. It moves its larvae and pupae about
and does not distinguish between its own
progeny and those of E. africana.
Morphology. — Michener (1969) illustrated
and described the peculiar larva of this
species as well as the pupa.
Discussion. — The two known species are
relatively easily identified based on the
distinctive heads (Figs 14, 15) and wing
veins (Figs 12, 13) as well as their disjunct
distributions.
Eclitlirodape papnana Boucek
Distribution.— AUSTRALASIAN: Known
from Papua New Guinea (Boucek 1988)
and Australia (R. Matthews, per. comm.).
Host. — Reared from cells of Braunsapis
unicolor (Apidae) nesting in bamboo inter-
nodes (R. Matthews, per. comm.).
Discussion. — A voucher specimen for the
Australian record was kindly placed in the
U. S. National Museum collection by
Robert Matthews.
Microdontomerus Crawford
Recognition. — Microdontomerus is recog-
nized by the straight anterior edge of the
metapleuron (as in Fig. 2), the simple hind
femur (as in Fig. 34), the absence of an
occipital carina (Fig. 16), and the marginal
vein short, 1 to 2.5 X the length of the
postmarginal vein and 2 to 5X the length of
the stigmal vein (Figs 45, 46).
Number of Species. — 22.
Number Associated with Bees. — 4.
Distribution. — This genus is transconti-
nental in the Nearctic, but limited in other
regions of the world. In the Palearctic it is
found in Spain, Italy, Algeria, and Libya,
and in the Afrotropical Region it is found
in Senegal. [The genus was reported in
India (see Farooqi 1986, David et al. 1990),
but this is probably a misidentification
resulting from the confusion in names that
existed at the time.]
Hosts. — Species are reported from mega-
chilid bees and cynipid gall-formers (Hy-
menoptera), tephritids (Diptera), buprestid
eggs and curculionids (Coleoptera), mantid
eggs (Mantodea), and coleophorids, geli-
chiids, lasiocampids, and tortricids (Lepi-
doptera). At least one Nearctic species
attacks saturniid eggs (Lepidoptera). Spe-
cies have also been documented as facul-
tative hyperparasitoids of braconids (Hy-
menoptera) (Grissell 2005).
Microdontomerus anthidii (Ashmead)
Distribution. — NEARCTIC: This species
has been collected in southern California,
USA.
Host. — Reared from Dianthidium pudicum
consimile (as Anthidium consimile) (Mega-
chilidae).
Discussion. — Microdontomerus anthidii, M.
enigma, and M. parkeri are difficult to distin-
guish. Generally M. anthidii is smaller
(2.3 mm or less) with a shorter ovipositor
(less than 1.2 X hind tibia), whereas M. parkeri
is larger (up to 3.0 mm) with a longer
ovipositor (more than 2x hind tibia). Micro-
dontomerus enigma is about the size of M.
anthidii, but with the longer ovipositor of M.
parkeri. Microdontomerus anthidii is fairly
easily separated from the other two, however,
based on discrete morphological differences
in the fore wing: M. anthidii has a complete
setal row along the upper anterior margin of
the costal cell (absent in the other two species)
and the basal cell is closed (open in the other
two species). It appears that while all three
species attack megachilid bees, M. anthidii is
usually associated with species of the tribe
Anthidiini that create nests of resin and sand
grains, whereas M. parkeri and M. enigma are
associated with Osminiini and Megachilini
that make stem nests.
Microdontomerus apianus Grissell
Distribution. — NEARCTIC: Known from
California, USA.
242
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
Host. — Reared from Megachile montivaga
(Megachilidae).
Discussion. — In addition to characters
given in the key, this species differs from
M. anthidii in having the intermalar dis-
tance about 1.7x the malar distance (about
2.5 X in M. anthidii), and in having the
ovipositor sheaths subequal to the body
length and 2.0-3.0 X as long as the hind
tibia (in M. anthidii ovipositor sheaths
subequal to metasoma and usually less
than 1.5X as long as hind tibia).
Microdontomerus enigma Grissell
Distribution.— NEARCTIC: Known only
from one locality in Nevada, USA.
Hosts. — Reared from Hoplitis bullifacies
(Megachilidae).
Discussion. — This species is phenotypi-
cally nearly identical to M. parkcri. Char-
acters to separate the two are given in
the key. Somewhat more difficult to
assess is that in M. enigma the longest
diameter of the lateral ocellus is less than
the ocellocular distance, whereas it is
subequal to or greater than the distance
in M. parkeri.
Microdontomerus parkeri Grissell
Distribution.— NEARCTIC: Widespread
in the western and southwestern United
States.
Hosts. — Reared from Megachilidae: Ash-
meadiella bigeloviae, AshineadieUa cubiceps,
Ashmeadiella gillettei, AshineadieUa rufipes,
Hoplitis bullifacies, Hoplitis palmarum, Mega-
chile brevis, and Osmia marginata.
Biologi/. — Microdontomerus parkeri is a gre-
garious parasitoid within individual bee
cells. The number of individuals ranged
from 2 to 33 per cell, with an average of
about 8-9. For these rearings the total
number of M. parkeri specimens was 229
females and 125 males for a sex ratio of 1.8
to 1. Ten of these rearings contained no
males (Grissell 2005).
Discussion. — This species has also been
reared from Ancistrocerus sp. and Leptoclii-
lus sp. (Vespidae: Eumeninae). It is the
most common and widespread species of
Microdontomerus attacking bees.
Motiodontomerus Westwood
Recognition. — Monodontomerus is recog-
nized by the straight anterior edge of the
metapleuron (as in Fig. 2), the presence of
a frenal line on the scutellum (as in Fig. 8),
the hind femur with a single, apicoventral
tooth (Figs 35, 37; though in one species
this tooth is poorly defined, Fig. 36), and
by the well developed occipital carina
which is nearly horizontal on its dorsal
margin and closer to the occipital foramen
than to the hind ocelli (Fig. 18).
Number of Species. — 32.
Number Associated with Bees. — 19.
Distribution. — The species of this genus
are widespread throughout the Holarctic,
and somewhat less common in the Neo-
tropical (Cuba, Mexico, Colombia, Argen-
tina) and Oriental (Sri Lanka, India, Paki-
stan) regions.
Hosts. — Numerous hosts are known for
this genus including families in Diptera,
Hymenoptera, and Lepidoptera. The pri-
mary hosts are solitary aculeate bees and
wasps, sawflies, and moths (including
their tachinid and ichneumonid parasi-
toids). An authentic record of Monodonto-
merus (undetermined species) attacking
social vespids {Mischocyt tarns; Litte 1979)
in Arizona occurs in the literature, but
voucher specimens are now lost (Litte, /'//
litt.). Unfortunately, some species of Mono-
dontomerus are extremely difficult to tell
apart and as a consequence there have
been many misidentifications resulting in
incorrect host records for some species. For
example, Monodontomerus aereus Walker
has been reported from Megachile muraria
(now = M. pariet /;m)(Constantineanu et al.
1956), but this would not be considered
a host based on the majority of records,
which are from Lepidoptera (Grissell 2000,
Noyes 2003). Monodontomerus vicicellae
(Walker), a common parasitoid of larval
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
243
Lepidoptera and sawflies, was reported to
be reared from an ichneumonid parasitoid
in the nest of Megachile "ramulorum Rond."
(Rondani 1877), which is a nomem nudum.
There are no other records from bees for
this species and the host record is consid-
ered to be incorrect. Similarly, Monodonto-
merus minor (Ratzeberg), also a parasitoid
of Lepidoptera and sawflies, has been
reported from several bees, but while these
records appear in lists (e.g., Herting 1977)
they apparently have no basis in the
primary literature.
Discussion. — In the following section,
summary data are documented in Grissell
(2000) unless otherwise specified. Identifi-
cation is often more easily based on male
characters. Although females predominate
in reared series, species have gregarious
larvae and some males are almost always
present.
Monodontomerus acrostigmus Grissell
Distribution.— NEARCTIC: Eastern Tex-
as, USA.
Hosts. — Reared from pupa of Megachile
sp. (Megachilidae) in a "mud-dauber
nest".
Discussion. — Monodontomerus acrostigmus
is similar in appearance to M. obscurus, but
differs from it (and all other known
species) by having the stigma posteriorly
appendiculate (Figs 51, 52). In addition, it
differs from M. obscurus by having the
distal portion of the postmarginal vein one
half or less than the proximal portion
(subequal in M. obscurus) and in males,
which have the face lateral to the scrobal
basin distinctly depressed (not depressed
in M. obscurus).
Monodontomerus aeneus (Fabricius)
Distribution.— NEARCTIC: Widespread
throughout the northern United States
and southern Canada. PALEARCTIC: Re-
portedly widespread in western Europe
(Nikol'skaya and Zerova 1978) and often
confused with M. obscurus, which has
the same distribution and general host
range.
Hosts. — There are a great number of
hosts listed for this species (as obsoletus)
in the Old World (see Grissell 1995). Only
bee hosts are listed here because these are
certainly correct whereas all other hosts are
suspect. Old World: Anthophora retusa,
Ceratina callosa (Apidae); Anthidium floren-
tinum, Hoplitis (as Osmia) adunca, Megachile
parietina (as Chalicodoma muraria) (and Stelis
nasuta, a cleptoparasite of this host), Mega-
chile apicalis, Megachile centuncularis, Mega-
chile (as Chalicodoma) sicula, Osmia (as
Metallinella) brevicornis, Osmia coerulescens,
Osmia rufa cornigera, Osmia cornuta, Osmia
emarginata, Osmia fulviventris, Osmia latreil-
lei, Osmia rufa, Osmia submicans, Osmia
tricornis (all Megachilidae). New World:
Verifiable records for this species include
Megachile concinna, Megachile rotundata, and
Osmia nigrifrons (Megachilidae).
Biology.— Newport (1849, 1852, 1853)
provided information and illustrations of
the larvae, their digestive tract, and feeding
habits. Johansen and Eves (1966) and Eves
(1970) (and possibly Hobbs and Krunic
1971) published biological information on
this species (as obscurus, reidentified by me,
based upon Eves' specimens) as a parasit-
oid of Megachile rotundata. Females ovipos-
ited through the leaf-lined cell and/or
cocoon of the host. Between 3 and 51 eggs
were laid externally on the host. An
average of 10 survived in one study
(Johansen and Eves 1966), but Bonelli and
Campadelli (1990) gave an average of 24
(range = 10 to 51 adults for 15 bee cells).
All immature stages of the host are
vulnerable to attack but parasitization of
early instars is rarely successful. Larvae are
non-cannibalistic. The life cycle can be
completed in about 20 days. Goodpasture
(1975) detailed the mating behavior of M.
aeneus (reported as M. obscurus, but sub-
sequently confirmed as M. aeneus in Gris-
sell 2000). Tepedino (1988a) demonstrated
that 7-12% of females mated before emer-
gence from the host cocoon. He also
244
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
showed (Tepedino 1988b) that females had
an initial obligatory requirement for host
cocoon and prepupal authenticity, but after
24 hours this would break down and
females would oviposit into gelatin cap-
sules holding bee prepupae or even agar
replicates of bees. Females oviposited onto
fresh host prepupae or prepupae that were
up to 16 days old. Tepedino (1988c)
showed that superparasitism occurs but
that rates go down as resident parasitoids
become older. In Spain, rates of parasitism
for M. aenens (reported as M. obsoletus) on
Osmia cornuta (Megachilidae) varied from
0.5% (Bosch 1994b) to 73% (Bosch 1994a).
According to Bosch (1993) 53-76% of
managed bee cocoons were parasitized
when paper straws containing bee cells
were extracted from their nesting blocks,
but cells left in grooved boards were left
untouched. In the Nearctic this parasitoid
(as M. obscurus) reportedly replaced the
native species M. montivagus in the mid-
1960's as the most important parasitoid of
the alfalfa leafcutting bee in North Amer-
ica, but then was itself replaced by a pter-
omalid in the mid 1970's (Eves 1982). A
paper on control of an unknown species of
Monodontomerus in Utah by Brindley (1976)
undoubtedly refers to this species.
Morphology. — Goodpasture illustrated
the karyotype of M. obsoletus (1975, re-
ported as M. obscurus but confirmed as M.
aeneus by Grissell 2000). The chromosomes
number 4 in males, 8 in females. Good-
pasture (1975) illustrated male scapes, and
Walther (1983) illustrated antennal sensil-
lae of this species.
Discussion. — This species was introduced
into the Nearctic in the 1930's (Johansen
and Eves 1966), but it was misidentified as
M. obscurus. Its correct identity as M.
obsoletus was reported by Tepedino (1989)
based upon my identification. The name
has since been changed to M. aeneus by
Graham (1992) who studied the type
material of the species involved. Almost
all previously published host records (e.g.,
Peck 1969) for M. obscurus are wrong and
most should now refer to M. aeneus. Both
M. aeneus and M. obscurus are common and
widespread and are among the two most
difficult species of the genus to distinguish
from each other. This is disconcerting
because they are economically important,
have both been introduced into the New
World along with the alfalfa leafcutter bee,
and have been confused with each other
since their introductions. Only the appar-
ent absence of sculpture (though faint
coriaceous sculpture may be apparent at
some angles of view) on the median frenal
area and the construction of the frenal apex
offer reliable diagnostic information to
separate these two species, but even this
can be difficult to interpret on occasion. An
additional character that may sometimes
help to define these two taxa is found in
the mesepimeron. In M. aeneus the entire
mesepimeron is essentially smooth (po-
lished) except for some slight reticulation
(or carinae) above the ventral margin. In M.
obscurus the ventral 1/5 of the mesepi-
meron below the transepimeral sulcus is
reticulate and the anterior 1/3 is alutac-
eous to lightly reticulate.
Monodontomerus anthidiorum (Lucas)
Distribution.— PALEARCTIC: Found
only in Algeria.
Host. — Reared from Rhodanthidiuiu sticti-
cum (Megachilidae).
Biology. — This species was reared from
the larva of its host. According to Lucas
(1849) the bee nested in empty snail shells
(Helix spp). The larvae were gregarious
with 40-50 specimens of M. anthidiorum
found in each shell.
Discussion. — This species apparently has
not been collected since its original de-
scription. In both sexes this is one of the
most distinct species of the genus based on
the elongated clypeus (Figs 23, 24).
Monodontomerus argentinus Brethes.
Distribution.— NEOTROPICAL: Costa
Rica, Panama, Colombia, and Argentina.
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
245
Hosts. — Reared from cells of Eufriesea
nigrescens (as Euplusia longipennis) (Apidae)
in Colombia. A species oi Megachile (Mega-
chilidae) also serves as host.
Biology. — Sakagami and Sturm (1965)
reported that this species developed on
the pupal stage.
Discussion. — Monodontomerus argentinus
is similar to M. mexicanus especially in
proportions of the head and antenna and in
details of the wing, hi both sexes of M.
argentinus the median area of the frenum is
highly polished, whereas in M. mexicanus
the median frenal area is longitudinally
sculptured similar to the lateral areas.
Monodontomerus bakeri Gahan
Distribution.— NEARCTIC: Colorado,
Utah, Idaho, USA, and Alberta, Canada.
Hosts. — Megachile pugnata, Megachile re-
lativa, Megachile rotundata, Osmia coloraden-
sis, and Osmia texana (Megachilidae).
Discussion. — This species is relatively
uncommon, but large numbers were
trapped from Megachile rotundata blocks
as a nuisance species at the USDA Bee
Biology and Systematics Laboratory in
Logan, Utah (pers. obs.). Monodofitomerus
bakeri is unique among species of the genus
in two ways. The absence of a malar sulcus
(Fig. 28), or its expression as a greatly
curving, indefinite line (Fig. 27 ), is atypical
compared to the straight, well-defined
sulcus found in most other species (e.g.,
Fig. 26). Also, the bulging lower face
(Fig. 27) is not found in any other species,
all of which have the area essentially flat
(as in Fig. 26).
Monodontomerus brevicrus Grissell
Distribution.— NEARCTIC: California,
USA.
Hosts. — Reared from nests of Osmia
ribifloris (Megachilidae).
Discussion. — Monodontomerus brevicrus
resembles M. dianthidii in having metaso-
mal tergum 2 dorsally sculptured, but it is
separated as follows: Both sexes of M.
brevicrus have the distal portion of the
postmarginal vein about one-third the
length of the proximal portion (Fig. 31)
(about equal in M. dianthidii) and the rim of
the scutellum apically even in width and
not projecting (apically widened and some-
what projecting in M. dianthidii). In females
of M. brevicrus metasomal tergum 6 is
obtuse in profile (as in Fig. 33) (acute in
M. dianthidii, as in Fig. 32) The males of M.
brevicrus are unique among New World
males in modifications found in the fore
leg and in the sunken lower face. In males
the fore leg is reduced (Fig. 40) with the
tibia shorter in length than the femur and
ventrobasally concave, and the tarsomeres
shortened with the claw length equal to
tarsomeres 3 and 4 (fore leg unmodified in
other species, cf. Fig. 39).
Monodontomerus dementi Grissell
Distribution.— NEARCTIC: Wyoming
and Colorado, USA.
Hosts. — Dianthidiinn heterulkei (Megachi-
lidae) [also reared from the factitious host
Megachile rotundata (Megachilidae) in the
laboratory].
Biologxj. — Clement (1976) found this spe-
cies feeding on prepupae in cocoons of D.
heterulkei. Goodpasture (1975) described
the mating behavior, which is identical to
that of Monodontomerus montivagus.
Discussion. — Monodontomerus dementi
and M. laticoruis are similar in having the
anterior half of the upper mesepimeral area
reticulately sculptured and the anterodor-
sal corner with diagonal striations extend-
ing nearly to transepimeral sulcus (Fig. 53).
They differ in the characters outlined in
couplet 11 of the key.
Monodontomerus dianthidii Gahan.
Distribution. — NEARCTIC: Eastern Cali-
fornia and southwestern Oregon, USA.
Hosts. — Dianthidiinn sp. (Megachilidae).
Biology. — Reared from resin nests.
Discussion. — Monodontomerus dianthidii is
phenetically most similar to A4. brevicrus
246
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
based upon the completely sculptured
frenal area and metasomal tergum 2;
the differences between these species are
discussed in detail under M. brevicrus
above.
Monodontomerus laticornis Grissell and Zerova
Distribution.— PALEARCTIC: Russia,
Kazakhstan, Ukraine, and Moldavia.
Hosts. — Reared from Megachile rotundata
(Megachilidae); Megachile centuncularis and
Anthidium florentinum (Zerova and Stolbov
1986) (Megachilidae); Anthidium septemspi-
nosum (Zerova and Seryogina (2002). [A
report of Apis mellifera as host (documented
in Noyes 2003) seems unlikely].
Biology. — This is a gregarious parasitoid
within cocoons of the hosts.
Discussion. — Zerova and Romasenko
(1986) key and figure this species in a paper
on the parasitoids of megachilid bees in the
Former Soviet Union. This species and M.
clement i are similar in appearance, and
characters to distinguish them are given
under couplet 11 of the key. Monodo)ito-
merus laticornis is a Palearctic species and
M. dementi a Nearctic one, so they should
not be readily confused.
Monodontomerus mandibularis Gahan
Distribution.— NEARCTIC: Widespread
throughout the eastern USA and Canada
from Saskatchewan south to Louisiana.
Hosts. — Anthophora abrupta, A. bomboides
bomboides, Melitoma taurea (Apidae); Osmia
cordata (Megachilidae) (Rau 1947).
Biology. — Rau (1947) published some
preliminary information on the life history
of this species, which he concluded had
one or two generations per year. He
believed the wasp to be a primary, gregar-
ious parasitoid of its host.
Discussion. — Monodontomerus mandibu-
laris is morphologically similar to M.
montivagus but differs in both sexes (and
from all other Monodontomerus species) by
the mandibles having a single large,
ventral tool and a smaller, subapical
dorsal one (Fig. 48). Other species have
two ventral teeth and a small subapical
dorsal one (as in Fig. 47) or have the dorsal
tooth so reduced as to be easily overlooked.
The mandibles are not generally exposed,
however, so that for practical purposes M.
mandibularis is best distinguished from M.
montivagus as follows: In females the
intermalar distance is about 3x the malar
distance (about 2X in M. montivagus; this is
the result of the malar distance being
relatively shorter in M. mandibularis and
the face less produced ventrally below the
eyes, cf. Figs 47, 48) and the posterior
outline of metasomal tergum 6 is deeply
concave (shallow in M. montivagus, cf.
Figs 32, 33); in males the scape (Fig. 57) is
laterally compressed and distinctly C-
shaped in profile with dorsal and ventral
arches asymmetrical (in M. montivagus the
scape is dorsoventrally compressed and
nearly symmetrically curved in profile,
Fig. 56, sometimes greatly so).
Monodontomerus mexicanus Gahan
Distribution.— NEARCTIC/NEOTROPI-
CAL: Spotty distribution in Arizona, north-
central Mexico, and western Panama.
Hosts. — Megachile peruviana (Megachili-
dae) (Rau 1947); Ancyloscelis apiformis (as
armata) (Torchio 1974) and Anthophora
marginata (Apidae) (Herting 1977).
Discussioji. — This species has also been
reared from Trypoxylon mexicanum (Gahan
1941), T. monteverde, and Passaloecus ( =
Polemistus) pusillus (Rau 1947) (all Crabro-
nidae). It has been seen walking on the
surface of Trypoxylon mud nests and
drilling with its ovipositor through the
mud walls (Brockmann in litt.). It is similar
to M. argentinus and is discussed under
that species.
Monodontomerus montivagus Ashmead
Distribution.— NEARCTIC: Widespread
throughout southern Canada and USA.
NEOTROPICAL: Southern Mexico (Guer-
rero).
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
247
Hosts. — This species has been reared
from the following bees. Apidae: Antho-
phorn abrupta, Anthophora bomboides bom-
boid.es, Anthophora bomboides neomexicana,
Anthophora linsleyi, ? Anthophora occidentalis,
lAnthophora vallorum, Bombns morrisoni,
IMelissoides sp., Xylocopa tabaniformis orpi-
fex. Megachilidae: Anthidium collectum, An-
thidium emarginatum, Anthidiun Imormo-
num, Anthidium nest, Ashmeadiella Califor-
nia!, Dianthidium curvatum sayi, Dianthi-
diinn pudicum pudicum, Dianthidium
pudicum consimile, Hoplitis anthocopoides
nest, Megachile centuncularis, Megachile re-
lativa, Megachile rotundata, Osmia sp. cocoon
(in Ttypoxylon politum nest [Crabronidae]),
Osmia cordata, Osmia kincaidii, Osmia lati-
sulcata, Osmia lignaria, Osmia ribifloris,
Osmia sanrafaelae, Osmia texana, Stelis de-
pressa.
Biology. — This is a gregarious, external
parasitoid of aculeate Hymenoptera. Al-
though there are numerous references to
this species in the literature (see Peck 1963),
most of these are simply host records
without biological data. A few papers cited
by Peck are of interest and are cited below.
Davidson (1893: 153) stated that females of
M. montivagns deposited 10 to 20 eggs in
each cell of Xylocopa tabaniformis orpifex and
that some broods were all males while
others were all females. Hicks (1926: 224)
stated that M. montivagns was parasitic
both on Anthophora occidentalis and its
parasitoid Oryttus mirandus, thus acting as
a primary and secondary parasitoid.
Mickel (1928: 72-73) reared 415 specimens,
of which 94% were females, from 21 cells
of Anthophora occidentalis. He found no
hyperparasitic relationship on the same
bee host as reported by Hicks (1926).
Linsley and MacSwain (1942: 409-411) also
reported montivagns as both a primary and
a hyperparasitoid on Anthophora linsleyi
and its mutillid parasitoid Photopsis auraria
(now = Sphaeropthalma itnicolor). These
authors discussed the courtship behavior
of montivagns and stated that its larvae fed
on the prepupal stage of the bee. They
stated that only one cell (of 9) had mixed
sexes of this parasitoid, the others being
either female (average 26 per cell) or male
(average 40 per cell). In later rearings,
however, MacSwain (1958: 395) found
mixes of males and females in each of four
cells of A. occidentalis. The sex ratio
(males:females) varied from 1 to 12 to 1 to
30. Rau (1922) found a ratio of 1 to 6.
Goodpasture (1975) described and illus-
trated the courtship behavior of M. mon-
tivagns. It is apparent from the literature
and from reared specimens that M. mon-
tivagns is parasitic on bees, wasps, and
their nest associates. New and old nests of
aculeate Hymenoptera are complex sites of
diverse taxa, behaviorial types, and suc-
cessional faunas. Therefore, our biological
knowledge of M. montivagns is almost
wholly inadequate.
Morphology. — Goodpasture (1975) de-
scribed and illustrated the male scapes
and the haploid karyotype. This species
has 6 chromosomes in males, 12 in females.
Discussion. — Females of M. montivagus
are morphologically similar to other spe-
cies reared from bees (e.g., M. parkeri, M.
tepedinoi, M. torchioi, M. mandibularis), but
males differ notably in morphology of the
scape. The differences between M. monti-
vagns and the others mentioned are dis-
cussed under each of these species.
Monodontomerus obscurus Westwood
Distribution.— NEARCTIC: Widespread
from coast to coast in the United States
and southeastern Canada. [Undoubtedly
introduced into the Nearctic along with its
host the alfalfa leafcutting bee.] PALEARC-
TIC: Reportedly widespread in western
Europe (Nikol'skaya and Zerova 1978)
and probably often confused with M.
aenens which appears to be sympatric.
The species is also reported from the
oriental Region (India).
Hosts. — Hoplitis (as Osmia) adunca, Mega-
chile argentata, Megachile centuncularis,
Megachile cephalotes, Megachile flavipes,
248
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
Megachile lanata, Megachile parietina (as
Ckalicodoma muraria), Megachile rotundata,
M. willughbiella, Osmia cordata, Osmia corni-
frons, Osmia latreillei, O. lignaria, Osmia
ribfloris, Osmia rufa rufa, Osmia rufa corni-
gera, Osmia sanrafaelae, (Megachilidae); An-
thophora plumipes, Xylocopa fenestrata (Api-
dae).
Biology. — In Spain, M. obscurus is consid-
ered to be extremely destructive to the
alfalfa leafcutting bee industry and chemi-
cal methods of control have been devised
(Asensio 1982). Krunic and Radovic (1973)
reported that M. obscurus can go through
a number of generations without diapause
and that diapause could be interrupted
after keeping them for a time at 5 C.
Morphology. — Radu and Botoc (1968)
illustrated female genitalia in detail. Mac-
Donald and Krunic (1971) illustrated the
somatic chromosomes for M. obscurus,
which number 6 in males and 12 in
females. (This differs from M. aeueus and
thus strengthens the case for reproductive
isolation between these two nearly identi-
cal species.) Baker et al. (1985) described
and illustrated the last instar larva and
pupa of this species (adult identity con-
firmed by examination of voucher speci-
mens in North Carolina State University
Insect Collection).
Discussion. — Zerova and Romasenko
(1986) key and figure this species in a paper
on the parasitoids of megachilid bees in the
former Soviet Union. This species is similar
to M. aeueus and is often reared from the
same species of host in the same locality. I
discuss the two species more fully under
M. aeueus, above.
Monodontomerus osmiae Kamijo
D/sfn7?Hfz'on.— PALEARCTIC: Known
from Japan and the Russian Far East and
introduced into the Nearctic (Grissell
2003).
Hosts. — Osmia cornifrons, Osmia excavata,
and Osmia taurus, (Megachilidae) (Kamijo
1963, 1965).
Biology. — Iwata and Tachikawa (1966)
reported a preponderance of females for
rearings of this species from Osmia taurus.
From 61 cocoons emerged 87 males and
726 females. The number of parasitoids per
host (counted for 4 cocoons only) varied
from 14 to 26.
Discussion. — Zerova and Romasenko
(1986) key and figure this species in a paper
on the parasitoids of megachilid bees in the
former Soviet Union. Grissell (2003) illus-
trated the peculiar male head of this
species based on specimens collected in
Silver Spring, Montgomery County, Mary-
land, USA. Monodontomerus japonicus Ash-
mead was reported from Osmia taurus, but
this record is undoubtedly a misidentifica-
tion of M. osmiae (Grissell 1995). Males of
this species are easily identified by the
peculiar head (Figs 21, 22). Females have
the discal area entirely setose.
Monodontomerus parkeri Grissell
Distribution. — NEARCTIC: Known from
widespread localities in western North
America stretching from Alberta, Canada
to New Mexico, USA.
Host. — Anthophora occidentalis (Apidae).
Discussion. — Monodontomerus parkeri ap-
pears most similar to M. tepedinoi and their
separation is discussed under the latter
species. This species is also easily confused
with M. montivagus. Males of the two
species may be readily distinguished by
comparing scapes: in M. parkeri the scape is
laterally compressed and asymmetrically
bent with the apex enlarged and a polished,
depressed area on its outer side that
continues onto the ventral surface (some-
what as in Fig. 57); in M. montivagus the
scape is dorsoventrally compressed, sym-
metrically bent, and has the polished area
completely ventral (Fig. 56). Additionally,
in both sexes of M. parkeri, the apex of the
costal cell dorsally has few setae (0 to 3 as
in Fig. 43) whereas in M. montivagus there
is a dorsal row of setae in the apical half to
quarter (as in Fig. 31), and the transepim-
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
249
eral sulcus is complete (Fig. 54), whereas in
M. montivagus it is not (Fig. 55). There are
several less obvious and more relative
characters that are difficult to use without
comparative material. In M. parkeri the
frenal area appears medially polished un-
der reflected light even though it is
sculptured, whereas in M. montivagus this
area is generally entirely sculptured. In M.
parkeri the admarginal wing area contains
a few, widespaced setae (Fig. 44), and
relatively few setae (3 to 5) are directly
adjacent to the marginal vein (so that there is
no setal row parallel to the vein), but in M.
montivagus this area is evenly setose to the
marginal vein (as in Fig. 43); there are en-
ough setae to form a row parallel to the vein.
Monodontomerus rugulosus Thomson
Distribution— PALEARCTIC: Wide-
spread in western and central Europe
(Zerova and Seryogina 2002).
Hosts. — This species has been reared
from Megachile rotundata (Megachilidae)
(Zerova and Romasenko 1986).
Biology. — This is a gregarious parasitoid
in cocoons of its host.
Discussion. — Monodontomerus rugulosus
appears quite similar to M. argentinus, but
the two species occur in different, widely
spaced zoogeographic regions. They may
be separated by characters given in the key.
Monodontomerus tepedinoi Grissell
Distribution. — NEARCTIC: Known from
Oregon and Utah, USA.
Hosts. — The species has been reared
from Osmia lignaria (Megachilidae).
Discussion. — Females of M. tepedinoi are
easily confused with M. montivagus and M.
parkeri. From M. montivagus it is most readily
separated by the upper anterior margin of
the costal cell with only 1 to 3 setae at the
apex (as in Fig. 43), whereas in M. montiva-
gus the upper anterior margin has a setal
row in its apical 1/4 to 1/3 (as in Fig. 31).
From M. parkeri it is separated by the longer
ovipositor (ca. 1.5 to almost 2X the metaso-
mal length; 1 to 1.2 X in M. parkeri) and by
the scape, which has some metallic green
color at least ventrally (all yellow to orange
in M. parkeri). Males of M. tepedinoi are easier
to distinguish than females based on the
antenna as described in the key and
compared in Figs 56, 57, 58). Monodonto-
merus tepedinoi is so far associated only with
Megachilidae and M. parkeri with Apidae.
Monodontomerus thorpi Grissell
Distribution. — NEARCTIC: Known from
isolated localities in southern California,
Arizona, and western Texas, USA.
Hosts. — Reared from nests of Anthidium
maculatum (Megachilidae).
Discussion. — This species has been
reared from twig nests in the eastern and
western extremes of its distribution. It is
one of the easiest species of the genus to
identify in both sexes as it is the only
species to have the first two flagellar
segments reduced (i.e., ring-like, Fig. 19),
whereas all other species have only the first
segment reduced (Fig. 20). Additionally,
the hind femur is enlarged with only
a ventral angle (Fig. 36) as opposed to
other species that have a distinct tooth
(Figs 37, 38).
Monodontomerus torchioi Grissell
Distribution. — NEARCTIC: The species is
known only from Utah, USA.
Hosts. — Reared from nests of Osmia
lignaria and O. sanrafaelae (Megachilidae).
Discussion. — Monodotitomerus torchioi is
easily confused with M. montivagus, M.
tepedioni, and M. parkeri in females. The
diagnostic characters used to separate
these three taxa are given in key couplets
15 and 24-25 and under the discussion of
the species mentioned.
Pseudotorymus Masi
Recognition. — Anterior margin of meta-
pleuron straight (as in Fig. 2); occipital
carina medially arched and midway be-
250
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
tween the hind ocelli and occipital foramen
(as in Fig. 17); hind femur ventrally with
a slight indication of a tooth; marginal vein
long, 3 to 7x length of postmarginal vein
and at least 6X length of stigmal vein.
Number of Species. — 43.
Number Associated with Bees. — 1 (ques-
tionably).
Distribution. — The genus is most abun-
dant in the Palearctic Region (30 species)
where its species are widespread and
extend into northern Africa. It is also
known from the Afrotropical Region (7
species) from Madagascar, Mali, Mozam-
bique, Nigeria, Rwanda (Republic of the
Congo), Senegal, South Africa, and
Sudan. There are 4 species known from
India in the Oriental Region and a single,
widespread species is known from the
Nearctic (southern Canada and northern
USA).
Hosts. — Members have a broad host
association including Curculionidae (Co-
leoptera) in leguminous seed pods; Bruchi-
dae (Coleoptera) from galls on Asteraceae,
Combretaceae, Fabaceae, Orchidaceae, and
Rubiaceae; Cecidomyiidae (Diptera) asso-
ciated with Apiaceae, Cruciferae, Fabaceae,
Lamiaceae, Rosaceae, Salicaceae, and Scro-
phulariaceae; Eurytomidae (Hymenoptera)
in grass stems (Poaceae); Cynipidae (Hy-
menoptera) in pods of Papaveraceae; Ten-
thredinidae (Hymenoptera); and Pyralidae
(Lepidoptera).
Discussion. — The inclusion of this genus
in relation to bee hosts is highly question-
able and is based upon the single record
for P. indicus as indicated below. Among
the other 42 known species of Pseudotor-
ymus the use of bees is unknown so this
record is likely to be incorrect.
Pseudotorymus indicus (Marti)
Distribution. — This species is known only
from southern India (Uttar Pradesh, Tamil
Nadu) (Mani 1989).
Hosts. — The type series was reared from
"flower bud galls" on Dalbergia sissoo
(Fabaceae). Mani (1989) listed the host as
a "leafcutting bee".
Discussion. — In light of the original rear-
ing and the entire host range given above, I
am inclined to dismiss this record until it
can be reconfirmed.
Torytnus Walker
Recognition. — This genus is easily recog-
nized by the anterior edge of the meta-
pleuron (usually its upper half) projecting
forward as a lobe into the mesepimeron
which is subdivided into upper and lower
sections, the lower of which is delimited by
an anterior groove (Fig. 1, compare with
Fig. 2, arrows).
Number of Species. — Approximately 375.
Number Associated with Bees. — 3.
Distribution. — All zoogeographic regions
except Australia where it was apparently
introduced (Grissell 1995).
Hosts of Genus. — Members of this genus
are mostly parasitoids of larvae of gall-
forming Diptera and Hymenoptera. A few
have been reared from bees, and a few are
phytophagous in seeds.
Discussion. — Until 1998 the species that
parasitized bees were treated as the genus
Diomorus Walker. Graham and Gijswijt
(1998) synonymized Diomorus under Tor-
ymus, dividing its members into several
species groups of the latter.
Ton/nuts armatus (Boheman)
Distribution. — This species is widespread
in the Palearctic, being reported from
Europe (Graham and Gijswijt 1998) and
Japan (Kamijo 1979). It was possibly in-
troduced into Papua New Guinea (Boucek
1988).
Hosts. — Kamijo (1979) reported T. arma-
tus from Ceratina japojiica (Apidae) in Rubus
twigs (Rosaceae) in Japan.
Discussion. — This species has reportedly
been reared from several genera of Crab-
ronidae, including Rliopalum (Box 1920)
and Crossocerus (Gijswijt 1974), and seems
to be associated with wasps and bees that
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
251
nest in the stems of Rubus (Graham and
Gijswijt 1998). It is the most distinct of the
three Torymus species known from bees,
having the hind coxa dorsally bare and
smooth, and the propodeum without cari-
nae.
Toymus cupreus (Spinola)
Distribution. — The species is widespread
in the Palearctic (Nikol'skaya and Zerova
1978), mostly in the "southern parts and
middle of Europe" and reaching into the
Netherlands (Graham and Gijswijt 1998). It
is reported from Burma in the Oriental
Region (Mani and Kaul 1972).
Host. — The original hosts given by Spi-
nola included 7 species of cynipid galls,
but these all probably housed aculeate bees
or wasps. Mani and Kaul (1972) reported
the species as "widely distributed as [a]
parasitoid of Osmia sp. (Megachilidae) and
Sphecidae."
Biology. — Enslin (1922) illustrated and
discussed the larval and pupal stages of
this species (as Diomorus kollari).
Discussion. — This Palearctic species and
the following Nearctic species are geo-
graphically separated but show no mor-
phological differences. In coloration, how-
ever, they are distinct as explained in key
couplet 3.
Torymus zabriskii (Cresson)
Distribution. — The species is widespread
in the United States.
Hosts. — The only reported bee host is
Ceratina dupla (Apidae) (Zabriskei 1890).
Biology. — Krombein (1964) reported
some short biological notes on this species
(as Diomorus) as a parasitoid of Ectemnius
paucimaculatus (Crabronidae). He sug-
gested that T. zabriskii parasitized several
cells in a succession of cells and that
oviposition was probably through the wall
of the plant stem {Hibiscus: Malvaceae) in
which the wasp nested.
Discussion. — Ceratina, the only reported
bee host (Zabriskei 1890), has been listed in
the secondary literature several times but
has never been reconfirmed. A number of
other hosts in the family Crabronidae have
been reported for this species including
Ectemnius, Crossocerus, and Rhopalum (sum-
marized by Grissell 1995).
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
1 thank Robert Matthews, University of Georgia,
Athens, for supplying unpublished collecting and
rearing information for Echthrodape papuana from
Australia and for donating a specimen to the U. S.
National Museum of Natural History. I especially
thank Terry Griswold, USDA Bee Biology and
Systematica Laboratory, Logan, Utah, for checking
the bee names used in this paper. His help has been
most appreciated, but I remain responsible for errors
in their subsequent use. For reading the host list and
offering suggestions on host data I am grateful to
Jerome Rozen, American Museum of Natural History,
New York, and Frank Parker (retired), USDA Bee
Biology and Systematics Laboratory. For additional
help with information regarding hosts I thank John
Brown, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, Washing-
ton, DC. For reading the manuscript and offering
positive criticism I thank Sam Droege, U. S. Geological
Survey, Laurel, Maryland, and Norman Woodley,
Thomas Henry, and David Nickle, Systematic Ento-
mology Laboratory. Additionally, the editor of journal
of Hymenoptera Research and several reviewers have
provided a number of suggestions and corrections to
the manuscript for which I am grateful.
LITERATURE CITED
Asensio, E. 1982. Leafcutter bee management in Spain:
problems of parasitism. Pp. 71-79 in: G. H. Rank.
Proceedings of the first international symposium on
alfalfa leafcutting bee management. Saskatoon, Sas-
katchewan, Canada: University of Saskatchewan
Printing Services. 281 pp.
Baker, J. R., S. B. Kuhn, and E. D. Bambara. 1985. Nests
and immature stages of leafcutter bees (Hyme-
noptera: Megachilidae). Journal of the Kansas
Entomological Society 58: 290-313.
Baur, H. and F. Amiet. 2000. The Leucospidae
(Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea) of Switzerland,
with a key and data on the European species.
Revue Suisse de Zoologie 107: 359-388.
Bonelli, B. and G. Campadelli. 1990. Note biologiche
su Chalicodoma parietina Geoffr. (Hymenoptera-
Megachilidae). Bollettino dell'Istituto di Entomolo-
gia "Guido Grandi" delta Universita degli Studi di
Bologna 44: 1-9.
Bosch, J. 1993. Parasitism in wild and managed
populations of the almond pollinator Osmia
cornuta Latr. (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae). Jour-
252
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
nal of Agricultural Research 31: 77-82. (Journal
dated 1992).
— . 1994a. Osmia cornuta Latr. (Hym., Megachili-
dae) as a potential pollinator in almond orchards:
Releasing methods and nest-hole length. Journal of
Applied Entomology 117: 151-157.
1994b. Improvement of field management of
Osmia cornuta (Latreille) (Hymenoptera, Mega-
chilidae) to pollinate almond. Apidologie 25: 71-83.
Boucek, Z. 1974. A revision of the Leucospidae
(Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea) of the world. Bul-
letin of the British Museum (Natural History),
Entomology, Supplement 23: 1-241.
. 1988. Australasian Chalcidoidea (Hymenoptera).
Wallingford, UK: C. A. B. International. 832 pp.
Box, L. A. 1920. [Note with exhibit of Hymenoptera].
Proceedings of the South London Entomological and
Natural History Society 1919: 50.
Brii.dley, W. A. 1976. Carbaryl control of chalcidoid
parasitoids from alfalfa leafcutting bees. Journal of
Economic Entomology 69: 225-228.
Burks, B. D. 1969. New Perilampidae (Hymenoptera:
Chalcidoidea). Proceedings of the Entomological
Society of Washington 71: 73-81.
Clement, S. L. 1976. The biology of Dianthidium
heterulkei heterulkei Schwarz, with a description
of the larva (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae). Was-
mann Journal of Biology 34: 9-22.
Constantineanu, M. I., I. Suciu, I. Andreiescu, V.
Ciochia, and C. Pisica. 1956. Contributii la studiul
Chalcidoidelor din R. P. R. Chalcidoide (Chalci-
doidea Ashmead 1899) parazite in albilitia pru-
nului (Aporia crataegi L.) din Moldova. Analele
Stiintifice Universitatii lasi (New Series) 2: 113-126.
Davidson, A. 1893. The nest and parasitoids of
Xylocopa orpifex, Smith [sic]. Entomological News
4:151-153.
David, P. M. M., A. M. Hanifa, and S. Natarajan. 1990.
Biology and control of blossom midge Contarinia
sp. (Diptera: Cecidomyiidae) on Jasminum sambac
in Tamil Nadu. Entomon 15: 193-196.
Enslin, E. 1922. Zur Biologie des Solonius rubicola Duf.
et Perr, (larvatus Wesm.) und seiner Parasiten.
Konowia 1: 1-15.
Eves, J. D. 1970. Biology of Monodontomerus obscurus
Westwood a parasitoid of the alfalfa leafcutting
bee, Megachile rotundata (Fabricius) (Hymenop-
tera: Torymidae; Megachilidae). Melanderia 4:
1-18.
. 1982. Evolution of predators, nest destroyers,
and parasitoids of the alfalfa leafcutting bee in the
Pacific Northwest. Pp. 57-59 in: G. H. Rank.
Proceedings of the first international symposium on
alfalfa leafcutting bee management. Saskatoon, Sas-
katchewan, Canada: University of Saskatchewan
Printing Services. 281 pp.
Farooqi, S. I. 1986. Family Torymidae. Pp. 259-277 in:
B. R. Subba Rao, and M. Hayat, eds. The
Chalcidoidea (Insecta, Hymenoptera) of India
and the adjacent countries. Pt. II. A Catalogue.
Oriental Insects 20: 1-430.
Gahan, A. B. 1941. A revision of the chalcid-flies of the
genus Monodontomerus in the United States
National Museum. Proceedings of the United States
National Museum 90: 461-482.
Gijswijt, M. J. 1974. Faunistical and biological records
of some palaerctic Chalcidoidea. Entomologische
Berichten (Amsterdam) 34: 89-93.
Goodpasture, C. E. 1975. Comparative courtship
behavior and karyology in Monodontomerus (Hy-
menoptera: Torymidae). Annals of the Entomolog-
ical Society of America 68: 391-397.
Graham, M. W. R. 1992. Diagnostic characters of
Monodontomerus obscurus Westwood, 1833 and M.
aeneus (Fonscolombe, 1832) (= obsoletus (Fabri-
cius, 1798), preocc.) (Hym., Torymidae). The
Entomologist's Monthly Magazine 128: 143-146.
and M. J. Gijswijt. 1998. Revision of the
European species of Torymus Dalman (s. lat.)
(Hymenoptera: Torymidae). Zoologische Verhande-
lingen Leiden 317: 1-202.
Grissell, E. E. 1995. Toryminae (Hymenoptera: Chalci-
doidea: Toryminae): a redefinition, generic clas-
sification, and annotated world catalog of species.
Memoirs on Entomology, International 2: 1-470.
— . 2000. A Revision of New World Monodonto-
merus Westwood (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea:
Torymidae). Contributions of the American Entomo-
logical Institute 32 (1): 1-90.
. 2003. Discovery of Monodontomerus osmiae
Kamijo (Hymenoptera: Torymidae) in the New
World. Proceedings of the Entomological Society of
Washington 105: 243-245.
2005. A review of North American species of
Microdontomerus Crawford (Torymidae: Hyme-
noptera). Journal of Hymenoptera Research 14:
22-65.
Herting, B. 1977. Hymenoptera. A catalogue of parasites
and predators of terrestrial arthropods. Section A.
Host or Prey/Enemy 4: 176. Commonwealth Agri-
cultural Bureaux, Institute of Biological Control.
Hesami, S., M. A. Akrami, and H. Baur. 2005. Leucospis
dorsigera Fabricius (Hymenoptera, Leucospidae)
as a hyperparasitoid of Cerambycidae (Coleop-
tera) through Xoridinae (Hymenoptera: Ichneu-
monidae) in Iran. Journal of Hymenoptera Research
14: 66-68.
Hicks, C. H. 1926. Nesting habits and parasitoids of
certain bees of Boulder County, Colorado. The
University of Colorado Studies (Series A) 15:
217-252.
Hobbs, G. A. and M. D. Krunic. 1971. Comparative
behavior of three chalcidoid parasitoids of the
alfalfa leafcutter bee, Megachile rotundata, in the
laboratory. The Canadian Entomologist 103:
674-685.
Iwata, K. and T. Tachikawa. 1966. Biological observa-
tions on 53 species of the superfamilies, Chalci-
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
253
doidea and Proctotrupoidea, from Japan (Hyme-
noptera: Apocrita) [sic]. Transactions of the Shikoku
Entomological Society 9: 1-29.
Johansen, C. and J. Eves. 1966. parasitoids and nest
destroyers of the alfalfa leafcutting bee. Washing-
ton Agricultural Experiment Station, Circular 469:
1-12.'
Kamijo, K. 1963. A revision of the species of the
Monodontomerinae occurring in Japan (Hyme-
noptera: Chalcidoidea) [Taxonomic studies on the
Torymidae of Japan, II]. Insecta Matsumurana 26:
89-98.
. 1965. A new host-record of Monodontomerus
osimae Kamijo. Insecta Matsumurana 28: 78.
1979. Four new species of Torymidae from
Japan, with notes on two known species. Akitu (N.
S.) 24: 1-11.
Krombein, K. V. 1964. Natural History of Plummers
Island, Maryland. XVIII. The hibiscus wasp, an
abundant rarity, and its associates (Hymenoptera:
Sphecidae). Proceedings of the Biological Society of
Washington 77: 73-112.
Krunic, M. D. and I. Radovic. 1973. Some aspects of
cold-hardiness of the parasitoids Monodontomerus
obscurus, Pteromalus venustus and Melittobia chaly-
bii (Chalcidoidea, Hymenoptera) and their host
Megachile rotundata (Megachilidae, Hymenop-
tera). Arhiv Bioloskih Nauka, Beograd 25: 45-48.
Linsley, E. G. and J. W. MacSwain. 1942. The
parasitoids, predators, and inquiline associates
of Anthophora linslei/i. American Midland Naturalist
27: 402-417.
Litte, M. 1979. Mischocytarrus flavitarsis in Arizona:
social and nesting biology of a polistine wasp.
Zeitschrift fiir Rierpsychologie 50: 282-312.
Lucas, H. 1849. Histoire naturelle des animaux
articules. Insectes. Exploration Scientifique de l'AT
gerie: Sciences Physiques Zoologie. Vol. 3. Paris:
Bertrand. 403 p.
MacDonald, M. D. and M. D. Krunic. 1971. Chromo-
some numbers of Monodontomerus obscurus and
Pteromalus venestus, chalcid parasitoids of Mega-
chile rotundata. Arhiv Bioloskih Nauka, Beograd 23:
93.
MacSwain, J. W. 1958. Taxonomic and biological
observation on the genus Hornia (Coleoptera:
Meloidae). Annals of the Entomological Society of
America 51: 391-396.
Mani, M. S. 1989. The fauna of India and adjacent
countries. Chalcidoidea (Hymenoptera). Pt. I and II.
Madras, India: Zoological Survey of India. 1633 p.
and B. K. Kaul. 1972. Some Torymidae
(Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea) from India. Orien-
tal Insects 6: 313-331.
Michener, C. D. 1969. Immature stages of a chalcidoid
parasitoid tended by allodapine bees (Hymenop-
tera: Perilampidae and Apidae). journal of the
Kansas Entomological Society 42: 247-250.
Michener, D. C. 2000. The bees of the world. The Johns
Hopkins University Press, Baltimore
Mickel, C. E. 1928. The biotic factors in the environ-
mental resistance of Anthophora occidentalis Cress.
(Hym.: Apidae; Dip., Coleop.). Entomological News
39: 69-78.
Newport, G. 1849. On the anatomy and development
of certain Chalcididae and Ichneumonidae, com-
pared with their special economy and instincts;
with descriptions of a new genus and species of
bee parasitoid. Part I. Proceedings of the Linnean
Society of Eondon 2: 23-26. [November].
. 1852. The anatomy and development of
certain Chalcididae and Ichneumonidae, com-
pared with their special oeconomy of instincts;
and descriptions of a new genus and species of
bee parasitoids. The Transactions of the Linnean
Society of London 21: 61-77. [May or June].
. 1853. Further observations on the habits of
Monodontomerus; with some account of a new
Acarus (Heteropus ivntricosus), a parasitoid in the
nests of Anthophora retusa. The Transactions of the
Linnean Society of London 21: 95-102. [June].
Nikol'skaya, M. N. and M. D. Zerova. 1978. Family
Torymidae (Callimomidae) (Torymids). Pp.
651-685 in: G. S. Medvedev, ed. Keys to the
Insects of the European part of the USSR, Vol. 3, Part
2. New Delhi [Translated from the Russian by
Amerind Published Co., 1987]. 1341 pp.
Noyes, J. S. 1994. The reliability of published host-
parasitoid records: a taxonomist's view. Nonve-
gian journal of Agricultural Sciences 16: 59-69.
. 2003. Universal Chalcidoidea Database. World
Wide Web electronic publication, www.nhm.ac.
uk/entomology/chalcidoids/ index.html [ac-
cessed 10-Sep-2003].
Peck, O. 1963. A catalogue of the Nearctic Chalcidoi-
dea. The Canadian Entomologist Supplement 30:
1-1092.
. 1969. Chalcidoid parasitoids of the alfalfa leaf-
cutter bee, Megachile rotundata, in Canada. The
Canadian Entomologist 101: 418-422.
Radu, V. G. and M. Botoc. 1968. Contributii la studiul
constitutiei morfofunctionale a armaturii genitale
femele la calcidoide. Babes-Bolyai, Cluj (Ser. Biol.)
13: 71-76.
Rau, P. 1922. Ecological and behavior notes on
Missouri insects. Transactions of the Academy of
Science of St. Louis 24: 1-71 pis. 5-8.
. 1947. Bionomics of Monodontomerus mandibu-
laris Gahan, with notes on other chalcids of the
same genus. Antials of the Entomological Society of
America 40: 221-6.
Rondani, C. 1877. Vesparia parasita non vel minus
cognita. Bollettino della Societa Entomologica Italiana
9: 166-213.
Rust, R. W. 1974. The systematics and biology of the
genus Osmia, subgenera Osmia, Chalcosmia, and
254
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
Cephalosmia (Hymenoptera: Megachilidae). Was-
mann Journal of Biology 32: 1-93.
Sakagami, S. F. and H. Sturm. 1965. Euplusia long-
ipeiuiis (Friese) und ihre merkwurdigen brutzel-
len aus Kolumbien. Insecta Matsumurana 28:
83-92.
Steffan, J. R. 1964. Deux nouveaux genres de Torymi-
dae et de Cleonymidae Palearctiques. Entomo-
phaga 9: 101-106.
Stolbov, N. M., S. M. Palevych, M. D. Zerova, O. F.
Grobov, T. V. Konovalov, and O. P. Shatskaya.
1986. [Recommendations for the study of the
parasitic Chalcidoidea of Megachile rotundata.] [In
Russian.] Agricultural Academy of the USSR,
Moscow
Tepedino, V. J. 1988a. Incidence of pre-emergence sib-
mating in Monodontomerus obsoletus, Pteromalus
venustus, and Tetrastichus megachilidis, three chal-
cid parasitoids of the alfalfa leafcutting bee,
Megachile rotundata (Hymenoptera: Chalcididae).
Pan-Pacific Entomologist 64: 63-66.
. 1988b. Aspects of host acceptance by Pteroma-
lus venustus Walker and Monodontomerus obsoletus
Fabricius, parasitoids of Megachile rotundata
(Fabricius), the alfalfa leafcutting bee (Hymenop-
tera: Chalcididae). Pan-Pacific Entomologist 64:
67-71.
. 1988c. Host discrimination in Monodontomerus
obsoletus Fabricius (Hymenoptera: Torymidae),
a parasitoid of the alfalfa leafcutting bee Megachile
rotundata (Fabricius) (Hymenoptera: Megachili-
dae). journal of the New York Entomological Society
96: 113-118.
. 1989. Repulsion of three chalcid parasitoids of
the alfalfa leafcutting bee, Megachile rotundata (F.)
by the fungicides CAPTAN and DPX. Pan-Pacific
Entomologist 65: 403-409.
Torchio, P. F. 1974. Notes on the biology of Ancyloscelis
annata Smith and comparisons with other antho-
phorine bees (Hymenoptera: Apidae). Journal of
the Kansas Entomological Society 47: 54-62.
Walther, J. R. 1983. Antennal patterns of sensilla of
the Hymenoptera — a complex character of phy-
logenetic reconstruction. Verhandlungen der Ver-
eins fiir Naturzvissenschaftliche, Hamburg 26:
373-392.
Zabriskei, J. L. 1890. Society notes. Entomologica
Americana 6: 100.
Zerova, M. D. and L. P. Romasenko. 1986. [Chalci-
doids (Hymenoptera, Chalcidoidea), parasitoids
of leafcutting bees (Hymenoptera, Megachilidae),
in the fauna of the USSR]. [In Russian]. Zoolo-
gicheskii Zhurnal 65: 1631-1643.
- and L. Ya. Seryogina. 2002. A revision of Old
World Monodontomerus (Hymenoptera: Chalci-
doidea: Torymidae). National Academy of Sciences
of Ukraine, I. I. Schmalhausen Institute of Zoology,
Separate Issue, Kiev. 1-74.
- and N. M. Stolbov. 1986. New data on the
trophic relation of Monodontomerus laticornis
Griss. et Zer. (Hymenoptera, Torymidae). Vestnik
Zoologii, Kiev 1986 (5): 86-87.
APPENDIX
Two lists are presented: bee host/chalci-
doid and chalcidoid/bee host. The bee host
list presents names as they currently are
applied in the literature (i.e., valid names),
not as they were originally published. The
lists are derived from Boucek (1974), Noyes
(2003), and Grissell (1995, 2000, 2005).
Authors' names are given for bee host in
the first list; chalcidoid authors are given in
the subsequent list. The placement of bee
genera in families is based on an electronic
version (http://faculty.ucr.edu/~heraty/
beepage.html) of Michener (2000).
Bee Host/Chalcidoid
Apidae
Allodape exoloma Strand: Xylencyrtus tridens
Allodape mucronata Smith: Xylencyrtus tridens
Allodape panurgoid.es Smith: Xylencyrtus tridens
Allodape rufogastra Lepeletier and Serville: Xy-
lencyrtus tridens
Allodapula grandiceps (Friese): Xylencyrtus tridens
Allodapula melanopus (Cameron): Xylencyrtus
mumifex
Ancyloscelis apiformis (F.): Monodontomerus mex-
i can us
Anthophora abrupta Say: Melittobia acasta, Melit-
tobia megachilis, Pediobius williamsoni, Mono-
dontomerus mandibular is, Monodontomerus
montivagus
Anthophora bomboides bomboides Kirby: Leucospis
gigas, Monodontomerus mandibularis, Monodon-
tomerus montivagus
Anthophora bomboides neomexicana Cockerell:
Monodontomerus montivagus
Anthophora liusleyi Timberlake: Monodontomerus
montivagus
Anthophora marginata Smith: Monodontomerus
mexicanus
Anthophora occidentalis Cresson: Monodontomerus
montivagus, Monodontomerus parkeri
Anthophora plumipes (Pallas): Monodontomerus
obscurus
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
255
Anthophora retusa (L.): Melittobia acasta, Melitto-
bia pelopoei, Monodontomerus aeneus
1 Anthophora vallorum (Cockerell): Monodonto-
merus montivagus
Apis cerana (¥.): Antrocephalus sp.
Apis mellifera L.: Dibrachys boanniac, Melittobia
aeasta, Monodontomerus laticornis, Nasonia vi-
tripennis, Pteromalus apum, Tetrastichus ho-
wardi
Bombus agrorum ¥.: Pteromalus conopidarum
Bombus amerieanorum ¥:. Pediobius williamsoni
Bombus atratus Franklin: Pediobius williamsoni
Bombus fervidus F.: Melittobia chalybii
Bombus hortorum (L.): Melittobia aeasta
Bombus lapidarius (L.): Pteromalus conopidarum
Bombus morrisoni Cresson: Monodontomerus mon-
tivagus
Bombus ruderatus (¥.): Melittobia aeasta
Bombus sp.: Dibrachys cavus, Melittobia haioaiien-
sis, Pachyerepoideus vindemmiae
Bombus terrestris (L.): Melittobia aeasta
Braunsapis leptozonia (Vachal): Xylencyrtus tri-
dens
Braunsapis rolini (Vachal): Echthrodape africaua
Braunsapis rufipes (Friese): Echthrodape africaua
Braunsapis simplicipes Michener: Echthrodape af-
ricaua
Braunsapis unicolor Smith: Echthrodape papuana
Centris analis ¥.: Leucospis cayennensis
Centris bicornuta Mocsary: Leucospis cayennensis
Centris nitida Smith: Leucospis cayennensis
Centris tarsata (Smith): Leucospis cayennensis
Centris vittata Lepeletier: Leucospis cayennensis
Ceratina calcarata Robertson: Axima zabriskiei
Ceratina callosa (¥.): Eurytoma nodularis, Mono-
dontomerus aeneus
Ceratina dallatorreana Friese: Eurytoma apiculae
Ceratina dupla Say: Axima zabriskiei, Baryscapus
amerieanus, Habritys latrus, Torymus zabriskii
Ceratina flavipes Smith: Neochalcis breviceps
Ceratina ignara Cresson: Baryscapus amerieanus
Ceratina japonica Cockerell: Cleonymus ceratinae,
Torymus armatus
Ceratina nanula Cockerell: Baryscapus amerieanus,
Eurytoma apiculae
Ceratina punctigena Cockerell: Eurytoma apiculae
Ceratina sequoiac Michener: Baryscapus ameri-
eanus
Ceratina sp.: Chciloneurus leptulus, Epistenia
coeruleata, Melittobia megachilis, Micrapion da-
lyi, Micrapion nasutum, Micrapion richardsi
Ceratina truncata Friese: Micrapion steffaui
ICtenoplectra chalybea Smith: Leucospis histrio
Diadasina distincta (Holmberg): Leucospis genalis
Eufriesea nigrescens (Friese): Monodontomerus
argentinus
Euglossa annectans Dressier: Melittobia sp.
Euglossa ignita Smith: Polistomorpha fasciata
Euglossa sp.: Polistomorpha couura, Polistomorpha
fasciata
Eulaema meriana (Oliver): Leucospis pinna
?Melissodes sp.: Monodontomerus montivagus
Melitoma taurea (Say): Monodontomerus mandibu-
laris
Trigona sp.: Brachymeria discreta
Xylocopa brasilianorum (L.): Leucospis klugii
Xylocopa caerulea (¥.): Coelopencyrtus pallidiceps
Xylocopa caffra (L.): Coelopencyrtus callainus,
Coelopencyrtus taylori
Xylocopa divisa Klug: Coelopencyrtus callainus,
Coelopencyrtus taylori
Xylocopa fenestrata (¥.): Monodontomerus obscurus
Xylocopa flavicollis (De Geer): Coelopencyrtus
callainus
Xylocopa flavorufa (De Geer): Coelopencyrtus
callainus, Coelopencyrtus taylori, Coelopencyrtus
watmoughi
Xylocopa frontalis (Oliver): Coelopencyrtus gar-
gar is
Xylocopa inconstans Smith: Coelopencyrtus callai-
nus
Xylocopa nogueirai Hurd and Moure: Leucospis
xylocopae
Xylocopa pubescens Spinola: Coelopencyrtus sp.
Xylocopa scioensis Gribodo: Coelopencyrtus cy-
prius
Xylocopa sp.: Leucospis reversa
Xylocopa submordax Cockerell: Leucospis anthi-
dioides
Xylocopa sulcatipes Maa: Coelopencyrtus sp.
Xylocopa tabaniformis orpifex Smith: Monodonto-
merus montivagus
Xylocopa tenuiscapa Westwood: Coelopencyrtus
krishnamurtii
Xylocopa tranquebarorum (Swederus): Melittobia
sosui
Xylocopa turanica Morawitz: Melittobia acasta
Xylocopa watmoughi Eardly: Coelopencyrtus sp.
Colletidae
Hylaeus communis Nylander: Coelopencyrtus are-
narius, Coelopencyrtus callidii
Hylaeus cressoni Cockerell: Coelopencyrtus hylaei
Hylaeus ellipticus (Kirbv): Coelopencyrtus hylaeol-
eter
Hylaeus fuscipennis (Smith): Coelopencyrtus kaalae
256
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
Hylaeus heraldicus (Smith): Coelopencyrtus nothy-
laei
Hylaeus koae (Perkins): Coelopencyrtus kaalae
Hylaeus nigritus (¥.): Coelopencyrtus arenarius
Hylaeus polifolii Cockerell: Eurytoma stigmi
Hylaeus pubescens (Perkins): Coelopencyrtus kaa-
lae, Coelopencyrtus sexramosus
Hylaeus sp.: Eurytoma nodularis, Melittobia acasta,
Melittobia hawaiiensis
Hylaeus varifrons Cresson: Pteromalus analis
Halictidae
Halictus africanus Friese: Aperilampus varians
ILasioglossum pruinosum (Robertson): Eupelmus
ashmeadi, Eupelmus rhizophelus
Nomia melauderi Cockerell: Mesopjolobus brucho-
phagi
Megachilidae
Anthidiellum perplexum Smith: Leucospis affinis
Anthidiellum sp.: Leucospis slossonae
Anthidiellum strigatum (Panzer): Leucospis bifas-
ciata, Leucospis dorsigera
Anthidium collectum Huard: Monodontomerus
montivagus
Anthidium diadema Latreille: Leucospis dorsigera
Anthidium emarginatum (Say): Leucospis affinis,
Leucospis dorsigera, Monodontomerus montiva-
gus
Anthidium florentinum (F.): Melittobia acasta,
Monodontomerus aeneus, Monodontomerus lati-
coruis
Anthidium maculatum Smith: Monodontomerus
thorpi
Anthidium maculosum Cresson: Leucospis affinis
Anthidium Imormonum Cresson: Monodonto-
merus montivagus
Anthidium septemspi}iosum Lepeletier: Monodon-
tomerus laticornis
Ashmeadiella aridula astragali Michener: Leucospis
affinis
Ashmeadiella bigeloviae (Cockerell): Microdonto-
merus parkeri
Ashmeadiella californica (Ashmead): Monodonto-
merus montivagus
Ashmeadiella cubiceps (Cresson): Microdontomerus
parkeri
Ashmeadiella gillettei Titus: Microdontomerus par-
keri
Ashmeadiella meliloti Cockerell: Leucospis affinis
Ashmeadiella rufipes Titus: Microdontomerus par-
keri
Coelioxys octodentata Say: Aprostocetus sp., Mer-
isus sp., Tetrastichus coelioxydis
ICoelioxys quadridentatus (L.): Leucospis gigas
Dianthidium curvatum sayi Cockerell: Monodon-
tomerus montivagus
Dianthidium heterulkei Schwarz: Monodontomerus
dementi
Dianthidium pudicum pudicum (Cresson): Leucos-
pis affinis, Monodontomerus montivagus
Dianthidium pudicum consimile (Ashmead): Mi-
crodontomerus anthidii, Monodontomerus mon-
tivagus
Dianthidium sp.: Monodontomerus dianthidii
Heriades crenulatus Nylander: Eurytoma heriadi,
Melittobia acasta
? Heriades sp.: Leucospis dorsigera
Heriades truncorum (L.): Melittobia acasta
Hoplitis acuticornis (Dufour and Perris): Leucospis
biguetina
Hoplitis adunca (Panzer): Eurytoma nodularis,
Leucospis dorsigera, Melittobia acasta, Mono-
dontomerus aeneus, Monodontomerus ob-
scurus
Hoplitis anthocopoides (Schenck) (nest): Monodon-
tomerus montivagus
Hoplitis bullifacies Michener: Microdontomerus
enigma, Microdontomerus parkeri
Hopilitis palmarum (Cockerell): Microdontomerus
parkeri
Hoplitis producta (Cresson): Cleonymus amabilis,
Eurytoma amplicoxa, Eurytoma stigmi, Leucospis
affinis
Hoplitis tridentata (Dufour and Perris): Leucospis
biguetina, Neochalcis osmicida
Hoplosmia ligurica (Morawitz): Leucospis dorsigera
Lithurgus capensis Friese: Leucospis ornata, Leu-
cospis varicollis
Megachile aetheria Mitchell: Melittobia hawaiiensis
Megachile albitarsis Cresson: Ablaxia cupraeus
Megachile apicalis Spinola: Monodontomerus ae-
neus
Megachile argentata (F.): Dibrachys cavus, Melitto-
bia acasta, Monodontomerus obscurus
Megachile bombycina Radoszkowski: Melittobia
acasta
Megachile brevis Say: Aprostocetus sp., Cricellius
megachilis, Leucospis affinis, Melittobia chalybii,
Merisus sp., Microdontomerus parkeri, Tetrasti-
chus coelioxydis
Megachile centuncularis (L.): Ablaxia cupraeus,
Anagrus putnamii, Aprostocetus pygmaeus, Bar-
yscapus megachilidis, Dibrachys sp., Melittobia
acasta, Melittobia chalybii, Melittobia megachilis,
1 ■ '
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
257
Monodontomerus aeneus, Monodontomerus lati-
cornis, Monodontomerus montivagus, Monodon-
tomerus obscurus, Pteromalus apum, Pteromalus
macronychivorus
Megachile cephalotes Smith: Monodontomerus ob-
scurus
Megachile concinna Smith: Baryscapus megachili-
dis, Melittobia australica, Monodontomerus ae-
neus
Megachile disjunctiformis Cockerell: Leucospis
japonica
Megachile ericetorum Lepeletier: Leucospis dorsi-
gera
Megachile flavipes Spinola: Monodontomerus ob-
scurus
Megachile gentilis Cresson: Baryscapus megachili-
dis, Leucospis affinis
Megachile gomphrenae Holmberg: Melittobia ha-
waiiensis
Megachile gratiosa Cameron: Melittobia sp.
Megachile hungarica Gerstaecker: Leucospis gigas
Megachile biennis Provancher: Leucospis affinis,
Melittobia chah/bii
Megachile lanata (¥.): Melittobia australica, Mono-
dontomerus obscurus
Megachile mendica Cresson: Leucospis affinis
Megachile montivaga Cresson: Leucospis affinis,
Microdontomerus apianus
Megachile nipponica Cockerell: Leucospis japonica
Megachile pallefacta Vachal: Melittobia hawaiiensis
Megachile palmarum Perkins: Melittobia hawaiien-
sis
Megachile parietina (Geoffrey): Leucospis gigas,
Melittobia acasta, Monodontomerus aeneus,
Monodontomerus obscurus
Megachile peruviana Smith: Monodontomerus mex-
icanus
Megachile poeyi Guerin-Meneville: Leucospis poeyi
Megachile pugnata Say: Dibrachys sp., Leucospis
affinis, Melittobia sp., Monodontomerus bakeri
Megachile pyrenaica Lepeletier: Leucospis gigas,
Pteromalus apum
Megachile rancaguensis Friese: Leucospis hopei
Megachile rangii Cheesman: Leucospis amino
Megachile relativa Cresson: Dibrachys relativus,
Leucospis affinis, Melittobia acasta, Melittobia
chalybii, Monodontomerus bakeri, Monodonto-
merus montivagus, Pteromalus apum
Megachile rotundata (F.): Baryscapus daira, Bar-
yscapus megachilidis, Dibrachys confusus, Dibra-
chys maculipenuis, Melittobia acasta, Melittobia
australica, Melittobia chalybii, Melittobia ha-
waiiensis, Monodontomerus aeneus, Monodonto-
merus bakeri, Monodontomerus dementi (in lab),
Monodontomerus laticornis, Monodontomerus
montivagus, Monodontomerus obscurus, Mono-
dontomerus rugulosus, Pteromalus apum, Pter-
omalus conopidarum, Pteromalus veneris, Tetra-
stichus sp.
Megachile sculpturalis Smith: Leucospis japonica
Megachile sicula Rossi: Leucospis gigas, Monodon-
tomerus aeneus
Megachile sp.: Brachymeria paraguayensis, Calosota
fumipennis, Horismenus albipes, Kocourekia cla-
vigera, Leucospis histrio, Leucospis intermedia,
Melittobia pelopoei, Monodontomerus acrostig-
mus, Monodontomerus argentinus
Megachile spissula (Cockerell): Lariophagus obtu-
sus, Melittobia acasta
Megachile ustulatum (Smith): Leucospis histrio
Megachile willozomorensis Brauns: Leucospis ornata
Megachile willughbiella (Kirby): Melittobia acasta,
Monodontomerus obscurus, Pteromalus apum
Megachile xylocopoides Smith: Baryscapus mega-
chilidis
Megachile zaptlana Cresson: Melittobia australica
Microthurge corumbae (Cockerell): Leucospis sp.
Osmia atriventris Cresson: Leucospis affinis
Osmia bicolor (Schrank): Eulophus osmiarum
Osmia bicornis (Schrank): Leucospis dorsigera,
Leucospis gigas
Osmia brevicomis (F.): Monodontomerus aeneus
Osmia californica Cresson: Leucospis affinis
Osmia "coerulea" [?lapsus for O. coerulescens,
Baur and Amiet 2000]: Leucospis gigas
Osmia coendescens (L.): Aprostocetus pygmaeus,
Eurytoma nodularis, Leucospis gigas, Monodon-
tomerus aeneus
Osmia coloradensis Cresson: Monodontomerus
bakeri
Osmia cordata Robertson: Monodontomerus man-
dibularis, Monodontomerus nuvitivagus, Mono-
dontomerus obscurus
Osmia cornifrons Radoszkowski: Monodonto-
merus obscurus, Monodontomerus osmiae
Osmia cornuta (Latreille): Leucospis dorsigera,
Monodontomerus aeneus
Osmia emarginata Lepeletier: Leucospis interme-
dia, Monodontomerus aeneus
Osmia excavata Alfken: Leucospis japonica, Mono-
dontomerus osmaie
Osmia fedtschenkoi (Morawitz): Leucospis dorsi-
gera
Osmia fulviventris (Panzer): Leucospis dorsigera,
Monodontomerus aeneus
Osmia globicola (Stadelmann): Leucospis osmiae
258
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
Osmia kincaidii Cockerell: Leucospis affinis, Mono-
dontomerus montivagus
Osmia latisulcata Michener: Monodontomerus
montivagus
Osmia latreillei (Spinola): Calosota vernalis, Mono-
dontomerus aeneus, Monodontomerus obscurus
Osmia leueomelana (Kirby): Eurytoma sp., Melit-
tobia acasta
Osmia lignaria Say: Monodontomerus montivagus,
Monodontomerus obscurus, Monodontomerus te-
pedinoi, Monodontomerus torchioi
Osmia marginata Michener: Microdontomerus
parkeri
Osmia nigrifrons Cresson: Dibrachys pelos, Mono-
dontomerus aeneus
Osmia niveata (F.): Leucospis dorsigera
Osmia parietina Curtis: Leucospis dorsigera
Osmia parvula Dufour and Perris: Eurytoma
nodularis
Osmia pumila Cresson: Leucospis affinis
Osmia ribifloris Cockerell: Monodontomerus brevi-
crus, Monodontomerus montivagus, Monodonto-
merus obscurus
Osmia rostrata Sandhouse: Leucospis affinis
Osmia rufa comigera (Rossi): Monodontomerus
aeneus, Monodontomerus obscurus
Osmia rufa rufa (L): Leucospis dorsigera, Leucospis
gigas, Melittobia acasta, Monodontomerus ae-
neus, Monodontomerus obscurus
Osmia sanrafaelae Parker: Monodontomerus mon-
tivagus, Monodontomerus obscurus, Monodonto-
merus torchioi
Osmia simiUima Smith: Leucospis affinis
Osmia sp.: Epistenia coeruleata, Monodontomerus
montivagus (cocoon in Trypargilum politum
nest), Torymus cupreus
Osmia submicans Morawitz: Monodontomerus
aeneus
Osmia taurus Smith: Leucospis japonica, Mono-
dontomerus osmiae
Osmia texana Cresson: Monodontomerus bakeri,
Monodontomerus montivagus
Osmia tricornis Latreille: Leucospis dorsigera,
Monodontomerus aeneus
Pachyanthidium cordatum (Smith): Leucospis tri-
color
Pachyanthidium truncataum (Smith): Leucospis
tricolor
Pseudoantliidium lituratum (Panzer): Adontomerus
gregalis, Adontomerus nesterovi, Neochalcis fer-
toni
Khodanthidium sticticum (F.): Monodontomerus
anthidiorum
Serapista denticulata (Smith): Leucospis africana,
Leucospis tricolor
Stelis depressa Timberlake: Monodontomerus mon-
tivagus
Stelis nasuta Latreille: Melittobia acasta, Mono-
dontomerus aeneus
Stelis sexmaculata Ashmead: Cleonymus amabilis,
Leucospis affinis
Chalcidoid/Bee Host
Chalcididae
Antrocephalus sp.: Apis ceraua
Brachymeria discreta Gahan: Trigona sp.
Brachymeria paraguayensis Girault: Megachile sp.
Neochalcis breviceps (Masi): Ceratina fiavipes
Neochalcis fertoni (Kieffer): Pseudoanthidium litur-
atum
Neochalcis osmicida (Saunders): Hoplitis tridentata
Encyrtidae
Cheiloneurus leptulus Annecke and Prinsloo:
Ceratina sp.
Coelopencyrtus arenarius (Erdos): Hylaeus commu-
nis, Hylaeus uigritus
Coelopencyrtus callainus Annecke: Xylocopa caffra,
Xylocopa divisa, Xylocopa flavicollis, Xylocopa
flavorufa, Xylocopa inconstans
Coelopencyrtus callidii (Jansson): Hylaeus commu-
nis
Coelopencyrtus cyprius Annecke: Xylocopa scioen-
sis
Coelopencyrtus gargaris (Walker): Xylocopa fronta-
lis
Coelopencyrtus hylaei Burks: Hylaeus cressoni
Coelopencyrtus hylaeoleter Burks: Hylaeus ellipti-
cus
Coelopencyrtus kaalae (Ashmead): Hylaeus fusci-
pennis, Hylaeus koae, Hylaeus pubescens
Coelopencyrtus krishnamurtii (Mahdihassan): Xy-
locopa tenuiscapa
Coelopencyrtus nothylaei Annecke: Hylaeus heral-
dicus
Coelopencyrtus pallidiceps (Girault): Xylocopa caer-
ulea
Coelopencyrtus sexramosus Timberlake: Hylaeus
pubescens
Coelopencyrtus sp.: Xylocopa pubescens, Xylocopa
sulcatipes, Xylocopa watmouglii
Coelopencyrtus tai/lori Annecke and Doutt: Xylo-
copa caffra, Xylocopa divisa, Xylocopa flavorufa
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
259
Coelopencyrtus watmoughi Annecke: Xylocopa
flavorufa
Eulophidae
Aprostocetus pygmaeus Zetterstedt: Megachile
centuncularis, Osmia coerulescens
Aprostocetus sp.: Coelioxys octodeutata, Megachile
brevis
Baryscapus americanus (Ashmead): Ceratina du-
plet, Ceratina ignara, Ceratina nanula, Ceratina
sequoiae
Baryscapus daira (Walker): Megachile rotumiata
Baryscapus megachilidis (Burks): Megachile cen-
tuncularis, Megachile concinna, Megachile genti-
lis, Megachile rotundata, Megachile xylocopoides
Eulophus osmiarum Robineau-Desvoidy: Osmia
bicolor
Horismenus albipes (Schrottky): Megachile sp.
Kocourekia clavigera Boucek: Megachile sp.
Melittobia acasta (Walker): Anthidiumflorentinuiu,
Anthophora abrupta, Anthophora retusa, Apis
mellifera, Bombus hortorwn, Bombus ruderatus,
Bombus terrestris, Heriades crenulatus, Heriades
truncorum, Hoplitis adunca, Hylaeus sp., Mega-
chile argentata, Megachile bombycina, Megachile
centuncularis, Megachile parietina, Megachile
relativa, Megachile rotundata, Megachile spis-
sula, Megachile willughbiella, Osmia leucome-
lana, Osmia rufa, Stelis nasuta, Xylocopa tur-
anica
Melittobia australica Girault: Megachile concinna,
Megachile lanata, Megachile rotundata, Mega-
chile zaptlana
Melittobia chalybii Ashmead: Bombus fervidus,
Megachile brevis, Megachile centuncularis,
Megachile inermis, Megachile relativa, Megachile
rotundata
Melittobia hawaiiensis Perkins: Bombus sp., Hy-
laeus sp., Megachile aetheria, Megachile gom-
phrenae, Megachile pallefacta, Megachile pal-
marum, Megachile rotundata
Melittobia megachilis (Packard): Anthophora
abrupta, Ceratina sp., Megachile centuncularis
Melittobia pelopoei [unavailable name]: Antho-
phora retusa, Megachile sp.
Melittobia sosui Dahms: Xylocopa tranquebarorum
Melittobia sp.: Euglossa annectans, Megachile
gratiosa, Megachile pugnata
Pediobius williamsoni Girault: Anthophora abrupta,
Bombus americanorum, Bombus atratus
Tetrastichus coelioxydis (Burks): Coelioxys octodeu-
tata, Megachile brevis
Tetrastichus howardi (Olliff): Apis mellifera
Tetrastichus sp.: Megachile rotundata
Torymus armatus (Boheman): Ceratina japonica
Torymus cupreus (Spinola): Osmia sp.
Torymus zabriskii (Cresson): Ceratina dupla
Xylencyrtus mumifex Annecke: Allodapula mela-
nopus
Xylencyrtus tridens Annecke: Allodape exoloma,
Allodape mucronata, Allodape panurgoides, Allo-
dape rufogastra, Allodapula grandiceps, Braunsa-
pis leptozonia
Eupelmidae
Calosota fumipennis Curtis: Megachile sp.
Calosota vernalis Curtis: Osmia latreillei
Eupelmus ashmeadi Melander and Brues: ILasio-
glossum pruinosum
Eupelmus rhizophelus Brues: ILasioglossum prui-
nosum
Eurytomidae
Axima zabriskiei Howard: Ceratina calcarata,
Ceratina dupla
Eurytoma amplicoxa Bugbee: Hoplitis producta
Eurytoma apiculae Bugbee: Ceratina dallatorreana,
Ceratina nanula, Ceratina punctigena
Eurytoma heriadi Zerova: Heriades crenulatus
Eun/toma nodularis Boheman: Ceratina callosa,
Hylaeus sp., Osmia adunca, Osmia coerulescens,
Osmia parvula,
Eun/toma sp.: Osmia leucomelana
Eurytoma stigmi Ashmead: Hoplitis producta,
Hylaeus polifolii
Leucospidae
Eeucospis affinis Say: Anthidiellum perplexum,
Anthidium emarginatum, Anthidium maculo-
sum, Ashmeadiella aridula astragli, Ashmeadiella
meliloti, Dianthidium pudicum, Hoplitis pro-
ducta, Megachile brevis, Megachile geutilis,
Megachile inermis, Megachile mendica, Mega-
chile montivaga, Megachile pugnata, Megachile
relativa, Osmia atriventris, Osmia californica,
Osmia kincaidii, Osmia pumila, Osmia rostrata,
Osmia simillima, Stelis sexmaculata.
Eeucospis africana Cameron: Serapista denticulata
Eeucospis anthidioides Westwood: Xylocopa sub-
mordax
Eeucospis aruina Walker: Megachile rangii
Eeucospis bifasciata Klug: Anthidiellum striga-
tum
Eeucospis biguetina J urine: Hoplitis acuticornis,
Hoplitis tridentata
260
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
Leucospis cayennensis Westwood: Centris analis,
Centris bicornuta, Centris nitida, Centris tarsata,
Centris vittata
Leucospis dorsigera ¥.: Anthidiellum strigatum,
Anthidium diadema, Anthidium emarginatum,
IHeriades sp., Hoplitis adunca, Hoplosmia ligur-
ica, Megachile ericetorum, Osmia bicornis, Osmia
cornuta, Osmia fedtschenkoi, Osmia fulviventris,
Osmia niveata, Osmia parietina, Osmia rufa rufa,
Osmia tricornis
Leucospis genalis Boucek: Diadasina distincta
Leucospis gigas F.: Anthophora bomboides bom-
boides, ICoelioxys quadridentatus, Megachile
hungarica, Megachile parietina, Megachile pyr-
enaica, Megachile sicula, Osmia bicornis, Osmia
Icoerulescens, Osmia rufa rufa
Leucospis histrio Maindron: ICtenoplectra chaly-
bea, Megachile ustulatum
Leucospis hopei Westwood: Megachile rancaguen-
sis
Leucospis intermedia Illiger: Megachile sp., Osmia
emarginata
Leucospis japonica Walker: Megachile disjunctifor-
mis, Megachile nipponica, Megachile sculpturalis,
Osmia excavata, Osmia taunts
Leucospis klugii Westwood: Xylocopa brasilia-
norum
Leucospis ornata Westwood: Lithurgus capensis,
Megachile willowmorensis
Leucospis osmaie Boucek: Osmia globicola
Leucospis pinna Grissell and Cameron: Eulaema
meriana
Leucospis poeyi Guerin-Meneville: Megachile poeyi
Leucospis reversa Boucek: Xylocopa sp.
Leucospis slossonae Weld: Anthidiellum sp.
Leucospis sp.: Microthurge corumbae
Leucospis tricolor Kirby: P achy anthidium corda-
tum, V achy anthidium truncatum, Serapista den-
ticulata
Leucospis varicollis Cameron: Lithurgus capensis
Leucospis xylocopae Burks: Xylocopa nogueirai
Micrapion dalyi Boucek: Ceratina sp.
Micrapion nasutum Boucek: Ceratina sp.
Micrapion richardsi Boucek: Ceratina sp.
Micrapion steffani Boucek: Ceratina truucata
Polistomorpha conura Boucek: Euglossa sp.
Polistomorpha fasciata Westwood: Euglossa ignita,
Euglossa sp.
Mymaridae
Anagrus putnamii Packard: Megachile centuncu-
lari
Perilampidae
Aperilampus varians Strand: Halictus africauus
Pteromalidae
Ablaxia cupraeus (Provancher): Megachile albitar-
sis, Megachile centuncularis
Cleonymus amabilis Cockerell: Hoplitis producta,
Stelis sexmaculata
Cleonymus ceratinae Kamijo: Ceratina japonica
Cricellius megachilis Ashmead: Megachile brevis
Dibrachys boarmiae (Walker): Apis mellifera
Dibrachys cavus (Walker): Bombus sp., Megachile
argent at a
Dibrachys confusus (Girault): Megachile rotundata
Dibrachys maculipennis Szelenyi: Megachile rotun-
data
Dibrachys pelos Grissell: Osmia nigrifrons
Dibrachys relativus Doganlar: Megachile relativus
Dibrachys sp.: Megachile centuncularis, Megachile
pugnata
Epistenia coeruleata Westwood: Ceratina sp.,
Osnua sp.
Habritys latrus Wallace: Ceratina dupla
Lariophagus obtusus Kamijo: Megachile spissula
Merisus sp.: Coelioxys octodentata, Megachile brevis
Mesopolobus bruchophagi (Gahan): Nomia melan-
deri
Nasonia vitripennis (Walker): Apis mellifera
Pachycrepoideus vindemmiae Rondani: Bombus sp.
Pteromalus analis Ashmead: Hylaeus varifrons
Pteromalus apum (Retzius): Apis mellifera, Mega-
chile centuncularis, Megachile pyrenaica, Mega-
chile relativa, Megachile rotundata, Megachile
willughbiella
Pteromalus conopidarum (Boucek): Bombus
agrorum, Bombus lapidarius, Megachile rotun-
data
Pteromalus macronychivorus Perez: Megachile cen-
tuncularis
Pteromalus veneris Dalla Torre: Megachile rotun-
data
Torymidae
Adoiitomerus gregalis (Steffan): Pseudoanthidium
lituratum
Adontomerus nesterovi Zerova: Pseudoanthidium
lituratum
Echthrodape africana Burks: Braunsapis rolini,
Braunsapis rufipes, Braunsapis simplicipes
Echthrodape papuana Boucek: Braunsapis
unicolor
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
261
Microdontomerus anthidii (Ashmead): Dianthi-
dium pudicum consimile
Microdontomerus apianus Grissell: Megachile mon-
tivaga
Microdontomerus enigma Grissell: Hoplitis bullifa-
cies
Microdontomerus parkeri Grissell: Ashmeadiella
bigeloviae, Ashmeadiella cubiceps, Ashmeadiella
gillettei, Ashmeadiella rufipes, Hoplitis bullifa-
cies, Hoplitis palmarum, Megachile brevis, Osmia
marginata
Monodontomerus acrostigmus Grissell: Megachile
sP.
Monodontomerus aeneus (F.): Anthidium florenti-
num, Anthophora retusa, Ceratina callosa, Hopli-
tis adunca, Megachile apicalis, Megachile cen-
tuncularis, Megachile concinna, Megachile par-
ietina, Megachile rotundata, Megachile sicula,
Osmia brevicornis, Osmia coerulescens, Osmia
cornigera, Osmia cornuta, Osmia emarginata,
Osmia fulviventris, Osmia latreillei, Osmia rufa,
Osmia nigrifrons, Osmia submicans, Osmia
tricornis, Stelis nasuta
Monodontomerus anthidiorum (Lucas): Rhodanthi-
dium sticticum
Monodontomerus argentinus Brethes: Eufriesea
nigrescens, Megachile sp.
Monodontomerus bakeri Gahan: Megachile pug-
nata, Megachile relativa, Megachile rotundata,
Osmia coloradensis, Osmia texana
Monodontomerus brevicrus Grissell: Osmia ribi-
floris
Monodontomerus dementi Grissell: Dianthidium
heterulkei, Megachile rotundata
Monodontomerus dianthidii Gahan: Dianthidium
sP.
Monodontomerus laticornis Grissell and Zerova:
Anthidium florentinum, Anthidium septemspino-
sum, Apis mellifera, Megachile centuncularis,
Megachile rotundata
Monodontomerus mandibularis Gahan: Anthophora
abrupta, Anthophora bomboides bomboides, Meli-
totna taurea, Osmia cordata
Monodontomerus mexicanus Gahan: Ancyloscelis
apiformis, Anthophora marginata, Megachile
peruviana
Monodontomerus montivagus Ashmead: Anthidium
collectum, Anthidium emarginatum, Anthidiun
Imormonum, Anthophora abrupta, Anthophora
bomboides bomboides, Anthophora bomboides neo-
mexicana, Anthophora linsleyi, lAnthophora occi-
dentalis, lAnthophora vallorum, Ashmeadiella cali-
fornica, Bombus morrisoni, Dianthidium curvatum
sayi, Dianthidium pudicum consimile, Dianthi-
dium pudicum, Hoplitis anthocopoides (nest),
Megachile centuncularis, Megachile relativa, Mega-
chile rotundata, IMelissodes sp., Osmia cordata,
Osmia kincaidii, Osmia latisulcata, Osmia lignaria,
Osmia ribifloris, Osmia sanrafaelae, Osmia texana,
Stelis depressa, Xylocopa tabaniformis orpifex
Monodontomerus obscurus Westwood: Anthophora
plumipes, Hoplitis adunca, Megachile argentata,
Megachile centuncularis, Megachile cephalotes,
Megachile flavipes, Megachile lanata, Megachile
parietina, Megachile rotundata, Megachile will-
ughbiclla, Osmia cordata, Osmia cornifrons,
Osmia latreillei, Osmia lignaria, Osmia ribfloris,
Osmia rufa rufa, Osmia rufa cornigera, Osmia
sanrafaelae, Xylocopa fenestrata
Monodontomerus osmiae Kamijo: Osmia cornifrons,
Osmia excavata, Osmia taurus
Monodontomerus parkeri Grissell: Anthophora
occidentalis
Monodontomerus rugulosus Thomson: Megachile
rotundata
Monodontomerus tepedinoi Grissell: Osmia lignaria
Monodontomerus thorpi Grissell: Anthidium ma-
culatum
Monodontomerus torchioi Grissell: Osmia lignaria,
Osmia sanrafaelae
262
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
frenal line
upper
mesepimeron
lower
mesepimeron
metapleuron
frenum
transepimeral
sulcus epimeron
metapleuron
frenum
malar
distance
11
intermalar
distance
submarginal vein
marginal
vein
postmarginal
vein
10
, stiqma
stigmal y
parastigma vein
Figs. 1-11. Torymidae. 1-2, Mesosoma, side (arrow indicates anterior margin of metapleuron). 3-4, Metacoxa,
side. 5-6, Propodeum, dorsal. 7-8, Mesosoma, dorsal (arrow indicates frenum). 9, Fore wing, dorsal (Echthrodape
africana). 10, Fore wing, dorsal, showing venation terminology. 11, Head, anterior, showing measurements.
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
263
14
15
16
occipital
carina
hypostomal
carina
17
18
Figs. 12-28. Torymidae. 12-13, Fore wing venation, dorsal. 14-15, Head, anterior, lines indicate malar and
intermalar distances. 12, 14 Echthrodape papuana. 13, 15 Echthrodape africana. 16-18, Head, posterior (showing
carinae). 16, Microdontomerus. 17, Pseudotorytnus. 18, Monodontomerus. 19-20, Antenna, side. 19, Monodontomerus
thorpi. 20, Monodontomerus spp. 21-28, Head. 21-22, Monodontomerus osmiae (from Kamijo 1963). 23-24,
Monodontomerus anthidiorum. 25-26, Monodontomerus mexicanus. 27-28, Monodontomerus bakeri.
264
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
basal cell costal cell
admarginal
area
postmarginal vein
■*■ i* /*"/* /■y'gT^v -
Figs. 29-42. Torymidae, Manodontomerus spp. (except 34, Pseudotorymus). 29-31, Fore wing. 29, M. aeneus. 30,
M. sp. 31, M. dementi. 32-33, Metasomal tergum 6. 32, M. argentinus. 33, M. rugulosus. 34-35, Hind femur and
tibia, side. 34, P. sp. 35, M. aeneus. 36-38, Hind femur. 36, M. thorpi. 37, M. argentinus. 38, M. rugulosus. 39^0,
Fore leg (left side view, right ventral view). 39, M. aeneus. 40, M. brevierus. 41-42, Frenum (apex of scutellum). 41,
M. acrostigmus. 42, M. aeneus.
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
265
. - Ti i •> »
&^scz<'<*s%
43
\^>
51
52
\\V^
e
■
t
'.- ■:'." I
transepimeral
sulcus
Figs. 43-58. Torymidae, Motwdontomerus (Mo.) and Microdontomerus (Mi.). 43-46, Fore wing, part. 43, Mo.
mandibularis. 44, Mo. parked. 45, Mi. parkeri. 46, Mi. enigma. 47-50, Heads. 47, Mo. montivagus. 48, Mo. mandibularis.
49, Mi. anthidii. 50, M/'. apiamis. 51-52, M. acrostigmus (variation in stigma). 53-55, Mesopleuron. 53, Mo. dementi.
54, Mo. parkeri. 55, Mo. montivagus. 56-58, Scape, male. 56, Mo. montivagus. 57, Mo. mandibularis. 58, Mo. tepedinoi.
J. HYM. RES.
Vol. 16(2), 2007, pp. 266-276
Multivoltinism and Usage of Multiple Nest Substrates in a West Texas
Sand Dune Population of Pseudomasaris phaceliae Rohwer
(Hymenoptera: Vespidae: Masarinae)
John L. Neff and Allan W. Hook
(JLN) Central Texas Melittological Institute, 7307 Running Rope, Austin, Texas 78731, USA;
email: jlnatctmi@yahoo.com
(AWH) Department of Biology, St. Edward's University, Austin, Texas 78704-6489, USA;
email: allanh@stedwards.edu
Abstract. — A west Texas population of Pseudomasaris phaceliae was found to be multivoltine and
active from April to September. Unlike previous reports of nests constructed only on stones, nests
were commonly constructed on the stems and infructescences of its host plant, Phacelia integrifolia.
Emergence data indicated the primary sex ratio is strongly female biased (53:14). Nest parasitism
was rare, but predation was common. Data on nest architecture, nest construction, and foraging
behavior are presented.
Pseudomasaris is the only North Ameri- phaceliae, like most other Pseudomasaris
can genus of the Masarinae, a relatively species, constructs its nests on stones
small (300+ spp.) but widespread clade of (Parker 1967, Torchio 1970), we found that
pollen and nectar provisioning vespid at Monahans, P. phaceliae was commonly
wasps (Carpenter 1982, 2001, Gess 1996). attaching its nests to plant stems, and only
Torchio (1970) reported in considerable rarely to stones. In addition, P. phaceliae,
detail on the biology of Pseudomasaris like most other temperate masarine spe-
edwardsii (Cresson) but little is known of cies, had previously been assumed to be
the biology of the remaining 14 species, univoltine (Parker 1967, Gess 1996), but
Brief reports on nest structure and /or nest wasps emerged in early July from a nest
sites have been published for eight of these collected during June suggesting multi-
species, including Pseudomasaris phaceliae voltinism. This prompted a series of visits
Rohwer, but only floral records are avail- to this site to gather additional information
able for four other species, and nothing at on the nests and behavior. Follow-up trips
all has been published on the biology of the were made in July, August, and September
remaining two. 2005 and April, May, June, and August
During a brief visit to Monahans Sand- 2006.
hills State Park in June 2005, we encoun- Habitat. — Monahans Sandhills State Park
tered a large population of Pseudomasaris (32.128'N, 103.953 W) is located in Ward
phaceliae visiting flowers of Phacelia integri- County, Texas on the southern edge of
folia Torr. (Boraginaceae). Pseudomasaris a large dune field of quartz-rich Quaterna-
phaceliae is an infrequently collected but ry sands that stretch northward into
sometimes locally abundant species of the southeastern New Mexico (Machenberg
arid American Southwest (Arizona, New 1984, Muhs 2001). While much of the dune
Mexico, west Texas, and adjacent Mexico) field is partially stabilized by shin oak
(Richards 1966, and pers. obs.). Although (Quercus havardii Rydb.) and other peren-
previous reports had indicated that P. nials, large moving dunes are common in
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
267
Figs. 1-2. 1. Pseudomasaris phaceliae nest (indicated by arrow) on Phacelia integrifolia stem. 2. Incomplete P.
phaceliae nest with one completed cell and one cell under construction.
the Park. Soils in the sandhills consist
almost exclusively of loose sands. Occa-
sionally, winds expose the underlying
caliche layer, but generally there are no
rocks or stones in the dunes beyond those
brought in for the caliche service roads.
Like most of Texas, summers are warm
with July maximum temperatures averag-
ing 35 C. Rainfall is low, averaging 33.6 cm
per year, with 75% of precipitation occur-
ring during a six-month May to October
summer/fall period. Despite the relative
aridity, the water table is quite shallow in
the sand hills due to an underlying
impermeable caliche layer. Water-loving
plants like Salix nigra Marshall (Salicaceae)
and Baccharis salicina Torrey & A. Gray
(Asteraceae) are found in some of the
deeper depressions among the dunes
where temporary ponds may form follow-
ing unusually heavy rains (Machenberg
1984).
Nests. — Although a few nests were
found on miscellaneous plant stems (such
as a sapling of Prosopis glandulosa Torr.
(Fabaceae) or stems of the erect herb
Mentzelia strictissima (Wooton & Standi.) J.
Dark (Loasaceae), the vast majority of the
nests we found were on stems or infruc-
tescences of larger (over 40 cm high)
individuals of Phacelia integrifolia (Fig. 1.).
Nests were located at heights of 20.3-
71.1 cm above the ground (n = 50, mean =
41.0 ± 9.9 cm). Typically there was only
one nest per plant although a few plants
had two, and one Phacelia plant had four
nests, two older nests from which emer-
gence was complete, and two newer nests
under construction.
Like those of other Pseinloniasaris species,
nests consisted of one or more cylindrical
cells attached lengthways one to another
(Torchio 1970). Cells of nests on plants
were always positioned with the long axis
268
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
oriented vertically, regardless of the orien-
tation of the stem or infructescence (Fig. 2).
Nests on plants averaged 5.4 ± 3.8 cells per
nest, (1-14, n = 53), a value that probably
underestimates the true number of cells
per nest since some of the nests may not
have been complete when censused. Nests
on stems were initiated by laying down
a strip of the sand-soil mix along a stem or
infructescence. The female then con-
structed the hemispherical inner end of
the cell at the upper end of the strip, and
completed the cell wall by adding irregular
strips or scale-like patches of the moist
sand-soil mix. Upon returning with a sand-
soil load, the female inserted her head in
the nest and curled her metasoma so its tip
was opposite her head. The moist sand-soil
mix was added to the cell wall by
simultaneously working the mix from
within with her mandibles and tapping it
from the outside with the flattened, hirsute
surface of metasomal sternite 6. Time on
the nest depositing cemented sand was
typically brief (0.6-2.9 min).
The first cell is a true cylinder as the
walls are complete, the plant substrate not
being used as part of the cell wall (Fig. 2).
Additional cells are attached to the walls of
the initial cell so the nest grows in an
asymmetrical manner away from the stem
rather than around it (Fig. 3). Cell walls are
rather thin, only 0.4-0.5 mm thick, but
quite strong. Nests within 100 meters of
the caliche road were usually constructed
with a mix of relatively coarse sand
particles (0.1-0.4 mm in diameter), and
much finer (0.02-0.04 mm) particles, pre-
sumably caliche dust. Nests further from
the road are constructed of sand alone. The
particles are bound together with regurgi-
tated nectar, and perhaps, glandular prod-
ucts. As there was no free water in the
dunes, nectar (or perhaps honey-dew) was
the only likely source for the bulk of the
liquid used to moisten the sand-soil mix.
Nest fragments placed in water softened
but were still intact after being immersed
for 48 hours, suggesting substances be-
yond just sugar may be holding the walls
together. These moistened nests quickly
sprouted fungal hyphae, the fungi pre-
sumably growing on the nectar sugars. In
contrast, the true mud nest walls and
partitions of nests constructed by Trypargi-
lum politum (Say) or Osmia lignaria (Say)
dissolve almost instantly when placed in
water (pers. obs.).
Individual cells were 15.2 ± 1.2 mm
(12.8-17.6, n = 19) mm long with an
average diameter of 4.2 ± 0.2 mm (3.8-
4.5, n = 28). The distal end of the cell was
hemispherical while the cell opening was
simple and truncate. After provisioning,
each cell was closed with a cemented sand
plug 0.5-0.8 mm thick medially and 1.0-
1.3 mm thick at the sides. Additional sand
and fine particles were added to the nest
exterior as construction proceeded, filling
the spaces between the cells (Fig. 9). In one
unfinished nest in which the second cell
was only half finished, soil had been added
along the juncture of the two cells,
strengthening their connection, although
additional soil had not been added else-
where to the outer surface of the first cell.
Upon completion, the nest has flattened,
relatively smooth walls concealing the
outlines of individual cells. We found no
indication of empty spaces between the
cells. Completed nests on stems usually
lacked obvious ornamentation but a few
(4 of 50) had conical projections on the
margins of the nest (Fig. 4).
Females were commonly observed col-
lecting fine soil particles along the caliche
road (Fig. 6) and, less frequently, in the
dunes. Females would hover 10-15 cm
above the soil surface and repeatedly drop
to collect sand or soil. We did not obtain
a complete picture of soil collection but it
was clear that during most bouts on the
soil surface, the wasps did not add nectar
to the soil surface prior to collection.
Rather, they used their mandibles and
foretarsi to add soil or sand to a moist soil
bolus held behind the mandibles by their
modified labial palpi. Regurgitated nectar
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
269
Figs. 3-5. 3. Completed Pseudomasaris phaceliae nest showing asymmetrical position on Phacelia integrifolia
stem. 4. Ornamented P. phaceliae nest (projection indicated by arrow). 5. P. phaceliae nest opened laterally,
probably by birds.
is apparently added to this bolus while the
wasps are hovering. As in Pseudomasaris
edwardsii, females constructing cells or
adding sand to the nest exterior typically
made long trips (20-30 min duration) to
gather nectar at flowers as well as sand,
interspersed between series of 3^4 relative-
ly short (0.9-3.1 min) trips. The latter trips
were presumably for sand only since they
were too brief to allow for both sand and
nectar collection.
While the majority of nests were con-
structed on plant stems, some nests were
constructed on small stones brought in for
a caliche service road through the dunes.
These were structurally similar to the nests
270
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
-
Figs. 6-10. 6. Pseudomasaris phaceliae female collecting sand (sand bolus indicated by arrow). 7. Completed P.
phaceliae nest on stone. 8. Female extending walls of new P. phaceliae nest. 9. Female adding sand (indicated by
arrow) to exterior of P. phaceliae nest. 10. Emergence holes from six- celled P. phaceliae nest.
constructed on stems, but had fewer cells,
never more than three, averaging only 1.3
± 0.5 cells (1-3, n = 28). While all the stem
nests were constructed during the year in
which they were discovered, many of the
rock nests were worn and /or damaged
and may have been constructed in prior
years. Unlike the situation in stem nests,
the first cells constructed on stones were
usually not true cylinders as the stone was
used as part of the cell wall. The first cells
constructed typically were attached to the
stone along their entire length (Fig. 8),
although in a few cases, only the basal half
of the cell was attached to the substrate,
with the outermost portion arching away.
Completed nests on stones often appeared
to be triangular in cross-section, due to the
smoothing of the sides and the addition of
soil, which greatly widened the base of the
nest (Fig. 7). Nests on rocks occurred both
on the sides and upper surfaces without
any consistent orientation. Completed
nests on stones were quite cryptic as the
outer nest covering matched the color of
the pale stone on which they were con-
structed. Nests on Phacelia plants were
more conspicuous since the pale nests
contrasted with the green stems or young
infructescences, but the nests were still
somewhat cryptic since the infructes-
cences, leaves and /or leaf tips all com-
monly turn brown with age.
Nests are provisioned with a dense mass
of regurgitated pollen-nectar pellets. The
pellets had short projections and were
oriented so the projections, rather than
the main mass of the pellets, contacted the
cell walls. Pellets averaged 0.6-0.7 mm
across with projections from 0.2 to
0.6 mm long. Unlike the provisions of
Pseudomasaris edwardsii, the innermost face
of the provision mass of P. phaceliae was
not smoothed so the individual pellets
were easily distinguished. The outer face
of the provision mass (the surface facing
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
271
the cell closure) was smooth and convex.
We found several cells being provisioned,
and others with feeding larvae but re-
covered only a single cell with a completed,
intact, provision mass. This mass was
15.2 mm long, occupying nearly all the
cell, leaving a small open space of 0.8 mm
between the mass and the roof of the
hemispherical inner end, and 1.6 mm
between the mass and the cell closure.
Host Plant and Foraging. — Pseudomasaris
phaceliae is believed to restrict its foraging
to flowers of Pliacelia spp. (Torchio 1970).
At Monahans dunes, individuals of P.
phaceliae foraged only at flowers of Pliacelia
integrifolia, the only Pliacelia species flower-
ing. Pliacelia integrifolia is a widespread
annual of the American Southwest, occur-
ring on a variety of rocky or sandy
substrates, particularly gypsum or lime-
stone (Correll and Johnston 1970). The
plants bear scorpioid cymes of small, pale
purple flowers. In west Texas, flowering
occurs primarily from March through May
(Correll and Johnston 1970), although
herbarium records from the Plant Re-
sources Center of the University of Texas,
Austin, Texas, show flowering as late as
the end of July in the Monahans Sandhills
area, and a non-technical guide indicates
flowering through September (Ajilvsgi
2003). Pliacelia integrifolia was common
and in flower during our first 2005 visit
to Monahans dunes on 16 April, although
cold, wet weather prohibited any observa-
tions of floral visitors. When we revisited
Monahans Dunes on 18 June 2005, we
found P. integrifolia flowering was still
widespread although most abundant in
certain depressions between the dunes.
When the site was revisited a month later
in July, most P. integrifolia plants on the
dunes were brown and dead, and flower-
ing was restricted to the large plants
occurring in the depressions between the
dunes. Unlike the typical, erect plants on
the dunes and most other habitats (Fig. 1),
these plants were sprawling and multi-
branched, almost shrub-like in aspect, with
greatly enlarged stems. These depression
plants were still strongly flowering when
the site was revisited in August. On the
final 2005 visit on 16-18 September low
levels of flowering were still occurring
among the large depression plants al-
though most plants were dead, and flower-
ing was limited to a few inflorescences. On
21 April 2006, P. integrifolia was flowering
and locally abundant on the dunes, but
surprisingly, was absent in the depressions
where the large, long-flowering individu-
als were found in 2005. Flowering contin-
ued, with a gradual decline in overall
abundance through May and June 2006.
By August 2006, only secondary inflores-
cences of the few surviving individuals
were still flowering.
Individual flowers of Pliacelia integrifolia
begin opening around 0830 CDT (approx.
2 hrs after sunrise), and flowers continue
opening through the day. Individual flow-
ers last approximately two days. Anthers
dehisce fully shortly after flower opening,
and are usually stripped of pollen within
two hours of opening. Some larger bees,
such as species of Habropoda, Osmia, or
Martinapis began foraging on P. integrifolia
at or before 0800 early in the season, but
Pseudomasaris phaceliae was always a late
starter. Females were rarely observed
before 0830 CDT and they were generally
not active until after 0930 CDT with air
temperatures above 30 C. Foraging contin-
ued until sundown, although females were
sometimes observed resting on stems or
branches during periods of peak heat in
late afternoon (air temperatures above
39 C).
Foraging rates recorded on 13 July 2005
were quite rapid, perhaps a reflection of
the high temperatures (33-35 C) and re-
source depletion due to the high number of
wasps and bees concentrated on the rela-
tively few Pliacelia plants still flowering.
Wasps visited an average of 24.5 ± 5.3
(16.4-31.2, n = 20) Pliacelia flowers per
minute. Nectar visits were quite quick,
averaging only 0.8 ± 0.3 (0.3-2.0, n - 40)
272
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
Figs. 11-12. 11. Pseudomasaris phaceliae female collecting pollen of Phacelia integrifolia. 12. P. phaceliae female
nectaring at flower of P. integrifolia.
seconds per flower while pollen-collecting
visits were longer at 4.1 ± 3.0 (1.1-11.2, n =
20) seconds. During a foraging bout, the
proportion of flowers worked for pollen
was low, averaging only 13.7 ± 14.6% (0-
41.7, n = 20). This is presumably a re-
flection both of the low availability of fresh
flowers with available pollen, and the fact
that some foragers were constructing their
nests and not foraging for pollen at the
time. If we exclude foraging series where
no flowers were visited for pollen, the
proportion of flowers visited for pollen
rises only slightly to 19.6 ± 13.7% (3.4-41.7,
n = 14).
A nectar foraging bout involved landing
on medial portions of the exserted staminal
filaments and rapidly inserting the re-
markably extensible proboscis (~ 4.5 mm
long when fully extended) to reach the
nectary at the base of corolla tube (Fig. 12).
The initial approach to a flower presum-
ably involved some assessment of pollen
availability, since foraging behavior chan-
ged when a pollen forager encountered
a flower with obvious available pollen. A
pollen forager would grasp the staminal
filament near the anther with her hind and
mid-tarsi while hovering (Fig. 11). She
would then grasp an anther with her
mandibles and extract pollen by scraping
pollen to her mouthparts with the tarsal
brushes of her forelegs. Depending on
pollen availability, a wasp might work
several anthers on a flower before moving
down the filaments to insert her mouth-
parts to gather nectar.
A female observed on 17 June 2006 took
8.40 hrs and 15 foraging trips to provision
a cell. Pollen foraging appeared to com-
mence immediately after oviposition. Be-
cause of poor light conditions, we were not
able to determine if the female deposited
an initial pollen and nectar load immedi-
ately after ovipositing as has been reported
for Pseudomasaris edwardsii (Torchio 1970).
Pollen trips averaged 31.53±7.10 min
(19.32-41.72, n = 13) and deposition time
in the nest between trips averaged
2.06±0.48 min (1.50-3.52, n = 14). As noted
for P. edwardsii (Torchio 1970), the female
rotated within the cell during the later
phases of pollen deposition as she de-
posited pollen pellets.
Development and Voltinism. — Only frag-
mentary data were obtained on develop-
ment. The only intact egg recovered was
smooth, slightly asymmetrical, and 3.7 mm
long with a medial width of 1.0 mm. The
posterior end of the egg was attached
VI
Ml
tfl
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
273
Table 1. Collection dates for nests of Pseudomasaris phaceliae from Monahans Sandhills with emergence dates
ind sex ratio of the wasps.
Nest
Collection date
Emergence date
Males
Females
H-l
16-vi-2005
by 12-vii-2005
1
14
M-l
18-vii-2005
19-vii-2005
0
2
\J-2
18-vii-2005
23-vii-2005
0
1
SJ-3
18-vii-2005
3-iv-2006
0
1
vJ-4
15-viii-2005
28-viii-2005
1
3
M-5
15-viii-2005
l-ix-2005
0
1
sr-6
18-vii-2005
19-iv-2006
0
2
)5-06
18-vii-2005
approx. 3-iv-2006
0
1
)5-07
18-vii-2005
approx. 3-iv-2006
1
1
15-02
18-vii-2005
18-iv-2006
2
0
)6-01
23-iv-2006
26 to 29 iv-2006
1
5
)6-02
19-V-2006
1 to 7 vi-2006
1
8
16-03
18-vi-2006
27-vi to 11 -vii-2006
1
7
16-04
18-vi-2006
1 to7 vii-2006
4
3
16-05
18-vi-2006
5 toll vii-2006
1
3
16-06
18-vi-2006
12-vii-2006
1
1
fotal
14
53
perpendicularly to the inner surface of the
:ell wall, just below the hemispherical,
nner end of the cell. The ventral surface of
he egg, which paralleled the flat inner
;urface of the provision mass, was some-
vhat flattened, but the dorsal surface of the
?gg arched slightly into the curved space of
he hemispherical inner cell cap. In two
nstances where late instar larval feeding
vas noted, the larva fed along the side of
he provision, eating its way down the
provision mass toward its distal end.
Sometime after completing feeding, the
arva spun a thin, translucent cocoon that
idhered tightly to the cell wall. Defecation
>ccurred after the completion of the co-
:oon. Feces were typically deposited as an
rregular ring of smooth, flattened, semi-
.pherical pellets (0.8-1.0 mm wide, and
1.5-0.6 mm tall), around the inner end of
he cell, although some of these are
ometimes pressed into a flattened cake
vith unrecognizable individual pellets.
\Iest dissections indicated wasps overwin-
er as prepupae. Adults emerge by chew-
ng through the nest plug (Fig. 10).
The total number of generations per year
)f Pseudomasaris phaceliae at Monahans is
inknown but at a minimum it is two and
perhaps as many as four. Pseudomasaris
phaceliae was active at Monahans for at
least 93 days (18 June to 18 September) in
2005 and 116 days (26 April to 19 August)
in 2006. Judging from the extensive wing
wear of females collected in June of 2005,
the phenology of PJiacelia iutegrifolia, and
the emergence times of P. phaceliae in the
lab (Table 1.), flight at Monahans during
2005 probably began in early April sug-
gesting a flight period in excess of 156 days
in 2005.
Emergence patterns of wasps from nests
collected in 2005 and 2006 are indicated in
Table 1. All nests collected before July had
their inhabitants emerge that same year,
but for nests collected in July or later, some
emerged the same year but others went
into larval diapause and emerged the
following April. The instances of late 2005
(July to September) emergence were from
nests taken from infructescenses on rela-
tively fresh green plants, and it is clear that
they had been provisioned in 2005. Phacelia
iutegrifolia stems usuallv break down com-
O J J
pletely over the winter and the glandular
epidermis, to which the nests are frequent-
ly attached, falls away soon after the plant
dies. It is probable that over-wintering
274 Journal of Hymenoptera Research
nests fall from the disintegrating plants was not confirmed. Additionally, two
and spend the winter in the sand. newly provisioned cells were encountered
Mating and Sex Ratio.— Males of Pscudo- with small lateral slits, possibly the results
masaris phaceliae were observed to forage of bird probes. One of these probed cells
for nectar at plants of Phacelia integrifolia contained a larva and partially consumed
and patrol P. integrifolia inflorescences, but pollen mass while the other was being
mating was not observed. Newly emerged raided and emptied by ants,
males confined with newly emerged fe- We found no indication of empty (closed
male nest mates attempted to mount their but unprovisioned) cells in Pseudomasaris
sisters, although it was not determined if phaceliae nests at Monahans. Empty cells
mating was successful. Females were much have been invoked as an anti-parasite
more common than males at flowers at all defense strategy for Pseudomasaris vespoides
times during our visits, and the sex ratio of (Cresson), in which roughly 30% of the nest
wasps emerging from nests was heavily cells are empty (Tepedino et al. 1979).
female biased 3.8:1 (53 females/ 14 males,
Table 1). In all cases where emergence DISCUSSION
order was determined, males emerged Our observations of Pseudomasaris phace-
from the first provisioned cell(s) of a nest. Hae at Monahans suggest this species has
Nest Associates and Predators. — Nest par- a broader behavioral range than previously
asitization was uncommon. One female observed in Pseudomasaris. The most obvi-
Chrysurissa densa (Cresson) (Chrysididae) ous differences from previous reports are
emerged on 18 July 2005 from a Pseudoma- the incidence of multivoltinism and use of
saris phaceliae nest and a second female plant stems for nest placement. Multivoltin-
emerged from a different nest on 13 ism has not previously been reported in
September 2005. Chrysurissa densa appar- Pseudomasaris and appears to be rare in the
ently is a specialist on Pseudomasaris, since Masarinae, at least among temperate zone
besides P. phaceliae, its only known hosts species (Gess 1996). Presumably, this is true
are four other Pseudomasaris species. In because these wasps are typically oligolectic
addition, its range mirrors that of Pseudo- (or at least have a narrow range for floral
masaris (Bohart and Kimsey 1982). The only hosts) and the flowering periods of their
other nest parasites where 10 females and 2 floral hosts usually are quite temporally
males of an unidentified Monodontomerus restricted. Multivoltinism is possible at
sp. (Torymidae) which emerged from a cell Monahans because of the unusual extended
of another nest of P. phaceliae. As parasite flowering of its floral host in this distinctive
emergence occurred only two days after habitat, allowing a flight season that can
collection of the nest, it was clearly the extend from April into September in favor-
result of field, rather than laboratory, able years. However, it is possible that
infestation. multivoltinism occurs in other non-dune
Indications of nest predation were occa- populations of P. phaceliae associated with P.
sionally encountered. Several nests ob- integrifolia. We have collected P. phaceliae on
served in 2005 and 3 of 21 nests measured this species at other west Texas sites in June,
in June 2006 had all their cells opened Wing wear indicated these wasps were
laterally (Fig. 5). The cells in these nests relatively newly emerged even though the
contained empty cocoons but had intact few flowering P. integrifolia plants at these
cell caps. Birds are the most likely pre- sites were in very poor condition and most
dators although we cannot rule out small plants in the populations were dead or
mammals. A small, unidentified wood- fruiting.
pecker was seen perching and searching As we encountered neither flowering
on Phacelia stems, but actual nest predation Phacelia nor Pseudomasaris phaceliae during
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
275
July, August, or September visits to Mon-
ahans prior to 2005, multivoltinism may be
a facultative phenomenon for P. phaceliae.
The wasps could use environmental cues
such as temperature and humidity, which
may predict extended Phacelia bloom, to
"determine" whether to pupate and
emerge immediately or proceed to dia-
pause. Increasing humidity, a predictor of
flowering in desert plants, has experimen-
tally been shown to be an important cue in
breaking diapause in Macrotera portalis
Timberlake (Andrenidae), a desert bee
with extended diapause (Danforth 1999),
while temperature (above or below 29°C)
determines whether Nomia melanderi Cock-
erell (Halictidae) pupates and emerges
immediately or proceeds to diapause (Ste-
phen 1965). Even in years with extended
Phacelia flowering, flowering declines
greatly late in the year. The observation
that some larvae in late provisioned nests
(July or later) pupate and emerge immedi-
ately while others diapause until the
following spring suggest a bet-hedging
strategy predicated on the decreasing
chances of encountering adequate floral
resources late in the year.
Published reports have indicated that
surfaces of rocks are the preferred nest
substrates utilized by six Pseudomasaris
species (Hicks 1929, Hungerford 1937,
Parker 1967). In Torchio's 1970 glasshouse
study, Pseudomasaris edwardsii females con-
structed nests on a variety of substrates,
but not plant stems. However, the use of
bamboo stakes as a nest substrate in
Torchio's study suggests they may occa-
sionally use twigs or plant stems under
natural conditions. The only report on
Pseudomasaris texana (Cresson) indicates it
constructs its nests on twigs (Bequaert
1940). Pseudomasaris vespoides has repeat-
edly been reported constructing its nests
on twigs or plant stems (Cockerell 1913,
Davidson 1913, Hicks 1929, Bequaert 1940,
Torchio 1970), although it also is known to
use rocks (Hicks 1927). Pseudomasaris mar-
ginalis (Cresson) was found to nest in
beetle borings in logs at a high altitude
site in Colorado (Dorr and Neff 1982)
although this report has been questioned
(Gess 1996). In the only previous report on
the biology of P. phaceliae, rock surfaces
were the only reported nest substrate
(Parker 1967).
Since rocks are rarely encountered in the
Monahans Sandhills, it is not surprising
that most of the Pseudomasaris phaceliae
nests we encountered were attached to
plants. The relative advantages of rock
surfaces and plant stems as nest substrates
are unclear. Rock surfaces are obviously
more permanent and stable than herba-
ceous plant stems, but the importance of
this difference is not clear for wasps like
these that do not reuse their nests. The
issue of difference of substrate permanence
could easily be erased by using the stems
of perennials, although P. phaceliae does not
seem to regularly do this at Monahans. If
heat stress is a problem, a strong possibility
in a habitat like Monahans Sandhills where
soil surface temperatures regularly exceed
40° during the late spring and summer,
constructing nests well above the soil
surface on plant stems might be advanta-
geous relative to building nests on low,
exposed rock surfaces.
The nest biology of most Pseudomasaris
species is poorly known, often based on
only a single population, and, in some
cases, a single nest. When the biologies of
more populations of more species of
Pseudomasaris are known, it will be in-
teresting to see if other Pseudomasaris
species are similarly flexible in their pat-
terns of voltinism and /or nest substrate
usage.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We thank the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department
(Scientific Study Permit 27-05) and the staff at
Monahans Sandhills State Park for the opportunity
to study the Monahans Pseudomasaris population.
Beryl B. Simpson (The University of Texas) improved
early drafts of the manuscript. Sarah Gess and an
anonymous reviewer made many useful comments on
the submitted manuscript.
276
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
LITERATURE CITED
Ajilvsgi, G. 2003. Wild/lowers of Texas, revised edition.
Shearer Publishing, Fredericksburg, Texas, xix +
524 pp.
Bequaert, J. 1940. Notes on the distribution of Pseudo-
masaris and on the foodplants of the Masaridinae
and Gayellinae (Hym., Vespidae). Bulletin of the
Brooklyn Entomological Society 35: 37-45.
Bohart, R. M. and L. S. Kimsey. 1982. Chrysididae in
America North of Mexico. Memoirs of the American
Entomological Institute 33: 1-266.
Carpenter, J. M. 1982. The phylogenetic relationships
and natural classification of the Vespoidea (Hy-
menoptera). Systematic Entomology 7: 11-38.
. 2001. Checklist of species of the subfamily
Masarinae (Hymenoptera: Vespidae). American
Museum Novitates 3325: 1-40.
Cockerell, T. D. A. 1913. Pseudomasaris bred in
California. Proceedings of the Entomological Society
of Washington 15: 107.
Correll, D. S. and M. C. Johnston. 1970. Manual of the
Vascular Plants of Texas. Texas Research Founda-
tion, Renner, Texas, xv + 1881 pp.
Danforth, B. N. 1999. Emergence dynamics and bet
hedging in a desert bee, Perdita portalis. Proceed-
ings of the Royal Society of London, B 266:
1985-1994.
Davidson, A. 1913. Masaria vespoides. Bulletin of the
Southern California Academy of Science 12: 17-18.
Dorr, L. J. and J. L. Neff. 1982. Pseudomasaris marginalis
nesting in logs in Colorado (Hymenoptera:
Masaridae). Pan-Pacific Entomologist 58: 124-128.
Gess, S. K. 1996. The Pollen Wasps. Ecology and Natural
History of the Masarinae. Harvard University
Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts, x + 340 pp.
Hicks, C. H. 1927. Pseudomasaris vespoides (Cresson),
a pollen provisioning wasp. Canadian Entomologist
59: 75-79.
. 1929. Pseudomasaris edwardsii Cresson, another
pollen provisioning wasp, with further notes on
P. vespoides (Cresson). Canadian Entomologist 61:
122-125.
Hungerford, H. B. 1937. Pseudomasaris occidentalis
(Cresson) in Kansas (Hymenoptera - Vespidae).
Journal of the Kansas Entomological Society 10:
133-134.
Machenberg, M. D. 1984. Geology of Monahans Sand-
hills State Park, Texas. Bureau of Economic
Geology, The University of Texas at Austin.
39 pp. '
Muhs, D. R. and V. T. Holliday. 2001. Origin of late
Quaternary dune fields on the Southern High
Plains of Texas and New Mexico. Geological
Society of America Bulletin 113: 75-87.
Parker, F. D. 1967. Notes on the nests of three species
of Pseudomasaris Ashmead (Hymenoptera: Masar-
idae). Pan-Pacific Entomologist 43: 213-14.
Richards, O. W. 1966. New records of Pseudomasaris
Ashmead (Hymenoptera: Vespoidea, Masaridae),
with notes on P. phaceliae Rohwer and P. cazieri R.
M. Bohart. Proceedings of the Royal entomological
Society, London (B) 35: 47-55.
Stephen, W. P. 1965. Temperature effects on the
development and multiple generations in the
alkali bee, Nomia melanderi Cockerell. Entomolo-
gica Experimentalis et Applicata 8: 228-240.
Tepedino, V. J., L. L. McDonald, and R. Rothwell.
1979. Defense against parasitization in mud-
nesting Hymenoptera: Can empty cells increase
net reproductive output. Behavioral Ecology and
Sociobiology 6: 99-104.
Torchio, P. F. 1970. The ethology of the wasp,
Pseudomasaris edwardsii (Cresson) and a descrip-
tion of its immature forms (Hymenoptera: Ves-
poidea, Masaridae). Los Angeles County Museum
Contributions in Science 202: 1-32.
IH
J. HYM. RES.
Vol. 16(2), 2007, pp. 277-280
Mydrosoma micheneri Packer, new species, a New Diphaglossine Bee
from Brazil (Hymenoptera: Colletidae)
Laurence Packer
Department of Biology, York University, 4700 Keele St., Toronto, Ontario, M3J 1P3, CANADA;
email: bugsrus@yorku.ca
Abstract. — Mydrosoma micheneri Packer, new species, is described and illustrated. The sole
known specimen, a female, is from the Mato Grosso of Brasil and was collected almost 40 years ago.
It is distinctive in having a longer head and malar space than other members of its tribe.
The purpose of this paper is to describe
a somewhat unusual species in the genus
Mydrosoma. It differs from other species by
the comparatively elongate malar space and
clypeus. The genus Mydrosoma is one of
three genera in the tribe Dissoglottini, the
others being Mydrosomella, with two species
(Graf and Urban 2001), and the monotypic
Ptiloglossidia (Michener 2007). Mydrosoma
occurs from southern Brazil to Mexico and
none of its nine species have been collected
frequently. The only biological data suggest
that these may be late afternoon flying bees,
with short activity periods; this could help
explain their apparent rarity.
In the description below, standard ter-
minology for bee morphology is employed,
following Michener (1986, 2007). Puncture
density is indicated by the relative dis-
tances between punctures in terms of
interspace (i) to puncture diameter (d)
ratios (e.g. i = 2d). Flagellomeres are
numbered 1-10, and metasomal terga and
sterna indicated by T and S, respectively.
Hair length is indicated relative to the
diameter of the median ocellus - MOD.
Mydrosoma micheneri Packer new species
Figs 1-2
Diagnosis. — The new species has the
standard combination of characteristics of
the tribe Dissoglottini: pre-episternal
groove absent and notaulus weak or
absent. It is clearly a member of the genus
Mydrosoma as indicated by the presence of
arolia, second and third submarginal cells
subequal in area and basitibial plate in-
complete. The new species is readily
separated from other Mydrosoma by the
comparatively elongate head, with clypeus
only 1.5 times as wide as long and malar
space almost as long as basal depth of
mandible (Fig. 1).
Description. — Female. Body length 14 mm,
forewing length 9 mm, head width
3.05 mm, intertegular span 2.8 mm.
Colouration: Black with lower face,
antenna, legs and metasoma dark brown;
following parts orange: anterior surface of
flagellum (except F2 red-brown), entire
apical flagellomere, tegula, fore tibia and
fore tarsus, wing veins; wing membrane
pale amber; metasomal terga with metallic
reflections; apical impressed areas straw.
Pubescence: Hairs plumose with nu-
merous short branches. Bright fuscous on
dorsal and lateral surfaces of mesosoma,
pale yellowish on face, ventral surface of
mesosoma, legs and metasoma. Outer
surface of hind tibia with brown hairs.
Prepygidial fimbria dark brown, hairs on
disks of T2-T5 blackish. Hairs on face
short, 1.5MOD; slightly longer on vertex,
genal area and mesoscutum, 2MOD; longer
on mesopleuron, scutellum and metano-
tum <3MOD; longest hairs on lateral
278
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
Fig. 1. Lateral habitus of Mydrosoma micheneri, Packer, n. sp.
surface of propodeum and hind femoral
scopa, 4MOD. Hind tibia with shorter hairs
<2MOD except longer on ventral surface
<3MOD. Tl with simple erect hairs
2MOD, longer and plumose laterally,
3MOD. Apical bands of appressed hairs
on T2-T4 <2MOD. SI with short erect
hairs, 1.5MOD; S2-S5 with posteroven-
trally directed long subapical hair bands,
hairs with numerous branches on anterior
of rhachis only, longest on S3, 3.5MOD.
Surface sculpture: Microsculpture weak,
surface shiny, except somewhat dull on
lower face. Punctures on face below anten-
nae distinct and moderately dense i ~ d;
frons with punctures finer and shallower
but equally dense; narrow transverse im-
punctate band between antennal bases; area
between lateral ocellus and compound eye
and vertex immediately behind ocelli al-
most impunctate. Mesoscutum with shal-
low, moderately dense punctures, i ^ d;
scutellum with deeper, more distinct and
irregularly spaced punctures, i = l-3d;
metanotum with punctures almost crowded
laterally, i > d medially; dorsal area of
propodeum impunctate, lateral surface
densely punctate above and along ventral
margin, i < d, sparsely punctate below;
mesopleuron with dense, somewhat effaced
punctures, almost crowded dorsally, i <
1.5MOD below; Tl with punctures sparse
on disk, i = 2-4d, denser towards sub-
marginal zone i = l-2d; punctures increas-
ingly dense on more posterior terga, i ^ d on
T5. Apical impressed areas with tiny dense
punctures apically.
Structure: Head as wide as long. La-
bium flat with weak transverse basal ridge.
Mandible three times as long as basal
depth, subapical tooth short. Galeal comb
with approximately 28 teeth. Clypeus 1.5
times as wide as long, apical rim slightly
upturned. Supraclypeal area 1.25 times as
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
279
Fig. 2. Frontal view of head of M. micheneri Packer n. sp. to show elongate mandible, clypeus and malar area.
long as apical breadth. Interantennal dis-
tance 0.75 X antennocular distance. Malar
space long, —0.87X as long as basal depth
of mandible. Genal length subequal to
width of compound eye; longitudinal axis
of compound eye just posterior to mid-
depth of mandible; almost at right angle to
axis of mandible base. Facial fovea in-
distinct, marked by weak ridge at inner
margin of upper paraocular area approxi-
mately 1.5MOD in length. Ocellocular
distance subequal to interocellar distance
and less than twice MOD. Vertex behind
lateral ocellus subequal in length to MOD,
weakly depressed. Fl equal to combined
lengths of F2 and F3; F2-F9 somewhat
broader than long, F10 almost twice as long
as wide. Notaulus not evident. Scutellum
weakly depressed medially. Dorsal surface
of propodeum convex, mostly declivous.
Basal vein thickened for apical half. First
recurrent vein enters second submarginal
cell two vein widths from lr-m. Posterior
margin of second submarginal cell 10%
longer than that of third submarginal cell.
Basitibial plate indicated by posterior
carina 2.5MOD in length. Hind basitarsus
twice as long as greatest depth, dorsal
margin strongly and ventral margin weak-
ly convex. Jugal lobe slightly less than half
as long as vannal lobe.
Male. — Unknown.
Etymology. — It is a pleasure to name this
species after Charles Michener in recogni-
tion of his stellar achievements in melittol-
°gy-
Material Studied. — Holotype female:
BRAZIL: Mato Grosso 12 50'S 51 47'VV,
2.iv.l968. O.W. Richards. A second label
states: R.S. & R.G.S. Expedition B.M. 1968-
260. A third label states "Gallery forest". A
fourth, handwritten, label states "Paracol-
letini, n. gen. N. sp.!" [Though the species
is clearly a member of the Diphaglossinae
280
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
as indicated by the tiny stigma and
strongly bifid glossa.] The specimen be-
longs to the Natural History Museum
(BMNH).
Comments. — This species keys out to M.
inusitatum (Snelling) in Michener (1986),
but can be easily distinguished from that
species by the malar area which is longer
than in all other species of Mydrosoma , but
linear (absent) in M. inusitatum. It might
seem to belong to Friese's Bicornelia (sunk
within Mydrosoma by Michener 1986; see
also Snelling 1980), although that species
group is defined based upon secondary
sexual characteristics of males, which are
unknown for M. micheneri. It does not key
out to either species of "Bicornelia" using
Michener (1986).
The locality where the species was
collected is now largely agricultural, al-
though gallery forest remains along water-
courses. There is a substantial area of forest
to the west of the type locality however, the
Parque Nacional do Xingu. It is possible
that this species may persist in this region.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I am grateful to George Else (BMNH) for the
opportunity to borrow the specimen described herein.
Jason Gibbs prepared the images in figures 1 and 2,
for which I am grateful. Funding for my research is
provided by the Natural Science and Engineering
Research Council of Canada.
LITERATURE CITED
Graf, V. and D. Urban. 2001. Mydrosomella cleia, uma
especie nova do sul do Brasil (Hymenoptera,
Colletidae). Acta Biologica Paranaense 30: 1715-179.
Michener, C. D. 1986. A review of the tribes
Diphaglossini and Dissoglottini (Hymenoptera:
Colletidae). University of Kansas Science Bulletin 53:
183-214.
— . 2007. The bees of the world [2"d edition].
Johns Hopkins University Press, Baltimore, Mary-
land.
Snelling, R. R. 1980. The genus Bicornelia (Hymenop-
tera: Colletidae). Contributions in Science, Natural
History Museum of Los Angeles County 327: 1-6.
J. HYM. RES.
Vol. 16(2), 2007, pp. 281-292
Phenology and Social Organization of Halictus (Seladonia) tripartitus
(Hymenoptera: Halictidae)
Laurence Packer, Anne-Isabelle D. Gravel and Gretchen Lebuhn
(LP, A-IDG) Department of Biology, York University, 4700 Keele St., Toronto,
Ontario M3J 1P3, CANADA
(GL) Department of Biology, San Francisco State University, San Francisco, CA, 94132, USA
Abstract. — We present data on the social biology of Halictus (Seladonia) tripartitus Cockerell based
upon samples from California. This bee is at least partially eusocial and overwintered gynes and
first brood workers differed in size by 5.14%. 35.5% of the first brood workers had developed
ovaries, 11.2% had ovaries with the equivalent of at least one fully developed oocyte but less than
14% were mated. In July and August, female reproductive options seemed highly variable:
approximately 55% were sterile workers, 2.6% had better developed ovaries than spring
foundresses and over 20% had at least the equivalent of one fully developed oocyte whereas an
additional 20-30% may have been capable of overwintering as gynes. Ovarially developed workers
were larger than those that remained sterile. Sixteen to 28% of the late summer workers were
mated, but mated individuals were not more likely to have developed ovaries or to be larger than
unmated bees. We discuss these findings in the light of the climate of the study area and compare
this species with other members of its subgenus.
Detailed assessment of the social organi-
sation of halictine bees requires painstak-
ing field observations and nest excavations
over the course of several flight seasons.
Nonetheless, useful information can be
obtained from less detailed analyses. Be-
cause of the evolutionary lability of social-
ity in these bees, even comparatively
superficial data can be of utility in terms
of plotting presence or absence of sociality
upon a phylogeny or in obtaining estimates
of sociobiologically important variables
such as levels of morphological and phys-
iological caste differentiation (e.g. Dunn et
al. 1998).
The subgenus Seladonia (of the genus
Halictus) contains species that are primarily
solitary, such as H. (S.) virgatellus Cockerell
(Eickwort et al. 1996), some with weak
eusociality (Michener's 1974 terminology
for social categories is used herein) as in H.
confnsus Smith (Dolphin 1971) to others
with the largest colony sizes ever re-
corded for a halictine - H. (S.) lutescens
Friese (Sakagami and Okazawa 1985) or
the largest morphological caste differenti-
ation - H. (S.) land Moure (Janjic and
Packer 2001). However, it should be cau-
tioned that data for these, and most other
species in the subgenus, are mostly frag-
mentary.
Halictus (Seladonia) tripartitus Cockerell is
a halictine for which the only sociobiolog-
ical data available are i) the surprising
observation that, at a nest aggregation,
smoke blown down one nest entrance
came up out of the other entrances,
demonstrating that the nests were con-
nected underground (Eickwort personal
communication 1988) and ii) a statement
that the species is solitary (Amdam et al.
2006). It is a somewhat divergent member
of the subgenus, forming the sister group
to the remainder (Danforth et al. 1999),
probably along with two rare species, H.
harmonius Sandhouse and H. pinguismentus
Janjic and Packer (Janjic and Packer 2001,
Janjic and Packer unpublished data).
282 Journal of Hymenoptera Research
For a halictine population with an species of bee (Leong and Thorp 1999), the
archetypal eusocial phenology (and indeed bee fauna was surveyed using a recently
other annual eusocial insects in temperate developed standard protocol which uti-
climates), only mated and comparatively lizes a mix of sweep-netting and pan
unworn females are expected to survive trapping (protocols can be found at
the winter. In spring they establish nests, <http://online.sfsu.edu/~beeplot.>). Pan
their wings and mandibles increase in traps were set out between 09:00 and 15:00
wear and their ovaries become well de- and sweep-netting was done for one hour
veloped as they produce a brood com- in the morning and one hour in the
posed primarily of worker females. Indi- afternoon per sampling day.
viduals in this brood are usually smaller Some samples of females from 2003 were
than their mother and have reduced levels preserved in 70% alcohol and this permit-
of ovarian development and a low fre- ted dissection for sociobiological data (see
quency of mating (partly dependent upon below). All samples collected in 2002 were
the availability of males produced in the pinned so only phenological data could be
"worker" brood). Depending upon the obtained from them.
length of the flight season, additional Sociobiological Data. — The preserved bees
broods, primarily of workers, may be were observed under a microscope to
produced. Towards the end of the colony evaluate alar and mandibular wear (based
cycle, a brood composed of males and next upon the right hand side), measure head
year's colony foundresses is produced, width, and dissect females for insemina-
Much of the variation in these parameters tion and ovarian development status fol-
can, to some extent, be estimated from field lowing slight modifications of standard
collected samples in the absence of nest protocols (Ordway 1965, Abrams and
excavations (Dunn et al. 1998). In this Eickwort 1980). Mandibular wear was
paper we present some phenological and scored on a scale from 0 - completely
social organisation data for H. tripartitus unworn, apex sharp; to 6 - mandible worn
based upon field samples, in order to add away to the base of the subapical tooth,
to the intensity of taxonomic sampling for Wing wear was assessed by counting the
such data in these behaviourally diverse number of nicks in the wing margin,
bees. completely abraded wings were scored as
having 15 nicks - the number that seems to
MATERIALS AND METHODS result in complete abrasion of the margin.
Sampling. — Halictus tripartitus adults Total wear was calculated by adding the
were collected on the Kunde Wine Estate, scores for wing and mandibular wear. It is
2.3 km southeast of Kenwood in Sonoma useful to exclude freshly emerged adults
County, California, USA (38°24'15N, from some analyses, such as of ovarian
122 31'43W). This site is a low-elevation, development and mating, because they
gently sloping oak woodland dominated may not have had enough time to mate
by blue oak (Quercus douglasii), adjacent to or develop their ovaries. Consequently, in
a large vineyard. The oak woodland con- many analyses only bees with a total wear
sists of 4-10 m tall trees that are generally score greater than one were considered,
widely spaced with few shrubs inter- Comparisons of ovarian development
spersed among them. At the site, a 100 m2 among samples were performed with bees
sampling plot was established. parasitized by conopids removed from the
Bees were sampled in 2002 and 2003 on sample. In later samples, when a mixture
clear, low wind days. As preliminary data of ageing workers and newly emerged
and previous monitoring studies show that gynes might be expected, putative exam-
different colored pan traps attract different pies of the latter were assumed to have
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
283
a total wear of at most one and to have
entirely undeveloped ovaries. Individuals
with a total wear of three or more and with
completely undeveloped ovaries were as-
sumed to be permanently sterile workers
in these samples. This protocol seemed
appropriate in this study as these bees
appear to become worn rather slowly, their
wings seem to become "nicked" particu-
larly slowly.
The spermatheca of each bee was ob-
served for sperm, which make the other-
wise glassy-transparent spermatheca opa-
que. On the few occasions when there was
uncertainty as to whether a bee had mated
or not, the spermatheca was gradually
squashed between a cover slip and a mi-
croscope slide under high magnification to
look for spermatozoa. Ovarian develop-
ment was evaluated by estimating the
proportion of a fully developed oocyte
present in the bees and summing them
across the 6 ovarioles. Bees with developed
ovaries (defined as with at least one
ovariole with at least one quarter of a fully
developed oocyte) are sometimes referred
to as OD+ in the account that follows, bees
without ovarian development are referred
to as OD — . Caste size dimorphism is
estimated as (q-w)/q where q is mean
putative queen head width and w is mean
putative worker head width.
Climatic data. — Because weather varia-
tion, both within and among years, influ-
ences sociobiological parameters for sweat
bees (Richards and Packer 1995), we report
temperature and rainfall data for the study
area both in terms of data from the period
when bees were sampled and for longer
term average conditions. Data were taken
from the Santa Rosa Airport Weather
Station as indicated on the following web-
pages: http://www.pressdemocrat.com/
nbwx/srweather/index.cfm and http://
www.wunderground.com/history/airport/
KSTS/1993/3/l/MonthlyHistory.html#
calendar. Data presented here are for mean
daily temperature and rainfall for the
months of March through August 2002 and
300 -i
r 18
co250"
® 200 -
w
\ \
\ \
- 16
- 14
- 12
CO
E 150 -
/
/
t 1
\ \
\ \
- 10
- 8
£ ioo-
^
- 6
- 4
50 -
0 -
•
- 2
1
1 V
May
Jun Jul
Aug Sep Oct
(f)
CO
*
Fig. 1. Phenology of H. tripartitus. The left-hand axis
indicates the number of females (•) while the right axis
shows the number of males (A), all collected in 2002.
2003, along with averages and maxima and
minima for the same months over the
10 year period 1992-2001.
RESULTS
Phenological Patterns. — During the May-
September period, 2002, a total of 765 H.
tripartitus were collected at the Kunde
Wine Estate. Of these, 726 were females
and 39 were males. Numbers of H. triparti-
tus females increased gradually, nearly at
a constant rate, from May to mid-July
(Fig. 1) peaking at the beginning of August
after a temporary decrease in sample size,
and then decreased rapidly until the end of
the season. Males show a similar pattern,
but peak in the sampling period after the
females. The discrepancy between the
number of males and number of females
in the samples is surprising; even at the
peak of male abundance, there are approx-
imately 8 times as many females as males.
Based upon observations of museum hold-
ings, this ratio would seem not to be an
artefact as males of H. tripartitus are rare in
collections (Packer unpublished observa-
tions).
The alcohol preserved material demon-
strates that the species is active as early as
March (see below), and inspection of
museum holdings shows that a few fe-
males can be found as late as October
(Packer unpublished observations).
The March 28,h sample of dissected bees
suggest that nest initiation had only just
begun at this time: only 39% of the bees
284
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
3.5
3
A
A
c 2.5
0)
E
Q.
o 2
0)
>
? 15-
A
A A
A A
A A
A A
A
* k A
A A
(0
1 1
* A
A
^ A '
A
A
0.5
A
U 1 —
1.8
i
1.9
1 *
2 2.1
2.2
2.3
Head width (mm)
Fig. 2. Ovarian development and size variation in females of the May sample.
had mandibular wear, 16% had wing wear
and 34% of them had some ovarian de-
velopment with mean summed oocyte
fractions of 0.16 per individual (Table 1).
There was no size difference between
ovarially developed and undeveloped fe-
males (mean head width OD+ females =
2.04 mm, SD = 0.11, n = 54; OD- females
head width = 2.06 mm, SD = .093, n= 28; t
= 0.93, ns). Almost all females mated
(97.2%), both unmated females were above
average size for the sample.
In contrast, the May 16th sample was
entirely of mated bees with worn mand-
ibles, 94% had worn wings and all except
a parasitized individual had developed
ovaries with the summed fractions of
developing oocytes averaging over 1.6 per
bee. Ovarian development was indepen-
dent of bee size (Fig. 2). The mean size of
March and May sample bees was 2.04 (SD
= 0.10) and 2.05 mm (SD = 0.09) respec-
tively, not significantly different (t = 0.35,
p > 0.5).
Table 1. Summary sociobiological data by sample date.
% of 9 with
% of 9 with
".i of 9 with*
Mean ovarian
Mean 9 Head
Sample date
N
mandible wear
wing wear
% of 9 mated
developed ovaries
score*
width
March 28
82
39
16
97.2
34
0.16
2.04
May 16
31
100
94
100
100
1.6
2.05
June 20
67
81.5
26
13.8
43
0.4
1.93
June 30
50
96
62
6.5
26
0.14
1.94
July 18
166
68.7
70.5
13.7
55
0.44
2.01
August 20
118
56
36.2
34.2
34.5
0.28
2.01
I fema riitted from ovarian development data.
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
285
The two samples from June show an
increased variance in wear but decreased
ovarian development in comparison to the
May sample. On June 20* 81.5% of the
bees had worn mandibles, 26% had worn
wings, 43% had developed ovaries and
13.8% were mated. This was the only
sample in which unworn bees were signif-
icantly less likely to have developed
ovaries (x2 = 7.18, P < 0.01; all other
samples p > 0.16), suggesting that many of
these individuals were young and had not
had time to develop their ovaries. None-
theless, worn bees with undeveloped ova-
ries made up 46.5% of this sample. On June
30th comparable data are: 96% with worn
mandibles, 62% with worn wings, 26%
with developed ovaries (31% if only worn
bees are included) and 6.5% were mated.
These data suggest increased average age/
activity levels of the bees over the in-
tervening ten days but a decrease in
ovarian development. The average sum of
fractions of oocytes shows the same de-
crease over time, the values were 0.40 for
[une 20th and 0.14 for June 30th. Of all June
bees combined, only one individual (ie <
1%) had more enlarged ovaries than the
average individual in the May sample.
Ovarially developed worn bees were
significantly larger than worn OD- bees
in the June 30th sample (mean head width
OD+ bees = 1.98 mm, SD = 0.076, n - 11;
OD- = 1.92 mm, SD = .089, n = 28; t =
2.1, p< 0.05), but not in the June 20th one
(OD+ = 1.95 mm, SD = 0.94, n = 23, OD-
= 1.93 mm, SD = .096, n = 19; t = 0.91, ns).
The proportion of bees that were mated
did not differ between the two June
samples (Fisher's exact test, p = 0.35).
The data suggest that these early sum-
mer bees are offspring of the generation
sampled in March and May and that they
represent a worker brood. The pattern of
ovarian development and age in these bees
suggests that more workers initiate ovarian
development soon after eclosion than
manage to maintain developed ovaries
a short while later. Furthermore, the data
indicate that individuals that do maintain
developed ovaries, are disproportionately
larger than those that do not.
Bees in the two June samples did not
differ in size (1.93 mm and 1.94 mm for
June 20th and June 30th respectively). Three
individuals collected in June were extreme-
ly worn, (wing margin completely abrad-
ed), suggesting that they may be ageing
overwintered females, perhaps from mul-
tiple foundress associations. All three were
mated, one was parasitized with a conopid
larva (Diptera, Conopidae), one had no
ovarian development, the remaining in-
dividual had Va of a developed oocyte.
Inclusion of these individuals in the com-
parison of ovarian development data be-
tween worn and unworn bees did not alter
the statistical patterns noted above.
The July 18th sample had a lower pro-
portion of bees with mandibular wear than
in June (68.7%), a higher proportion with
worn wings (70.5%) and a higher pro-
portion with developed ovaries (55%,
54.4% when only worn bees are included).
Similar to the June 20th sample, 13.7% of
females were mated. The wear differential
between mandibles and wings suggests
that bees at this time are performing
relatively more foraging or less digging
than in the earlier samples. The average
sum of fractions of oocytes was 0.44 and 6
individuals (3.8%) had more ovarian de-
velopment than the average overwintered
female in May. Worn OD+ bees were
significantly larger than worn OD- bees
(head width OD+ = 2.02 mm, SD = 0.07, n
= 82; head width OD- - 1.98 mm, SD =
0.09, n = 44 respectively; t = 2.56, p <
0.05). Overall, July bees were intermediate
in size between the smaller June and larger
earlier samples, averaging 2.01 mm in
head width; the sample of six individuals
with very well developed ovaries had
exactly the same average head width as
the rest of the sample.
On August 20th the proportion of bees
with worn mandibles decreased to 56%
while 36.2% had worn wings. The pro-
286
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
Wear and Reproductive Data for Different Sample Dates
q <y
worn mandibles - -n- - % worn wings - -a- - % ovarially developed -♦- % mated
120 -
mn
■~~ <
80
X/ \\ \
ntage
o
/y / *\ P~ ^^^,
CD
u
// ' \ \ ' A^ ^ ^^3
Q.
40 <
4
20 -
/
[
J
u
0
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
Day: March 28th = day 1
Fig. 3. Wear and reproductive variables for each of the samples of bees dissected.
portion with developed ovaries decreased
to 34.5% (38.5% when only worn bees are
included) and the percentage of females
that had mated increased to 34.2%. The
summed fraction of oocytes declined to an
average of 0.28 and only one individual
(<1% of the total) had ovaries that ex-
ceeded the average ovarian development
of the May sample. As with the July
sample, worn OD+ bees in August were
significantly larger, on average, than OD—
individuals (head width OD+ = 2.04 mm,
SD = = 0.10, n ^ 38; head width OD-
1.99 mm, SD = 0.12, n = 28 respectively; t
2.73, p < 0.01). Overall, the bees
collected in August had an average head
width of 2.01 mm, the individual with very
well developed ovaries had a head width
of 2.07 mm (not significantly larger than
the sample as a whole, Mann Whitney U
test, p = 0.65).
The wear and reproductive data dis-
cussed above are shown visually in Fig. 3.
Size variation among the four samples
(March and May samples combined, two
June samples combined) is significant
(ANOVA, F = 6.0, p = 0.0005). Tukey's
HSD test reveals that this result is due to
the June bees being significantly smaller
than the others (p<0.01 for the overwin-
tered female comparison and p<0.01 and
p< 0.05 for the comparisons with July and
August samples respectively).
Caste. — The data above are consistent
with the March sample consisting of over-
wintered females at the nest initiation
phase, the May sample comprising the
same generation individuals actively pro-
visioning nests and with the June sample
being first brood workers. The three
heavily worn June bees perhaps represent
subordinates in multiple foundress asso-
ciations. Although this would require nest
excavation data for confirmation, it is
uncommon for solitary foundresses to
forage for such an extensive period of time
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
287
Overwintered females (March + May)
30
20
10
0
40
30
20
10
0
20
15
10 -I
5
0
1st workers (June)
...lllllIlM
July
^Jl
August
■ ■ l.lllllll-
1.6 1.67 1.73 1.8 1.87 1.93 2 2.07 2.13 2.2 2.27
Head width (mm)
"ig. 4. Size variation (head width) among females
rom each of the months sampled.
3-r to become so heavily worn. If this is the
:ase, then the putative gynes average
2.04 mm in head width (SD = 0.10) and
:he first worker brood 1.94 mm (SD =
3.09), the castes differ significantly in size (t
= 11.22, p << 0.001) and the morpholog-
cal size difference between gynes and the
:irst worker brood is 5.14%.
Size variation data for the overwintered
:emales, first brood workers and July and
August females are shown in Fig. 4.
July and August females are not so easily
categorised as to caste as they are expected
to include some newly emerged gynes as
well as ageing workers and perhaps some
young workers also. We take ageing bees
with undeveloped ovaries to be sterile
workers, ageing bees with well developed
ovaries (with total ovarian development at
least equivalent to one fully developed
oocyte) to be potentially reproductive
workers and unworn bees with completely
undeveloped oocytes to potentially be
gynes.
Data for these three groups are shown in
Table 2 separately for July and August.
Interestingly, the sizes of the potential
gynes in July are very similar to those for
the overwintered females the previous
March and May. The reproductive workers
are also somewhat large, but their wear
indices suggest that they do not represent
the same overwintered females as were
sampled in March and May as their index
of wear is too low for them to have been
active for the entire intervening period
(only three of 40 have a higher index of
wear than the average female in the May
sample) and none of them are mated. The
sterile workers are the smallest individuals
in the sample.
The pattern for the same three classes of
bee for the August sample is quite differ-
ent. In August the sterile worker and
potential gyne samples are identical in size
but the reproductive workers are larger.
Indeed, the mean size of the reproductive
workers in August is the largest of any of
the categories analysed in any time period.
Even these, however, would not seem to be
remaining overwintered females as only 4
Table 2. Sociobiological data for different "castes" of summer female. For explanation of caste designation
;ee text.
July
August
Putative Caste
Head width (SD) N
% mated
Head width (SD) N
".. mated
sterile workers
Reproducing workers
3ynes
1.99 (0.07) 22
2.02 (0.09) 5
1.99 (0.09) 30
13.6
0.0
28.9
1.99 (0.09) 10
2.10 (0.14) 5
2.03 (0.08) 45
60.0
0.0
17.4
288
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
of the 15 have a total wear greater than the
May sample and none of them are mated.
It would seem that the fates of bees
eclosing in summer are highly variable.
Some seem to remain strictly as workers,
attaining high wear indices without de-
veloping their ovaries. A total of 55% of the
July and August bees had a total wear
index of 3 or more but had completely
undeveloped ovaries. Such bees were
smaller than the worn bees that had
developed ovaries and the size difference
between these apparent permanent work-
ers and their contemporaries that have
highly developed ovaries, with ovarian
development greater than or equal to one
is even larger: 3.8% (t = 5.24, p << 0.001)
and 4.8% (t = 4.54, p << 0.001) for July
and August samples respectively.
For none of the samples of worn bees
was there a significant association between
ovarian development and mating (p > 0.5
in all comparisons). Similarly, the mated
bees were not larger than unmated ones
(worn bees only) in any of the analyses (p
> 0.5 in each case) except for the July
sample in which the mated bees were
significantly larger than the unmated ones
(head width mated = 2.05 mm, SD = 0.08,
n = 14, head width unmated = 1.99 mm,
SD = 0.06, n - 75; t = 7.14, p << 0.001).
Parasitism. — One female was found with
a large nematode in the metasoma, she was
from the March sample of overwintered
females. Twenty females were parasitized
with one conopid larva in each metasoma
and three contained two parasite larvae. It
is likely that these parasitism rates are
underestimates as small conopid larvae
and nematodes would likely have been
missed in the dissections, especially if they
were primarily underneath the first meta-
somal tergum, which was not removed.
Of the 23 females with conopids, one
was found in the May sample, four each in
the two June samples, eight in July and six
in August. The overwintered females were
significantly less affected by conopids than
were later females (Fisher's exact test p =
0.0377). The long period during which
conopid larvae were found suggests either
that the parasite has more than one
generation per year, or that multiple
species of conopid are involved.
Bees with conopid larvae did not differ
in size from the other individuals in their
samples (p >0.2 in all cases), but they did
have more wear than their contemporaries
in July and August (Mann Whitney U test,
U = 991, p = 0.007 and U = 536, p = 0.014
respectively) but not in either of the June
samples (U = 191, p = 0.059 and U = 130,
p = 0.187).
Climate and Weather. — The collection pe-
riod for H. tripartitus was from May to
August 2002 for the pinned specimens and
from March to August 2003 for the pickled
ones. The weather data for the months
March to August are shown in Fig. 5 along
with averages for the previous ten year
period. 2002 was drier, but 2003 was wetter
than the average for the previous ten year
period. In both years April was an extreme
month, with more than double the average
rainfall in 2003 and less than a quarter the
normal amount in 2002. The temperature
data show that 2002 varied little from the
average conditions whereas in 2003 April
was cooler than any year between 1992 and
2002 and July was warmer than in any of
these other years.
DISCUSSION
Halictine bees are well known for their
variable social behaviour, not only within
and between populations and species but
also among individuals within a colony.
Taken in their entirety, our data strongly
support the view that H. tripartitus is
primarily eusocial at our study site. Per-
haps the strongest evidence for this comes
from all overwintered females being mated
whereas the first brood offspring were
almost entirely unmated. Indeed, as
a whole, the data are mostly consistent
with the view that this species is a typical
annual eusocial species with overwintered
females initiating nests in March and
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
289
35
30
25
20
O
(0
2 15
£
fi 10
0
march
april
may
june
July
august
- - •- - average
lowest
highest - -a- - 2002 a 2003
5 -
1 4
JS 3
a D
_i
i
march
april
may
lune
July
august
2003 □ average 0 2002
Fig. 5. Weather data for 2002, 2003 and summaries for the ten previous years 1992-2001.
foraging until May, workers emerging in
June and overwintering gynes commenc-
ing emergence in July. Less usual features
are the apparent multiple nest entrances,
low frequency of males and the nature of
the sample in August. We return to these
three aspects towards the end of the
discussion after considering worker fitness
options and making comparisons between
H. tripartitus and other species of the
subgenus Seladonia.
Fitness options for bees eclosing in
summer within a eusocial family structure
include remaining as a sterile worker,
attempting to produce some offspring di-
rectly or initiating a nest either the same
year as they eclose (Richards et al. 2003) or
after overwintering (Yanega 1988). Given
290
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
the Mediterranean climate of the region
and the dryness and hardness of the soil in
summer, initiating a nest in summer is
probably not a very profitable option
(McCorquodale 1989). Furthermore, as the
most ovarially developed summer bees
were unmated, it is unlikely that they are
founding new nests at this stage, unlike
some summer females of Halictus (Halictus)
sexcinctus (Richards et al. 2003).
Halictus tripartitus worker brood individ-
uals seem to take advantage of at least
three of these options. Of the July and
August samples, approximately 55% seem
to be sterile workers and perhaps 20% of
them seem capable of reproducing. Over
2% of the bees collected in July and August
had ovaries more fully developed than did
the foundresses in spring, suggesting that
either some are nesting solitarily or they
have the potential to reproduce in their
natal colony (as has been demonstrated
using genetic markers in several other
species, Packer and Owen 1994, Richards
et al. 1995). As none of these most ovarially
developed later workers were mated, the
offspring they produce must be male.
However, few males are ever seen in this
species. This would be in agreement with
Packer and Owen (1994) where genetic
data showed that considerable levels of
ovarian development resulted in few in-
stances of successful oviposition by work-
ers of Lnsioglossum laevissimum.
The fourth option, mated worker brood
females overwintering and initiating a nest
the following spring, cannot be confirmed
or refuted with the data at hand. It remains
possible that brood divalency may occur in
H. tripartitus. The easiest way to document
this would be to mark large numbers of
emerging "worker" brood females as they
leave the nest and search for them when
the foundresses begin activity the follow-
ing spring.
Few species of the subgenus Seladonia
have received detailed sociobiological in-
vestigation. The best studied is H. (S.)
hesperus Smith, which has large colonies
and very large morphological caste differ-
entiation with concomitantly low worker
ovarian development (<1% of workers
seemingly capable of reproduction, Brooks
and Roubik 1983, Packer 1985). Halictus (S.)
lutescens has even larger colony sizes and
in the one nest excavated by Sakagami and
Okazawa (1985) approximately one quarter
of the workers seemed capable of repro-
duction, though it remains likely that this
colony was studied after the death of the
queen. A third species, H. (S.) lanei, has the
largest caste size dimorphism of any
halictine known (Janjic and Packer 2001),
although its social organisation may not fit
the standard eusocial model (Gravel et al.
in preparation). All three of these species
are tropical and their workers seem not to
have the range of options that may be
available to H. tripartitus. In contrast, the
alpine H. (S.) virgatellus is predominantly
solitary with a few nests being shared
(Eickwort et al. 1996). The north temperate
H. (S.) confusus and its sibling species H.
(S.) tumulorum (L.) are weakly eusocial,
perhaps reverting to solitary behaviour at
the northern edge of their ranges (Dolphin
1971, Sakagami and Ebmer 1979). Worker
brood individuals in these species likely
have a similar range of options as sug-
gested above for H. tripartitus, albeit
usually within a shorter summer activity
period, but appropriately detailed studies
remain to be published.
Richards and Packer (1995) found that
variations in local weather patterns affect-
ed the demography and behaviour of H.
(H.) ligatus colonies: warmer and drier
weather resulted in larger broods with
better survival rates and lower nest-failure
and more reproduction by workers. Thus,
warm, dry weather resulted in weaker
eusociality. Conversely, colder, wetter con-
ditions gave rise to smaller workers with
greater reproductive differentiation be-
tween the castes but also lower brood-
survival rates and more nest-failure.
Colder and wetter weather resulted in
stronger eusociality. The area where H.
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
291
tripartitus was studied was unusually cold
and wet in April of 2003, during foundress
provisioning. If the weather influences this
species in the same manner as it does with
H. ligatus, it is likely that early summer
colonies were smaller, with stronger phys-
iological caste differentiation than is usual
for this population. The poor weather in
April may also explain the apparently
extended period of activity of overwin-
tered foundresses.
There are no detailed studies of social
sweat bees from Mediterranean climates in
North America. The restriction of precipi-
tation to the winter and early spring is
a feature that can limit the duration of
colonies of social bees in the area and few
individuals of H. tripartitus have been
collected from late August onwards: even
though temperatures are adequate for
activity, the dry conditions severely re-
stricts the availability of forage. It is likely
that the late summer activity of this
species is a comparatively recent phenom-
enon as at this time of year they rely upon
flowering of plants that are maintained
by agricultural irrigation. This could ex-
plain the unusual nature of the August
sample.
Two other unusual aspects of this spe-
cies' biology are worthy of comment, and
may be related. First, the very low pro-
portion of males, either as sampled here or
in museum collections, is surprising. To-
wards the end of the colony cycle in most
eusocial halictines, males are approximate-
ly as common as females, yet in H.
tripartitus they are almost an order of
magnitude less common. Second, the ob-
servation of nests apparently being con-
nected underground is entirely unique
among bees. It remains possible that males
primarily search for mates underground,
thereby uniting these two unusual phe-
nomena. Certainly this species is worthy of
more detailed field investigations, some-
thing we hope this paper will stimulate.
Lastly, the observation that worker ovar-
ian development seemed to decline over
time is of interest. This phenomenon has
been observed in numerous social insects.
There are two main reasons this might be
the case. First, the act of work might make
it less likely that a bee has the energy
resources to develop oocytes - which are
remarkably large in comparison to bee
body size in halictines. Alternatively, it
could be that workers develop their ovaries
primarily to coincide with male production
when reproductive broods are protan-
drous. The fact that first brood workers
are active at a time of year when few males
are being produced in H. tripartitus, argues
against the second explanation.
AKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The senior author's research is funded by the
Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council
of Canada. We are grateful for the comments of
Miriam Richards on an earlier version of this
manuscript and to Luana Sciullo for processing the
weather data. The junior author's research is funded
by the Integrated Hardwoods Range Management
Program. We also thank Cynthia Fenter, Erin Rentz
and many SFSU students for their work collecting
these insects.
LITERATURE CITED
Abrams, J. and G. C. Eickwort. 1980. Biology of the
communal sweat bee, Agapostemon virescens (Hy-
menoptera: Halictidae) in New York state. Search
(Cornell University Agriculture Experiment Station)
1: 1-20.
Amdam, G. V., A. Csondes, M. K. Fondrk, and R. E.
Page, Jr. 2006. Complex social behaviour derived
from maternal reproductive traits. Nature 439:
76-78. [Cover photo caption associated with
article.]
Brooks, R. W. and D. W. Roubik. 1983. A Halictine bee
with distinct castes: Halictus hesperus (Hymenop-
tera: Halictidae) and its bionomics in Central
Panama. Sociobiology 7: 263-282.
Danforth, B. N. 2002. Evolution of sociality in
a primitively eusocial lineage of bees. Proceedings
of the Natural Academy of Science of the United States
of America 99: 286-290.
, H. Sauquet, and L. Packer. 1999. Phytogeny of
the bee genus Halictus (Hymenoptera: Halictidae)
based on parsimony and likelihood analyses of
nuclear EF-loc sequence data. Molecular Phyloge-
netics and Evolution 13: 605-618.
Dolphin, R. E. 1971. Observations of Halictus confusus
Smith (Hymenoptera: Halictidae) on woodland
292
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
and field flowers. Proceedings of the Indiana
Academy of Science 81: 182-185.
Dunn, M, P. L. Mitchell, and L. Packer. 1998.
Phenology and social biology of two sibling
species of Halictus in an area of sympatry.
Canadian Journal of Zoology 76: 2207-2213.
Eickwort, G. C, J. M. Eickwort, J. Gordon, and M. K.
Eickwort. 1996. Revision to solitary behavior from
eusocial ancestry in the sweat bee Halictus rubi-
cundus in the Rocky Mountains, and its implica-
tions for high-althtude and high-latitude adapta-
tions and holarctic distributions of social insects.
Behavioral Ecology and Sociobiology 38: 227-233.
Janjic, J. and L. Packer, L. 2001. New descriptions of
Halictus (Seladonia) from the New World (Hyme-
noptera: Halictidae). journal of Hymenoptera Re-
search 10: 55-75.
Leong, J. M. and R. W. Thorp. 1999. Colour-coded
sampling: the pan trap colour preferences of
oligolectic and nonoligolectic bees associated
with a vernal pool plant. Ecological Entomology
24: 329-335.
McCorquodale, D. B. 1998. Soil softness, nest initiation
and nest sharing in the wasps, Cerceris antipodes
(Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Ecological Entomology
14: 191-196.
Michener, C. D. 1974. The Social Behavior of Bees: A
Comparative Study. Harvard University Press,
Cambridge, MA.
Ordway, E. 1965. Caste differentiation in Augochlorella
(Hymenoptera, Halictidae). Insectes Sociaux 12:
291-308.
Packer, L. 1985. The social organisation of two
halictine bees from southern Mexico with notes
on two bee-hunting philanthine wasps. Pan-
Pacific Entomologist 51: 291-298.
and R. E. Owen. 1994. Relatedness and sex
ratio in a primitively eusocial halictine bee.
Behavioral Ecology and Sociobiology 34: 1-10.
Richards, M. H. and L. Packer. 1995. Annual variation
in survival and reproduction of the primitively
eusocial sweat bee Halictus ligatus (Hymenoptera:
Halictidae). Canadian Journal of Zoology 73:
933-341.
, L. Packer, and J. Seger. 1995. Unexpected
patterns of parentage and relatedness in a prim-
itively eusocial bee. Nature 373: 239-241.
-, E. J. von Wettberg, and A. C. Rutgers. 2003. A
novel social polymorphism in a primitively eu-
social bee. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences of the United States of America 100:
7175-7180'.
Sakagami, S. F. and P. A. W. Ebmer. 1979. Halictus
(Seladonia) tumulorinu higashi ssp. Nov. from the
Northeastern Palaearctic (Hymenoptera: Apoi-
dea; Halictidae). Kontyu 47: 543-549.
and T. Okazawa. 1985. A populous nest of the
Halictine bee Halictus (Seladonia) lutcsccus from
Guatemala (Hymenoptera, Halictidae). Kontyu 53:
645-651.
Yanega, D. 1988. Social plasticity and early-diapaus-
ing females in a primitively social bee. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences of the United
States of America 85: 4374-4377.
J. HYM. RES.
Vol. 16(2), 2007, pp. 293-296
The Status of Liris magnificus Kohl, 1884, and Trachogorytes costaricae
R. Bohart, 2000 (Hymenoptera: Crabronidae: Crabroninae, Bembicinae)
WOJCIECH J. PULAWSKI
Department of Entomology, California Academy of Sciences, 875 Howard Street, San Francisco,
California 94103, USA; email: wpulawski@calacademy.org
Abstract. — The Australian Liris magnificus Kohl, 1884, currently treated as a subspecies of Liris
haetnorrhoidalis (Fabricius, 1803) from the Palearctic and Afrotropical Regions, is an independent,
full species. The taxonomic history of the species is reviewed and the differences with
haemorrhoidalis are discussed. Trachogorytes Bohart, 2000, a monotypic genus described for
Trachogorytes costaricae Bohart, 2000, is actually a junior synonym of Mellinus Fabricius, 1790.
Mellimis costaricae Bohart, 2000, comb, nov., is redescribed.
Liris magnificus Kohl by Cardale (1985) and Naumann (1993).
Liris magnificus Kohl, 1884:356, E (as magnifica, Bohart and Menke (1976)' on the other
incorrect original termination). Holotype or hand, regarded the subspecific status of
syntypes: E, northern Australia: no specific magnificus as tentative,
locality (Naturhistorisches Museum Wien). - Having recently examined five females
Kohl, 1892:228 (in key to world Liris s.s.); Turner, and six males of magnificus, I conclude that
1908:473 (as new synonym of Liris haemorrhoi- it is actually a full species, and not a geo-
dalis); Dollfuss, 1989:10 (type material in graphic form of haemorrhoidalis. The differ-
NHMW). - As Larra magnifica: Kohl, 1885:245 u . .u ( n T
; , , ,,. r , , r x ences between them are as follows, in
(new combination, m checklist of world Larra); .r. , .. ... , ,,
^ ,, T 1on„„„ ,. . , , ., magnificus, the median swelling of the
Dalla Torre, 1897:669 (in catalog of world * J ' &
Hymenoptera). - As Liris haemorrhoidalis Perioral collar is wider (Fig. 2b); in the
magnifica: Williams, 1928:49 (new status, nest- female, the carina emerging from the
ing habits); Bohart and Menke, 1976:245 (as clypeal lobe corner is about twice as long
tentative subspecies of Liris haemorrhoidalis); as the midocellar width (Fig. 2a) and the
Cardale, 1985:235 (in catalog of Australian dark apical coloration of fore wing does
Sphecidae); Naumann, 1993:185 (Australia: not extend into the cell area (Fig. 2c); the
Queensland: Heathlands area in Cape York). male hind tarsomere II is simple, as in most
Lin's magnificus was described as a full of the congeners; in most males the hind
species, but was synonymized with hue- coxa is concave ventrally and carinate
morrhoidalis (Fabricius) by Turner (1908). along inner margin (Fig. 2d), but slightly
Surprisingly, the author stated "I cannot convex ventrally and obtuse along inner
detect any appreciable difference in the margin in one specimen from Wonga
male", but in fact the males are strikingly Beach. In haemorrhoidalis, the median swell-
different (see below). Both species, howev- ing of the pronotal collar is narrower
er, are similar in having a non-emarginate (Fig- lb); in the female, the carina emerging
posterior mandibular margin, red legs, and horn the clypeal lobe corner is about as
conspicuously golden body setae, a combi- long as midocellar width (Fig. la) and the
nation unique within the genus. Williams dark apical area of fore wing covers
(1928) treated magnificus as a subspecies of marginal as well as second and third
haemorrhoidalis, an interpretation followed submarginal cells (Fig. lc); in the male the
294
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
' -sF&.iiiiiiB ■...■— ■■*•"
^ i ^i\ ■■ - «&.'
wFm'
<
■"I
1 mm
*
1 mm
Fig. 1. Liris haemorrhoidalis (Fabricius): a - lateral carina of female clypeal lobe in oblique view; b - female
pronotum; c - apical half of female fore wing; d - male hind tarsomere II.
Fig. : Liris magnificus Turner: a - lateral carina of female clypeal lobe in oblique view; b - female pronotum; c
- apical half of female fore wing; d - male hind coxa.
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
295
hind coxa is neither concave nor carinate,
and hind tarsomere II is conspicuously
expanded (Fig. Id), a unique such feature
in the genus. The genitalia appear identical
in both species. The two species do not
occur sympatrically: Lin's magnificus is
known only from Australia, whereas hae-
morrhoidalis occurs throughout Africa,
Spain, the Canary Islands, and southwest-
ern Asia to western India and Sri Lanka.
Records (all specimens are at the California
Academy of Sciences). — AUSTRALIA: Queens-
land: Armstrong Beach ca 15 km E Sarina at
21 27.3'S 149 17.5'E, 29 Oct. 2006, W.J. Pulawski (1
e?); Balgal Beach 51 km NW Townsville at
19 02.5'S 146°25.2'E, 18 May 2007, V.E. Ahrens
and W.J. Pulawski (1 9); Blacks Beach ca 8 km N
Mackay at 21 03.6'S 149 ll'E, 1 Dec 2006, W.J.
Pulawski (1 J); Burdekin River 20 km NE
Charters Towers at 20 00.1 'S 146 26.3'E, 26 Nov
2006, W.J. Pulawski, and 21-22 May 2007, V.E.
Ahrens and W.J. Pulawski (1 9, 1 $); Crystal
Cascades 10 km W Cairns, 9-10 July 1983, TW.
Davies (1 9); 69 road km WNW Mount Carbine at
16T3.2'S 144°43.8'E, 13 May 2007, V.E. Ahrens
and W.J. Pulawski (1 9); Wonga Beach 11 km NNE
Mossman at 16 19.9'S 14525.3', W.J. Pulawski, 19
Nov 2006 (1 9, 1 o) and 21 Nov 2006 (1 S).
Mellinus costaricae (R. Bohart, 2000),
new combination
Trachogon/tes costaricae R. Bohart, 2000:168, 9.
Holotype: 9/ Costa Rica: Puntarenas: San Vito
(University of California, Davis). - Amarante,
2002:19 (in catalog of Neotropical Crabronidae).
R. Bohart (2000) published an important
revision of the Neotropical Gorytini in
which he described eight new genera and
a number of new species. One of them was
Trachogorytes costaricae, based on a single
female from Costa Rica. I have examined
that specimen and found that it is a member
of Mel Hints based on the wing venation
(second submarginal cell not receiving any
of the recurrent veins), non-emarginate
posterior mandibular margin, short tongue,
absence of an omalus and oblique scutal
carina, raised and well separated pronotal
collar, scutellum, and metanotum, evident
Fig. 3. Mellinus costaricae (Bohart), holorvpe: a -
whole body in lateral view; b - mesopleuron; c -
propodeal enclosure.
notaulus, propodeal dorsum with well-de-
fined enclosure, submarginal cell III long
and distally acute, mid-coxa simple, pres-
ence of two mid-tibial spurs, and a pedun-
culate gaster (Bohart and Menke 1976).
In Menke's key (1996) to Neotropical
Mellinus, this species runs to henseni Menke.
It differs from henseni and all other currently
296
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
recognized Mellinus (Siri and Bohart 1974,
Menke 1996) by its unique sculpture: the
mesopleuron is longitudinally ridged in the
posterior half (Fig. 3b) rather than punctate
or uniformly microsculprured, the propo-
deal enclosure is all coarsely rugose (except
at the very apex), the propodeal side is
longitudinally ridged, and the propodeal
posterior surface is rugose (Fig. 3c), not
punctate, as stated in the original descrip-
tion. Additionally, the tentorial pit is closer
to the antennal socket than to the eye
margin and the propodeal side is separated
from the posterior surface by a conspicuous
carina, as in the Palearctic arvensis (Lin-
naeus) and crabroneus (Thunberg). Most of
the body is black (Fig. 3a), but the following
are whitish: narrow paraorbital strip in the
ventral half of the frons, clypeus (except
along frontoclypeal margin), scape ventral-
ly, mandible (except apically), mesally
interrupted fascia on pronotal collar, pro-
notal lobe apically, anterior half of tegula,
tiny median spot on metanotum, tergum I
laterally (except in basal half) and apically,
and a pair of preapical, widely separated
spots on tergum II. The femora are blackish
basally, then reddish brown and yellow; the
tibiae are reddish brown and yellow; and
the tarsi are yellow.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I thank Mr. Pavel G. Nemkov, Vladivostok, Russia,
who first drew my attention to the correct generic
position of Trachogorytes costaricae during our visit to
the Bohart Museum of Entomology, University of
California, Davis, on 17 April 2007. I am indebted to
Steven L. Heydon, Bohart Museum of Entomology,
and Brian Harris, United States National Museum of
Natural History, for lending holotypes of Trachogor-
ytes costaricae and Mellinus henseni, respectively.
Robert L. Zuparko, California Academy of Sciences,
and Arnold S. Menke, Bisbee, Arizona, kindly
reviewed a draft of the manuscript and made
a number of significant improvements.
LITERATURE CITED
Amarante, S. T. P. 2002. A synonymic catalog of the
Neotropical Crabronidae and Sphecidae (Hyme-
noptera: Apoidea). Arquivos de Zoologia 37: 1-139.
Bohart, R. M. 2000. A review of Gorytini in the
Neotropical Region (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae:
Bembicinae). Contributions on Entomology, Interna-
tional 4: 111-259.
and A. S. Menke. 1976. Sphecid Wasps of the
World. A generic revision. University of California
Press, Berkeley, Los Angeles, London. 1 color
plate, IX + 695 pp.
Cardale, J. 1985. Sphecidae. Pp. 218-303 in D. W.
Walton, ed. Zoological Catalogue of Australia, 2.
Hymenoptera. Formicoidea, Vespoidea and Sphecoidea.
Australian Government Publishing Service, Can-
berra, i-vi, 381 pp.
Dalla Torre, C. G. 1897. Catalogus Hymenopterorum
hucusque descriptorum systematicus et synonymicus.
Volumen VIII: Fossores (Sphegidae). Guilelmi
Engelmann, Lipsiae. 749 pp.
Dollfuss, H. 1989. Verzeichnis der Grabwespentypen
am Naturhistorischen Museum in Wien (Hyme-
noptera, Sphecidae). Kataloge der wissenschaftlichen
Sammlungen des Naturhistorischen Museums in
Wien. Entomologie 7 (4): 1-26.
Kohl, F. F. 1884 (1883). Neue Hymenopteren in den
Sammlungen des k. k. zool. Hof-Cabinetes zu
Wien. II. Verhandlungen der kaiserlich-koniglichen
Zoologisch-Botanischen Gescllschaft in Wien 33:
331-386, pis. XVIIa-XVIII.
— . 1885 (1884). Die Gattungen und Arten der
Larriden Autorum [sic]. Verhandlungen der kaiser-
lich-koniglichen Zoologisch-Botanischen Gesellschaft
in Wien 34: 171-268, pis. VIII-IX, 327-454, pis. XI-
XII.
. 1892. Neue Hymenopterenformen. Annalen des
k.k. Naturhistorischen Hofmuseums 7: 197-234, pis.
XIII-XV.
Menke, A. S. 1996. Neotropical Mellinus: a review
(Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). Memoirs of the
Entomological Society of Washington 17: 125-
141.
Naumann, I. D. 1993. Results for aculeate wasps. Pp.
175-187 in I. D. Naumann, E. D. Edwards, T. A.
Weir, and D. C. F. Rentz. Insects of the Heath-
lands area, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland. Cape
York Peninsula scientific expedition. Wet Season
1992. Report. The Royal Geographical Society of
Queensland Inc. Vol. 2: 173-203.
Turner, R. E. 1908. Notes on the Australian fos-
sorial wasps of the family Sphegidae, with
descriptions of new species. Proceedings of the
General Meetings for Scientific Business of the
Zoological Society of London 1908: 457-535, pi.
XXVI.
Williams, F. X. 1928. Studies in tropical wasps - their
hosts and associates (with descriptions of new
species). Bulletin. Reports of Work of the Experiment
Station of the Hawaiian Sugar Planters' Association.
Entomological Series 19: 1-179.
J. HYM. RES.
Vol. 16(2), 2007, pp. 297-310
Interspecific Variation in Hunting Behavior of Pepsis grossa (Fabricius)
and Pepsis thisbe Lucas (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae): A field study
Fred Punzo
Department of Biology, Box 5F, University of Tampa, 401 W. Kennedy Blvd., Tampa,
Florida 33606, USA; email: fpunzo@ut.edu
Abstract. — Field studies were conducted on encounters between the spider wasps Pepsis grossa
(Fabricius) and P. thisbe Lucas, and females of their host spider, Aphonopelma steindachneri
(Ausserer) (Theraphosidae), in Big Bend National Park, Texas. Females of P. grossa were
significantly larger than those of P. thisbe. Number of eggs found in ovarioles of P. grossa and P.
thisbe ranged from 6-14 and 3-12, with a mean of 11.3 and 8.4, respectively. Behavioral acts
comprising hunting behavior of both species included antennation of a spider's burrow (BA),
evicting spiders from their burrow (EVB), initial approach and antennation of spider (AA), moving
away and grooming (MG1), attack and paralysis (AP), moving away/grooming (MG2), drinking
behavior (DB), burial of spider and egg deposition (BO), and closure of the burrow entrance (BC).
Antennae of most wasps made initial contact with the forelegs or palps of a spider. During AP,
wasps typically grasped leg 3 or 4 of the host before inserting their stings. Most wasps of P. grossa
(78%) inserted their sting into the intersegmental membrane between the sternum and coxa 2 of the
spider; 88% of P. thisbe females chose a site between the sternum and coxa 1. Only 33 and 26% of P.
grossa and P. thisbe, respectively, drank fluids from a spider's mouth or from sting insertion site
(LB). Pepsis thisbe required significantly more time (mean: 129.1 min) to complete all behavioral acts
of hunting than P. grossa (mean: 101.4 min). Wasps were successful in paralyzing spiders in all
observed encounters, and no spider attempted to attack a wasp.
Aculeate spider wasps of the genus
Pepsis (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae) include
at least 133 species varying in size from
>60 mm to <12 mm in length (Vardy
2000). Most members of this genus have
been referred to as tarantula hawk wasps
because females selectively hunt mygalo-
morph spiders of the family Theraphosidae
(Cazier and Mortenson 1964, Punzo and
Garman 1989, Vardy 2002). They paralyze
and store these spiders (hosts) in under-
ground nests (Williams 1956, Punzo and
Ludwig 2005) as a food source for their
carnivorous larvae (Punzo 1994a). They
occur throughout the New World, from
the United States and West Indies, south to
Patagonia (Hurd 1952, Vardy 2000).
Pepsis grossa (Fabricius 1798) and P. thisbe
Lucas (1895) are large, long-legged wasps
and are conspicuous components of the
arthropod fauna of desert regions in the
southwestern United States and northern
Mexico (Hurd 1952, Vardy 2000, Punzo,
1994b, 2006a). In Big Bend National Park
(BBNP; Brewster County, Texas, USA),
females of these two species, as well as P.
mildei Stal (1844) selectively hunt and
paralyze the large theraphosid spider,
Aphonopelma steindachneri (Ausserer 1929)
which they use as a host for their de-
veloping larvae (Punzo 2005a).
Adult wasps feed on nectar which is
obtained from flowers of a variety of plants
(Evans and West-Eberhard 1970, Punzo
2000, 2006a). In BBNP, where ambient
temperatures in late spring and summer
may exceed 43 C, it is not uncommon for
females to fly over considerable distances
during daylight hours in search for flowers
and host spiders (Punzo 1994b, Schmidt
298
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
2004). It is important for females to obtain
adequate amounts of required nutrients
because insect flight places high metabolic
demands on insects (Nation 2002).
Females of Aphonopelma steindachneri
(Ausserer), like other spiders of this genus,
excavate burrows (or occupy abandoned
rodent burrows) where they remain for
most of their lives (Baerg 1958, Gabel 1972,
Punzo 2007a). Females seize prey that
approaches close to the burrow entrance.
Adult males actively wander over the
ground surface during the mating season
when they search for conspecific females
(Punzo 2000, 2007b).
Female Pepsis wasps initiate their search
for suitable spider hosts after mating
(Punzo 1994b, 2006a,b). They typically fly
over the ground and are thought to detect
occupied spider burrows at a distance
using visual and/or odor cues. They in-
termittently interrupt flight by landing on
the ground and walk rapidly over the
surface, tapping the ground surface fre-
quently with their antennae as they search
for spider burrows (Kurczewski and Kurc-
zewski 1968). When a suitable spider
burrow is located, the female wasp typi-
cally stops at the entrance and taps the
edge of the opening with her antennae
(burrow antenna tion, BA). After a variable
period of time, she cuts through the silk
covering over the burrow entrance with
her mandibles, enters the burrow, and
usually forces the spider out of its burrow
and onto the surface (EVB, eviction behav-
ior). Male theraphosids are usually en-
countered as they move about searching
for food and mates (Minch 1979, Punzo
2005b, 2007b). Unlike burrow-dwelling
females, males of the genus Aphonopelma
from dessert regions usually seek shelter
within or under rock crevices, or under
surface debris (Smith 1994, Punzo and
Henderson 1999).
A specific sequence of behavioral acts
are exhibited once a spider has been forced
to the ground surface. These acts comprise
the overall attack behavior of Pepsis wasps
found in the tropics and desert regions of
the southwestern United States (Petrunke-
vitch 1926, 1952, Cazier and Mortenson
1964, Punzo and Garman 1989, Punzo 1991,
1994b, 2005a,c). A female wasp typically
approaches the spider and touches its body
surface with her antennae (approach and
antennation, AA) (Punzo and Garman
1989). In some cases, the spider does not
move away, although it may twitch one of
its forelegs or raise its palps off the ground
(Punzo 2007b). In other instances, tactile
stimulation by a wasp elicits a threat
posture from the spider which elevates
the anterior legs and exposes its fangs
(Petrunkevitch 1952, Punzo 1994b). How-
ever, the spider rarely strikes at the wasp,
although if presented with another insect
(cricket, etc.) it typically strikes quickly,
seizing the insect and eating it. It has been
suggested that chemosensory cues associ-
ated with the wasp's cuticle inhibit the
spider's strike response (Punzo 2000).
Once a spider has been identified as
a suitable host, the wasp moves a short
distance away and exhibits grooming
behavior by passing its antennae through
the mandibles. This behavioral component
is known as 'moving away and grooming'
(MG1, Punzo 1991). After a few minutes,
the wasp turns to face its host and then
walks under the ventral body region of the
spider. In response to this, spiders usually
extend their legs, elevating their body off
the ground. The wasp then grasps one of
the spider's legs and quickly inserts its
sting through the ventral body region into
the prosomal nerve mass resulting in
a rapid paralysis of the spider. This
component of hunting is referred to as
attack and paralysis (AP). Once a spider is
immobilized, the wasp moves away and
repeats the grooming sequence described
above (MG2). It then returns to the spider
and in some instances may either drink
fluids from the spider's mouth cavity or
drink spider hemolymph that leaks out of
the puncture wound made by the insertion
of the sting. This is known as drinking or
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007 299
lapping behavior, DB (Punzo 2000). How- air temperatures ranging from 5.4 C in
ever, because DB does not occur in most January to 33.8 C in August (US Dept. of
encounters, the question arises as to what Interior 2005). Annual rainfall is between
factor(s) may be responsible for its occur- 13.8-30.1 cm, depending on location and
rence. altitude, with 65-70% occurring from May
The paralyzed host is then dragged into through October (Parent 1996). Topogra-
the spider's burrow (or one excavated by phy of the Park is diverse and includes
the wasp) and a single egg is deposited on gypsum formations, igneous rocks, and
the ventral surface of the spider's abdomen limestone deposits that provide different
(burial and oviposition, BO). The wasp substrates including alluvial fans, gypsum
then closes the burrow entrance (BC, flats, saline playas, siliceous and gypsum
burrow closure) using soil particles and dunes, fine-textured basins, canyons,
small pebbles and flies off to search for mountain ridges, and freshwater springs
another host. and seeps, all supporting a diverse plant
Although behavioral acts of the hunting fauna categorized within distinctive vege-
sequence have been studied, most observa- tative zones (Powell 1988).
tions are based on laboratory encounters
between wasps and hosts (Punzo 1991, MATERIALS AND METHODS
1994b, 2007). Few detailed observations of I conducted field studies over a 4-year
encounters in the field have been de- period (2002-2005) within BBNP from May
scribed. In addition, there are a number through September, when male wasps
of questions that remain. For example, were establishing perch sites (territories)
when attacking a spider does a wasp and females were searching for spiders,
exhibit any preference for grasping a par- Adults of P. grossa and P.thisbe were
ticular leg? Are there specific sites on the observed within a 5-km radius of Tornillo
spider's body where a wasp inserts its Flat (TF; 29 01'N, 102 59W), a site where
sting? How commonly does lapping be- both of these species are abundant, as well
havior occur? Is there a preference for the as their host spider, A. steindachneri, are
site at which it occurs? Finally, are there abundant (Punzo 2000, 2007b). I had
interspecific differences associated with located and marked numerous occupied
these behaviors? The present study was tarantula burrows during previous field
conducted in order to analyze hunting studies in this area over the last 12 years (;/
behavior of P. grossa and P. thisbe under = 946). Females of A. steindachneri typically
natural conditions and to address these remain within a single burrow for most of
questions in these two sympatric species of their adult lives (Punzo, unpubl. data). As
wasps that are found in similar microhab- a result, I knew the locations of host
itats in Big Bend National Park (BBNP), spiders and concentrated my field observa-
where both utilize A. steindachneri as a host, tions at these burrow sites. Voucher speci-
mens of wasps, wasp eggs, and spiders
DESCRIPTION OF GENERAL have been deposited in the invertebrate
STUDY AREA collection at BBNP.
Pepsis grossa and P. thisbe occur through- Based on my knowledge of locations for
out Big Bend National Park (BBNP) is burrows occupied by a female tarantula, I
located in Brewster County, Texas, and lies examined 148 burrows whose entrances
within the northern region of the Chihua- had been closed from previously unob-
huan Desert. Its western, southern and served encounters with wasps to deter-
eastern boundaries are bordered by the Rio mine whether it contained a paralyzed
Grande River. Climatic conditions range host. During the course of this study I also
from arid to semiarid, with mean monthly monitored 96 burrows containing an adult
300 Journal of Hymenoptera Research
female spider, and observed 54 and 42 ses. Another Pepsis wasp, P. mildei also
encounters between a wasp and spider for occurs at TF, but is far less abundant
P. grossa and P. thisbe, respectively. Because (Punzo, unpubl. data). After measurements
encounters between a wasp and a male were recorded, each wasp was preserved
spider usually occur while the male is in 70% ethanol for subsequent determina-
wandering over the ground surface, op- tion of number of eggs in ovarioles. Re-
portunities to witness such encounters moval of wasps ensured that the same
occur far less frequent. Therefore, only wasp was not involved in more than one
encounters involving a female spider were encounter for the data set.
used for analyses. For each encounter I observed the general
I observed all encounters at close range behavior of the wasp as it approached the
(1-2 m from combatants), and used a 35- burrow entrance and interacted with a spi-
mm Nikon FE2 camera to photograph der, as well as the concomitant behaviors
some of the encounters. Encounters were exhibited by the host. I recorded: (1) the
observed during daylight and evening amount of time required to complete the
hours (0830-0200 h, Central Standard hunting sequence (from initial contact to
Time). At the end of each encounter closure of the burrow), as well as all
(following burial, oviposition, and closure behavioral components of hunting, using
of the burrow) I collected the wasp with a stopwatch; (2) which spider leg was
a sweep net and anesthetized it using initially seized by the wasp as it attempted
a portable C02 cartridge. Once inactivated, to insert its sting; (3) site at which wasp
I verified species identification and used sting had been inserted into the body of the
a Unitron dissecting microscope fitted with spider; and (4) whether or not lapping
an ocular micrometer to record body behavior occurred, and if so, where,
length and head capsule width. Although All statistical procedures followed those
Aphonopelma steindachneri is the only ther- described by Sokal and Rohlf (1995). All
aphosid known to occur at the TF site data conformed to conditions of normality
(Smith 1994, Punzo 2007b), I opened each as assessed using a Bartlett's test for
burrow to verify species identification of homogeneity of variances and a G-test for
paralyzed spiders. I examined the body normality. Comparisons on means for mor-
surface of paralyzed spiders with a dissect- phometric data between the two species of
ing microscope in order to locate the site wasps as well as for male and female
where the wasp's sting had been inserted spiders were tested using a t test. Differ-
into the host during the paralyzation ences between the proportion of burrows
sequence. I also recorded the width of the containing paralyzed males versus females,
carapace and total body length to the and frequency at which specific spider legs
nearest 0.1mm using a digital caliper, were grasped by a wasp during initiation of
After removing the wasp's egg, I recorded attack behavior, were tested using a Chi
weight of wasp eggs (to the nearest Square test (X2). Comparisons between time
0.01 mg) and spiders (to the nearest required by each wasp species to complete
0.01 g) using a portable electronic balance, overall hunting sequence was tested using
Egg length and width were recorded to the an analysis of variance (ANOVA), and
nearest 0.01 mm using a dissecting micro- a Scheffe F test was used for ad hoc
scope. comparisons between individual behavioral
The site of the puncture wound could be components of hunting,
readily identified by hemolymph that
oozed out of the wound. Only data RESULTS
obtained for P. grossa, P. thisbe and Of the 148 burrows whose entrances had
host A. steindachneri were used for anal} been closed with soil (following previously
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
301
Table 1. Morphometric data on females of Pepsis grossa (n = 54) and P. thisbe (n = 42) and female host
spiders, Apkonopelma steindachneri (n = 96 females, 46 males) at Tornillo Flat, Big Bend National Park, Texas.
Data from wasps and spiders examined from 2002 to 2005. Data expressed as means; values in parentheses
represent (±SE). BL (body length); HCW (head capsule width); CW (cephalothorax width); BW (body weight);
NEO (number of eggs found in ovarioles). Values in rows followed by a different letter are statistically
significant (t tests; P < 0.05).
Pepsis grossa
P. thisbe
A.
steindachneri
BL (mm)
HCW (mm)
NEO
CW (mm)
BW(g)
42.7a (2.4)
4.9a (0.2)
11.3a (2.4)
35.9b (1.7)
3.9b (0.3)
8.4b (0.7)
Males
13.4a (0.7)
6.8a (0.5)
Females
15.2b (0.5)
10.8b (1.1)
unobserved encounters), 128 (87%) con-
tained a paralyzed spider. Although the
species of wasp responsible for the paral-
ysis cannot be known unless the offspring
is reared, 87 of these 128 burrows (68%)
contained a female spider, and 32% held
a male (Chi Square test: X2 = 10.89, P <
0.03). Paralyzed male spiders ranged in
weight from 5.2-6.4 g (mean: 5.77 ± 0.42),
while the range was 6.9-10.4 g (mean: 7.94
± 0.37) for females. For data obtained from
observed encounters, female spiders para-
lyzed by P. grossa and P. thisbe had a mean
weight of 8.7 ± 0.83 g (range: 6.2-10.6) and
7.7 ± 0.64 g (range: 5.7-10.7), respectively.
Mean values for length, width, and weight
for eggs of P. grossa were 4.34 ± 0.03 mm,
1.34 ± 0.01 mm, and 7.14 ± 0.31 mg, as
compared to 4.29 ± 0.05 mm, 1.24 ±
0.02 mm, and 6.88 ± 0.41 mg for P. thisbe.
Morphometric data for wasps observed
encountering spiders, as well as for hosts,
are shown in Table 1. Concerning host
spiders, based on width of cephalothorax
(t = 3.04, P < 0.05) and body weight (t =
2.46, P < 0.05), females were significantly
larger than males. For the two species of
wasps, females of P. grossa were signifi-
cantly larger than those of P. thisbe, based
on body length (t = 3.35, P < 0.05) and
head capsule width (t = 2.88, P < 0.05).
Data on wasps collected from the field
indicated that the mean number of eggs
found in ovarioles for P. grossa and P. thisbe
was 11.3 and 8.4, respectively (Table 1),
with a range of 6-14 and 3-12. Because
wasps require a host for each egg, and
number of previous encounters with a spi-
der was unknown, the number of eggs
produced by each species of wasp prior to
any hunting experience could not be de-
termined from field data. However, I have
reared both species of wasps from larvae
feeding on A. steindachneri females (mean
weight: 9.89 ± 0.61 g) in the laboratory and
found that non-mated P. grossa (10-12 days
of age) produced 9-21 eggs /female (mean:
16.2 + 3.2 g SE, n = 78) as compared to 4-14
(mean: 10.2 + 2.2, n = 38) for P. thisbe (t =
7.09, P < 0.05) (Punzo, unpubl. data).
For all observed encounters between P.
grossa or P. thisbe and a host spider, wasps
entered an occupied burrow by cutting
through the silk covering over the burrow
entrance and then forced the host to the
surface. Attack and paralysis never oc-
curred within the burrow. A wasp would
typically approach the entrance of a spider
burrow and tap its antennae along the edge
of the opening. The time allocated by these
wasps for each behavioral component of
hunting behavior is shown in Table 2.
Pepsis thisbe females required signifi-
cantly more time to complete the overall
hunting sequence as compared to P. grossa
(F = 19.27, P < 0.05) (Table 2). No
significant interspecific differences were
found for eviction behavior (EVB; Scheffe
F, P > 0.50) or moving away and grooming
(MG1, MG2, P > 0.60). Interspecific differ-
302
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
Table 2. Time (in min) allocated by females of
Pepsis grossa (n = 54) and P. thisbe (« = 42) for various
behavioral components of the overall hunting
sequence during encounters with a host spider,
Aphonopelma steindachneri. Data are expressed as
means; numbers in parentheses represent tSE.
Values in rows followed by a different letter are
statistically significant (P < 0.05). BA (burrow
antennation); EVB (eviction behavior); AA (approach
and antennation); MG1, MG2 (moving away and
grooming); AP (antennation and paralysis); LB
(lapping behavior); BO (burial and oviposition); BC
(burrow closure).
Behavioral component
Pepsis grossa
Pepsi's thisbe
BA
4.8a (0.8)
7.6b (1.1)
EVB
3.4a (0.3)
3.9a (0.4)
AA
8.3a (1.7)
5.1b (0.8)
MG1
4.6a (0.4)
5.2a (0.3)
AP
1.8a (0.2)
2.3a (0.5)
MG2
3.2a (0.6)
2.9a (0.3)
LB1
3.6a (1.1)
5.1b (1.8)
BO2
14.4a (3.5)
23.2b (4.6)
BC
57.3a (7.1)
73.8b (6.9)
Total:
101.4a
129.1b
1 Lapping behavior occurred in 18 of 54 encounters for
P. grossa (33.3%), and in 11 of 42 encounters for P.
thisbe (26.2%).
2 Represents data for situations in which a spider was
buried in its own burrow.
ences for all other behavioral components
were significant. As compared to P. grossa,
P. thisbe females allocated significantly-
more time for burrow antennation (BA;
Scheffe F = 6.2, P < 0.05), drinking
behavior (DB; F = 4.9, P < 0.05), burial
and oviposition (BO; F = 7.1, P < 0.05), and
burrow closure (BC; F = 6.9, P < 0.05), and
significantly less time for approach and
antennation (AA; F = 5.5, P < 0.05).
Wasps of both species approached spi-
ders that they had forced out of their
burrows and then tapped the spider's body
surface with their antennae. Antennae of P.
grossa and P. thisbe initially made contact
with the tarsus of one of the spider's
forelegs in 50 of 54 (92.5%) and 39 of 42
(92.8%) encounters, respectively. In other
cases, the antennae initially made contact
with one of the spider'spalps. Subsequent-
ly, wasps of both species used their
antennae to explore the lateral region of
a spider's cephalothorax and abdomen.
During antennation by P. grossa, 34 of 54
spiders (63%) exhibited no bodily move-
ments as compared to similar values
observed for P. thisbe (28 of 42, 67%, P >
0.60). For encounters with P. grossa, other
spiders either remained stationary but
exhibited slight movements of their foreleg
(n = 2, 4%) or an elevation of the palps
(n = 6, 11%), while the remainder (n = 12,
22%) exhibited a threat posture. Compara-
ble values for similar responses of spiders
to P. thisbe were 5% (n = 2), 9% (n = 4), and
19% (n = 8), respectively. In no case did
a spider attempt to flee back into its
burrow or attack the wasp, and wasps
'won' all observed encounters.
When initiating attack, wasps of both
species showed a preference for grasping
leg 3 or 4 of the spider (Table 3). Eight-one
and 57% of P. grossa and P. thisbe, re-
spectively, exhibited a rapid dash under
the ventral region of the spider and used
their mandibles to grasp leg 3 or 4 before
attempting to insert their sting. Leg 1 was
never grasped, and leg 2 in only 2.4-7.4%
of encounters.
Sting insertion sites for P.grossa and P.
thisbe are shown in Fig. 1. Examination of
spiders post-paralysis showed that 78% of
P. grossa females inserted their sting into
the intersegmental membrane between the
sternum and coxa 2 of the spider, and 22%
between the sternum and pedipalp. In
comparison, 88 and 12% of P. thisbe
females, respectively, inserted their sting
into the membrane between the sternum
and coxa 1 or at the junction between the
abdomen and cephalothorax. Mean time
that elapsed between insertion of sting and
immobilization (paralysis) of spider (in-
dicated by curling of the legs under the
spider's body) was 6.2 s ± 0.4 SE (range: 4-
8 s) for P. grossa and 12.8 s ± 1.1 SE (range:
8-16 s) for P. thisbe. Regardless of insertion
site, there was no significant difference in
time required for paralysis for either
species of wasp.
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
303
Table 3. Leg of spider (Aphonopelma steindachneri)
grasped by females of Pepsis grossa and Pepsis thisbe
when initiating attack. Data derived from a single
observation of each wasp/spider encounter for 54 and
42 encounters, respectively, between P. grossa and P.
thisbe, and a host spider. Spider legs on right and left
side of the body (based on position of spider when
a wasp was facing it) are designated as R and L,
respectively, and legs are numbered 1 (forelegs)
through 4 (hindlegs). Values in parentheses
represent frequency of occurrence (%).
Spider leg grasped
Pepsis grossa (n = 54)
Pepsis thisbe (n = 42)
Rl
0
0
LI
0
0
R2
4 (7.4)
1 (2.4)
L2
0
1 (2.4)
R3
20 (37)
14 (33.3)
L3
24 (44.4)
10 (23.8)
R4
4 (7.4)
7 (16.6)
L4
2 (3.7)
9 (21.4)
Only 33.3 and 26.2% of P. grossa and P.
thisbe females, respectively, exhibited
drinking behavior (DB, Table 2). Eleven of
18 (61%) females of P. grossa were observed
to drink fluid oozing from the wound site
(sting insertion site), while 7 (39%) wasps
drank fluids from the spider's mouth
cavity. For P. thisbe, the percentage of
females that engaged in DB was 8 of 11
(73%) and 3 of 11 (27%) for the wound site
and mouth cavity, respectively.
DISCUSSION
Physical dimensions and number of eggs
for P. grossa and P. thisbe were similar to
values reported for other species of Pepsis
wasps of similar size. For example, eggs of
P. cerberus Lucas and P. mexicana Lucas
from another area of BBNP ranged from
4.19-4.29 and 4.25 vs. 4.31 mm (length),
1.26-1.38 and 1.18-1.29 mm (width), and
7.18-7.32 and 7.06-7.17 g (weight), respec-
tively (Punzo 2005c). In like manner,
number of eggs produced per female for
P. grossa and P. thisbe were similar to values
reported for other Pepsis wasps which
range from 2-44/female (Haupt 1952,
Evans and West-Eberhard 1970, Punzo
2000, 2005c). It has been shown that the
number of eggs produced by Pepsis females
(Evans 1953, Punzo 2005c), as well as in
many other insects (Price 1975, Ito 1980,
Nation 2002) is positively correlated with
body size.
Although a majority of paralyzed spi-
ders found with an attached Pepsis egg
(where encounters with a wasp had not
been observed) contained female spiders
(68%), almost 1/3 contained a male. Thus,
it appears that Pepsis wasps are opportu-
nistic hunters and will readily attack a male
tarantula even though males are usually
smaller than females. This is in general
agreement with previous laboratory or
field observations showing that Pepsis
wasps will attack, paralyze, and deposit
an egg on male and female theraphosid
hosts (Kurczewski and Kurczewski 1968,
Punzo 2000). An experimental protocol
that might allow us to determine whether
female Pepsis wasps have any 'preference'
for spiders of different sexes would be to
observe the response of mated female
wasps when given a choice between a male
and female spider. If naive females are
used (no previous encounter with a spider),
one can also assess whether such a prefer-
ence, if exhibited, had an innate compo-
nent.
Little information is available on the
number of eggs produced per female for
Pepsis wasps. A previous study yielded
some data for pepsine wasps collected
from Persimmon Gap, a site 48 km to the
northeast of TF that also lies within BBNP
(Punzo 2005c). Number of eggs in ovarioles
from wasps collected immediately after
mating (before they started to hunt for
hosts) ranged from 5-26 (mean: 12.7 ± 2.8
SE) and 4-20 (mean: 11.8 ± 1.7) eggs per
female, for P. cerberus and P. mexicana,
respectively. It is difficult to extrapolate
and compare these data with values
reported for P. grossa (11.3) and P. thisbe
(8.4) in the present study because there was
no way of knowing how many prior
encounters these wasps had with a host
before they were collected. These compare
304
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
Pedipalp
Chelicera Pedipalp
Spinnerets
Fig. 1. Ventral body region of Aphonopelma steindachneri showing insertion sites (wound sites) for the sting of
Pepsi's grossa and P. thisbe. Solid circle and square (intersegmental membrane between sternum and pedipalp,
and sternum and coxa 2, respectively) are insertion sites for P. grossa: solid triangle and diamond (membrane
between sternum and coxa 1, and at junction of cephalothorax and abdomen, respectively) are insertion sites for
P. thisbe. Legs: L1-L4.
to 9-21 eggs for P. grossa and 4-14 for P.
thisbe reared in the laboratory (Punzo,
unpubl. data).
Spiders paralyzed by P. grossa and P.
thisbe varied in body weight. Previous
research has demonstrated that adult size
(as assessed by head capsule width, length
of legs or wings) attained by other species
of spider wasps is positively correlated
with the mass attained by their last-instar
larvae (Vinson 1984, Punzo 2005c), which
in turn is positively correlated with the
mass of the spider that the larvae fed on
(Price 1997, Punzo 2005c). This most likely
accounts for the ranges in adult size
observed in male and female Pepisis wasps
in the field. Although empirical evidence is
lacking, it would be interesting to de-
termine to what extent (if any) a decision
made by a female Pepsis wasp concerning
size of host suitable for attack may be
influenced by the wasp's size.
There are relatively few detailed obser-
vations and analyses on foraging (Cazier
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
305
and Mortenson 1964, Punzo and Ludwig
2005, Punzo 2006a,b), territoriality (Rau
and Rau 1918, Punzo 2000), dispersal
(Evans and West-Eberhard 1970), diel
periodicity (Punzo 2005c), and hunting
behavior (Petrunkevitch 1952, Williams
1956, Punzo 2005a) in Pepsis wasps under
natural conditions. Although many aspects
of overall hunting behavior for wasps of
this genus are similar across species, the
results of this field study indicate that there
is some interspecific variation associated
with certain behavioral components of
hunting between P. grossa and P. thisbe
which include frequency of drinking be-
havior and sting insertion sites. At the
Tornillo Flat (TF) study site, females of
both species approached a burrow occu-
pied by adult females of A. steindachneri
and tapped their antennae along the edges
of the opening (burrow antennation, BA).
Wasps then entered the burrow after
cutting through the silk covering and
forced the spider out onto the ground
surface (eviction behavior, EVB). These
behaviors have been reported for encoun-
ters between theraphosid spiders and other
species of Pepsis wasps (Buckley 1862,
Petrunkevitch 1926, 1952, Passmore 1936,
Punzo 2005a), as well as P. grossa (as
formosa) (Punzo and Garman 1989, Punzo
1991) and P. thisbe (Punzo 1994b), that were
staged in the laboratory.
Because A. steindachneri is the only
species of theraphosid spider known to
occur at TF, all females of P. grossa and P.
thisbe utilized this species as a host for their
larvae. At sites 25-80 km to the north, these
two species of wasps, along with P. mildei
Stal, are known to utilize both sexes of two
other theraphosids, Aphonopelma (as Rhe-
chostica) hentzi and Dugesiella (as Aphono-
pelma) echina Hentzi as a host (Punzo and
Garman 1989, Punzo 1991). In southern
Texas (Hidalgo County), P. grossa (as
formosa) utilizes both sexes of the thera-
phosids A. harlingeninn (Chamberlin) and
A. heterops (Chamberlin) as hosts, although
it shows a strong preference for A. harlin-
geninn (Punzo 2006b). Farther to the west,
in Arizona and California, P. grossa is
known to hunt another theraphosid, A.
chalcodes (Chamberlin) (Cazier and Mor-
tenson 1964). In southern California, P.
thisbe hunts two theraphosid species, A.
reversum Simon and Eurypelma (as Aphono-
pelma) eutylenum (Ausserer) (Williams
1956). From the same region, P. mildei has
been reported to utilize females of the
trapdoor spider Bothriocyrtum californicum
(Chamberlin and Ivie) (Passmore 1933),
a mygalomorph spider from an entirely
different family (Ctenizidae). However, I
have never found a nest containing any
species of paralyzed trapdoor spider with
a Pepsis larvae, or egg at any of a number of
locations in BBNP or Big Bend Ranch State
Park (Presidio Co., Texas) (Punzo unpubl.
data).
These various host records suggest that
Pepsis wasps have the ability to utilize
immatures and adult males and females of
a variety of theraphosid spiders as hosts,
depending on the theraphosids available at
any particular site. Presumably, during the
course of evolution in pompilid wasps,
selection favored a preference for hunting
a single, larger host for each wasp larva.
Many species of spider wasps in this genus
are among the largest wasps in the New
World (Hurd 1952, Vardy 2000, 2002) and
adults develop from larvae that attain
lengths in excess of 27 mm and can weigh
over 5 g (Punzo 2000). In order for a female
to provide an adequate amount of food for
such large larvae, each larvae would have
to be provided with a high number of
smaller hosts either together or over
a continuous period of time (progressive
provisioning) as opposed to providing all
required food at one time (a single large
host or mutliple small ones, e.g. by
Trypoxylon wasps) at one time {mass pro-
visioning) (O'Neill 2001). There are obvious
trade-offs that are involved. Progressive
provisioning involving several smaller
prey would require more energy and
increase exposure of wasps to potential
306 Journal of Hymenoptera Research
predators, while requiring more handling FAPs, which are characteristic of instinc-
time but less risk from the prey. In contrast tive (innate) behavior (Tinbergen 1951).
a single, larger, more formidable host, may More recent studies, based on sequential
require less handling time but pose a higher laboratory-staged contests between Pepsis
risk from the prey, whilst requiring less wasps and spiders, have shown that the
overall energy expenditure and a decreased amount of time required to perform some
probability of encountering a predator. behavioral acts decreases as a function of
The data collected to do not point to increasing number of encounters (experi-
specific niche divisions between P. grossa ence) (Punzo and Garman 1989, Punzo,
and P. ihisbe at the TF site. I did not observe 1991, 2005a).
any significant interspecific differences in The term 'modal action pattern' (MAP)
the sex or size of spiders selected, nor in has been used to describe components of
temporal patterns of hunting activity, innate behavior that exhibit some degree of
Adult wasps of both species begin to plasticity (Barlow 1977). The acts that have
emerge from their nests during late March been shown to improve with experience
and continue to do so until August, include initial approach and antennation
Females of both species were observed (AA) and attack and paralysis (AP) (Ta-
hunting during daylight and evening ble 2), while the time required for other
hours. At sites further south (Zapata Co., behavioral components does not. This
Texas), P. thisbe begins to emerge in mid- suggests that some degree of learning is
March, whereas P. grossa adults are not associated with hunting behavior in these
seen until mid-April (F. Punzo unpubl. wasps (Punzo 1996). It is interesting to note
data). Perhaps host spiders occurred at that those acts which a wasp can perform
sufficiently high densities during the more quickly with experience are precisely
course of the present study at the TF site those which present the most risk for
so that any need for resource paritioning a wasp. AA requires that a wasp approach
was reduced. within a close distance of the spider and
Future studies should further analyze actually touch the spider's body with its
host preference in Pepsis wasps. For exam- antennae, placing it well within the strike
pie, at locations where a Pepsis wasp is distance of the spider (Punzo 2007b). AP
known to utilize more than one therapho- requires the wasp to move directly under
sid species, it would be instructive to a spider's body, often passing directly
assess any differences that may occur with below its fangs, grasp a leg, and insert its
respect to duration of embryonic develop- sting. In contrast, performance of behav-
ment, larval growth rate and number of ioral acts that pose no risk because the
larval instars, size of emerging adults, spider has already been immobilized
adult longevity, fecundity, flight endur- (MG2), or are most likely subject to bio-
ance, and host preference, for wasps de- mechanical constraints (BO, and BC), do
veloping on different hosts. not 'improve' with experience (Punzo 1991,
Overall hunting behavior of Pepsis wasps 1994b). Similarly, MG1, which increases
(P. grossa, P. tliisbe, P. mildei, P. marginata, the distance between protagonists and
and Pompilus spp). can be categorized into thereby decreases risk for a wasp, is not
several distinct behavioral components performed more rapidly with increasing
(Table 2), one of which may or may not number of encounters (Punzo and Garman
occur (DB) (Petrunkevitch 1926, Passmore 1989, Punzo 2000).
1936, Evans 1953). These behavioral com- During attack, these wasps showed
ponents were traditionally interpreted as a marked preference for grasping legs 3
examples of genetically-determined, inflex- or 4 of a spider before stinging it. Perhaps
ible acts referred to a fixed action patterns, the positions of legs 3 and 4, relative to the
m
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
307
center of gravity for a spider, make it easier
for a wasp to obtain the leverage required
to insert its sting through an appropriate
site on the spider's ventral surface in the
least amount of time. The faster a wasp
insert its sting the more rapidly it can
immobilize a formidable host and reduce
the probability of retaliation by the spider.
Experiments where a wasp is presented
with a spider whose legs 3 or 4 have been
removed, would force a wasp to grasp leg
1 or 2, or refuse to attack at all, and would
provide a way to assess any possible
biomechanical advantage associated with
grasping various legs.
All observations of encounters between
Pepsis wasps and theraphosids have shown
that a wasp's sting is directed into the
ventral body region of a spider (Punzo
2007b, and references cited therein). Fe-
males of P. grossa and P. thisbe showed
a marked preference when choosing a site
on the spider's body in which to insert
their sting. Little information is available
for sting insertion sites for Pepsis wasps.
Petrunkevitch (1926) observed a female of
P. marginata insert her sting between the
third and fourth right coxae when attack-
ing the theraphosid, Cyrtopholis portoricae
Simon. Another wasp inserted its sting into
the intersegmental membrane between the
sternum, maxilla and coxa 1. In an encoun-
ter with the theraphosid Dugesielln hentzi,
a Ptysis wasp of undetermined species
inserted its sting through the membrane
between coxa 3 and coxa 4 (Baerg 1958).
The site preferred by females of P. grossa
and P. thisbe was the intersegmental mem-
brane between coxa 2 and sternum, and
between coxa 1 and sternum, respectively.
These, as well as the other sting insertion
sites observed in this study (membrane
between pedipalp and sternum, P. grossa;
junction between abdomen and cephalo-
thorax, P. thisbe), all allow a wasp to deliver
its venom into the prosomal nerve mass
which supplies motoneurons to muscles
involved in movments of all legs, chelicer-
ae, and fangs (Foelix 1996, Punzo 2007b).
Some investigators have observed in-
stances in which a wasp failed to locate
an insertion site during its first attack on
a spider, moved a short distance away, and
then attacked again, successfully paralyz-
ing its host (Petrunkevitch 1952, Williams
1956, Baerg 1958). Nonetheless, once the
sting delivers venom into the prosomal
nerve mass, paralysis of the spider occurs
very rapidly as indicated by a curling of
the spider's legs under its body, slight
twitching movements of some appendages,
and then complete immobilization (Petrun-
kevitch 1926, Cazier and Mortenson 1964,
Punzo 2000).
These results on sting insertion sites also
indicate that there is behavioral variation
exhibited by these wasps. This suggests
several interesting questions that future
studies should address: do individual
wasps choose the same insertion site for
all encounters, or do they vary? If sting
insertion sites are 'fixed' for individual
females this would suggest that the behav-
ioral program has a genetic basis (innate).
If so, breeding experiments involving
males with females showing different
behavioral phenotypes might shed some
light on the patterns of inheritance in-
volved in this behavior. Secondly, is there
a relationship between a particular inser-
tion site and time required to immobilize
a spider?
Nutritional state (body condition) may
afford a possible explanation for why
drinking behavior (DB) occurs in only
some encounters. Drinking hemolymph
oozing from a host's wound site may
provide necessary nutrients to meet the
energetic demands of flight which wasps
engage in when searching for hosts, as well
as those of venom production, handling
time, and burrow closure. Drinking fluids
from a spider's mouth cavity may help
wasps to maintain proper water balance of
body fluids. Similar behavior has been
reported for species in other wasp families.
For example, Tinbergen (1972) observed
that females of the digger wasp, Philanthus
308
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
triangulum Fabricius, which selectively
hunt honeybees, Apis mellifera L., press
the abdomen of a paralyzed bee through
their mandibles and lick up the fluid
(nectar) extruded from the bee's mouth.
Species of spider wasps from other
genera are also known to drink fluids from
a host's mouth cavity or wound site
(Petrunkevitch 1952, Evans 1953, Williams
1956, Evans and West-Eberhard 1970,
Punzo 2000).
It may be that wasps engage in DB only
after a certain number of foraging bouts
have occurred resulting in a need to
replenish nutrients and /or body fluids.
Experimental protocols using a tethered
flight apparatus should be used in future
studies to test this hypothesis. Different
female wasps could be subjected to forced
flight tests for varying periods of time and
then allowed to encounter a host. If the
hypothesis is true, wasps that are subjected
to longer bouts of flight (and thus expend
more energy, and lose more water by
evaporation) should be more likely to
engage in DB than wasps subjected to
flying for shorter periods of time. Such an
experimental design would also allow one
to determine the amount of flight time
required to initiate LB in a particular wasp
species.
The confines of a spider's burrow might
not provide enough room for a wasp to
maneuver in such a way as to effectively
administer a sting to its host. This may
account for the fact that all wasps observed
at the TF site forced a spider out of its
burrow and onto the ground surface
(eviction behavior, EVB) before attacking
their host. Similar EVB has been observed
for Pepsis wasps presented with tarantulas
that have been allowed to excavate bur-
rows within their cages under laboratory
conditions (Petrunkevitch 1926, Punzo and
Garman 1989, Punzo 1991, 1994b).
Interspecific differences in the amount of
time required to complete the overall
hunting sequence among P.grossa and P.
thisbe in the field may be associated with
some wasps of either species having had
more encounters with hosts than other
wasps. It may also reflect genetically-based
differences in synaptic events associated
with afferent (sensory) neural pathways
involved with detection and identification
of hosts and /or efferent (motor pathways)
involved in the control of bodily move-
ments required for various behavioral acts.
On a final note, theraphosid spiders are
typically aggressive and innately strike at
arthropods that wander within their prey
awareness area (Punzo 2007b). The fact
that no spider attempted to seize a wasp
suggests that the spider's attack response is
somehow inhibited. It has been suggested
that these wasps may release some chemi-
cal compound (s) or possess chemosensory
cues associated with their epicuticle that
inhibit spider's from attacking them (Pet-
runkevitch 1952, Punzo 2000). Petrunke-
vitch (1926) observed that P. marginata
from Puerto Rico produced a "pungent
odor" when initially making contact with
a theraphosid host and argued that the
substance responsible for this odor might
somehow diminish the aggressiveness of
the spider. Others have pointed out that
the smooth surface of a wasp's cuticle,
combined with its high degree of hardness,
makes it difficult for a spider's fangs to
penetrate a wasp's integument (Petrunke-
vitch 1926, Passmore 1936).
It should be pointed out that Petrunke-
vitch (1926) observed a theraphosid (Cyrto-
pholis portoricae Simon) that unsuccessfully
attempted to grasp a female of P. marginata
Lucas with her fangs as the wasp passed
under the spider. Cazier and Mortenson
(1964) observed a Pepsis grossa (as formosa)
female entering a burrow occupied by
Aphonopelma sp., and after a few minutes
the spider emerged from its burrow with
its anterior two legs wrapped around the
wasp and its chelicerae inserted into the
wasp's abdomen. Nonetheless, the wasp
was able to sting the spider. After being
stung, the spider released the wasp which
exhibited erratic movements and was un-
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
309
able to fly. The spider's right leg was
rigidly extended forward, making locomo-
tion awkward. After several minutes, the
wasp and spider were placed in a screened
plastic container and initially both animals
avoided one another. When observed
45 min later, the spider was engaged in
eating the wasp. These observations sug-
gest that: (1) cues potentially responsible
for inhibiting a spider's strike response
may not always be effective (2) varying
degrees of effectiveness may be species-
specific; or (3) mutations may account for
differences in the chemical profile of the
wasp's cuticle and certain profiles may be
less effective at deterring a spider's strike
than others.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I thank C. Bradford, L. Ludwig, G. Broad, and
anonymous reviewers for commenting on an earlier
draft of the manuscript, and L. Ludwig, J. Bottrell, K.
Crawford, and S. Madragon for assistance in field
observations. B. Garman generously provided consul-
tation on statistical analyses. This research was
supported by a Faculty Development Grant from the
University of Tampa. Field work was conducted with
permission of the National Park Service, with logistical
support provided by R. Skiles, Big Bend National Park.
LITERATURE CITED
Baerg, W. J. 1958. The Tarantula. University of Kansas
Press, Lawrence, Kansas. 88 pp.
Barlow, G. W. 1977. Modal action patterns. Pp. 98-134
in: T. A. Seboek, ed. How Animals Communicate.
Indiana Univ Press, Bloomington, Indiana.
Buckley, S. B. 1862. The tarantula (Mygale hentzii
Girard) and its destroyer {Pompilus formosus Say).
Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Philadel-
phia 1: 138-139.
Cazier, M. A. and M. Mortenson. 1964. Bionomical
observations on tarantula hawks and their prey
(Hymenoptera: Pompilidae): Pepsis. Annals of the
Entomological Society of America 57: 533-541.
Evans, H. E. 1953. Comparative ethology of spider
wasps. Systematic Zoology 2: 155-172.
and M. J. West-Eberhard. 1970. The Wasps.
University of Michigan Press, Ann Arbor, Michi-
gan, vii + 265 pp.
Foelix, R. F. 1996. The Biology of Spiders. Oxford
University Press, London, v + 321 pp.
Gabel, J. 1972. Further observations of theraphosid
tarantula burrows. Pan-Pacific Entomologist 48:
72-73.
Haupt, H. 1952. Alte und neue Pepsis Arten (Hyme-
noptera-Sphecoidea). Nova Acta Eeopoldina N.F.
15: 309-414.
Hurd, P. D. 1952. Revision of the Nearctic species of
the pompilid genus Pepsis (Hymenoptera: Pom-
pilidae). Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural
History 98: 257-334.
Ito, Y. 1980. Comparative Ethology. Second Ed. Cam-
bridge University Press, Cambridge. 478 pp.
Kurczewski, F. E. and E. J. Kurczewski. 1968. Host
records for some North American Pompilidae
(Hymenoptera) with a discussion of factors in
prey selection. Journal of the Kansas Entomological
Society 41: 1-33.
Minch, E. 1979. Annual activity patterns in the
tarantula Aphonopelma chalcodes Chamberlin. No-
vitates Arthropodae 1: 1-34.
Nation, J. L. 2002. Insect Physiology and Biochemistry.
CRC Press, Boca Raton, Florida. 485 pp.
Parent, L. 1996. Big Bend National Park. Falcon
Publishing, Helena, Montana, viii + 171 pp.
Passmore, L. 1933. California trapdoor spider per-
forms engineering marvels. National Geographic
Magazine 64: 195-211.
. 1936. Tarantula and tarantula hawk. Nature
Magazine 27: 155-159.
Petrunkevitch, A. 1926. Tarantula vs. tarantula hawk:
a study in instinct, journal of Experimental Zoology
43: 367-397.
. 1952. The spider and the wasp. Scientific
American 187: 20-33.
Powell, A. M. 1988. Trees and Shrubs of Trans Pecos
Texas. Big Bend Natural History Association, Big
Bend, Texas. 536 pp.
Price, P. W. 1975. Strategies for egg production.
Evolution 28: 76-84.
. 1997. Insect Ecology. Third Ed. J. Wiley, New
York, vi + 874 pp.
Punzo, F. 1991. Neurochemical events associated with
learning and hunting behavior in the spider
wasp, Pepsis formosa (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae).
Florida Scientist 54: 51-61.
. 1994a. The biology of the spider wasp, Pepsis
thishe (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae) from Trans
Pecos Texas. I. Adult morphometries, larval
development and the ontogeny of feeding behav-
ior. Psyche 101: 229-241.
. 1994b. The biology of the spider wasp, Pepsis
thishe (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae) from Trans
Pecos Texas. II. Temporal patterns of activity
and hunting behavior with special reference to
effects of experience. Psyche 101: 243-256.
. 1996. Localization of brain function and
neurochemical events associated with learning
in insects. Recent Trends in Comparative Biochemis-
try and Physiology 2: 9-16.
. 2000. Desert Arthropods: I ife History Variations.
Springer, Heidelberg, Germany, xi + 310 pp.
310
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
— . 2005a. Experience affects hunting behavior of
the wasp, Pepsis mildei Stal (Hymenoptera: Pom-
pilidae). journal of the New York Entomological
Society 113: 222-229.
— . 2005b. The ability of Aphonopelma steindachneri
(Ausserer) (Arachnida: Theraphosidae) to detect
and respond to chemosensory cues associated
with a predator, Hogna carolinensis (Arachnida:
Lycosidae). Bulletin of the British Arachnological
Society 13: 169-172.
— . 2005c. Studies on the natural history, ecology,
and behavior of Pepsis cerberus and P. mexicana
(Hymenoptera: Pompilidae) from Big Bend Na-
tional Park, Texas, journal of the New York
Entomological Society 113: 84-95.
— . 2006a. Plants whose flowers are utilized by
adults of Pepsis grossa Fabricius (Hymenoptera:
Pompilidae) as a source of nectar. Journal of
Hvmenoptera Research 15: 171-176.
— . 2006b. Effect of host odor cues on behavioral
responses of the spider wasp, Pepsis formosa
(Hymenoptera: Pompilidae). Texas journal of
Science 58: 45-55.
— . 2007a. Microhabitat utilization, diet composi-
tion, and diel periodicity in five sympatric species
of desert arachnids: a wolf spider (Hogna caroli-
nensis), tarantula spider (Aphonopelma steindach-
neri), solifuge (Eremobates palpisetulosus), giant
whipscorpion (Mastigoproctus giganteus), and
scorpion (Diplocentrus bigbendensis). Bulletin of
the British Arachnological Society 14: 1-8.
— . 2007b. Spiders: Biology, Ecology, Natural History
and Behavior. Brill Academic Publishers, Leiden,
The Netherlands, iii + 431 pp.
— and B. Garman. 1989. Effects of encounter
experience on the hunting behavior of the spider
wasp, Pepsis forniosa (Say) (Hymenoptera: Pom-
pilidae). South-western Naturalist 34: 513-518.
— and L. Henderson. 1999. Aspects of the natural
history and behavioral ecology of the tarantula
spider Aphonopelma hentzi (Chamberlin) (Orthog-
natha, Theraphosidae). Bulletin of the British
Arachnological Society 11: 121-128.
and L. Ludwig. 2005. Behavioral responses of
Pepsis thisbe (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae) to che-
mosensory cues associated with host spiders.
Journal of Insect Behavior 18: 757-766.
Rau, P. and N. Rau. 1918. Wasp Studies Afield.
Princeton University Press, Princeton, New Jer-
sey. 372 pp.
Schmidt, J. O. 2004. Venom and the good life in
tarantula hawks (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae):
how to eat, not be eaten, and live long, journal
of the Kansas Entomological Society 77: 402-413.
Smith, A. 1994. Tarantula Spiders: Tarantulas of the
U.S.A. and Mexico. Fitzgerald Press, London.
312 Pp.
Sokal, R. R. and F. J. Rohlf. 1995. Biometry. Third Ed.
W. H. Freeman, New York. 881 pp.
Tinbergen, N. 1951. The Study of Instinct. Oxford
University Press, Oxford. 228 pp.
— . 1972. The Animal in its World: Field Studies.
Harvard University Press, Cambridge, Massachu-
setts. 343 pp.
U. S. Department of Interior. 2005, Division of
Publications, National Park Service, National
Park Handbook, No. 122, Washington, D.C., 216
PP-
Vardy, C. R. 2000. The New World tarantula-hawk
wasp genus Pepsis Fabricius (Hymenoptera:
Pompilidae). Part 1. Introduction and the P. rubra
species-group. Zoologische Verhandelingen 332:
1-86.
. 2002. The New World tarantula-hawk wasp
genus Pepsis Fabricius (Hymenoptera: Pompili-
dae). Part 2. The P. grossa to P. deaurata groups.
Zoologische Verhandelingen 338: 1-135.
Vinson, S. B. 1984. Parasitoid-host relationship. Pp. in:
W. J. Bell, and R. T. Carde eds. Chemical Ecology of
Insects. Sinauer Associates, Sunderland, Massa-
chusetts
Williams, F. X. 1956. Life history studies of Pepsis and
Hemipepsis wasps in California (Hymenoptera:
Pompilidae). Annals of the Entomological Society of
America 49: 447-466.
J. HYM. RES.
Vol. 16(2), 2007, pp. 311-325
Systematic Studies on the Pompilidae Occurring in Japan: Genus
Irenangelus Schulz (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae: Ceropalinae)
Akira Shimizu and Raymond Wahis
(AS) Department of Biological Sciences, Graduate School of Science and Engineering,
Tokyo Metropolitan University, Minami-Ohsawa 1-1, Hachioji,
Tokyo, 192-0397 Japan; email: shimizu-akira@cmetro-u.ac.jp
(RW) Entomologie fonctionnelle et evolutive, Faculte universitaire des Sciences agronomiques,
B. 5030 Gembloux, Belgique; email: entomologie@fsagx.ac.be and raymond.wahis@skynet.be
Abstract. — The Japanese species of the genus Irenangelus Schulz (Pompilidae: Ceropalinae) are
revised. Three new species are described: I. hikosamis Wahis, /. nantbui Shimizu, and I.
punctipleuris Wahis. Irenangelus hikosamis occurs in Japan (Honshu, Shikoku, Kyushu), Korea,
Taiwan, and China; J. nambui occurs in Japan (Honshu) and Korea; J. punctipleuris is broadly
distributed from Japan through the Philippines and Malaysia to India and Sri Lanka.
Irenangelus Schulz 1906, like Ceropales
Latreille 1796, is one of the most aberrant
genera of the family Pompilidae. All
members of both genera have an uncoiled
antenna, reniform eyes with the inner
orbits strongly emarginate and diverging
above, a fully exserted labium in both
sexes, and a strongly compressed metaso-
mal sternum VI produced beyond tergum
VI in the female.
Evans (1969, 1987) reviewed the Neo-
tropical species of Irenangelus. In these
papers he treated ten species, seven of
which were new, and regarded Xantham-
pulex Schulz 1906 as a synonym of Irenan-
gelus. Kimsey and Wasbauer (2004) revised
the New World species of Irenangelus,
adding two new species. As regards the
Old World species of Irenangelus, Cameron
(1891, 1896), Bingham (1896), Schulz (1906),
Turner (1910), Rohwer (1919), Banks
(1934), and Wahis (1988) described either
single species or, at most, a few new
species, but no comprehensive revisionary
studies have been published.
Species of Irenangelus have long been
recognized as cleptoparasites of other
pompilids, as are species of Ceropales. Thus,
Williams (1919) reared an Irenangelus wasp
from a nest of Auplopus nyemitawa (Rohwer
1919) and several wasps in this genus from
cocoons of nests of Tachypompilus analis
(Fabricius 1781) in the Philippines. At least
one wasp reared belonged to I. luzonensis
(Rohwer 1919). In Costa Rica, Wcislo et al.
(1988) observed females of /. eberhardi
Evans 1987 fly or perch near nests of
Auplopus seinialatus Dreisbach 1963, enter
an open cell containing a spider, and
extend her gaster deep into the cell. They
reared several wasps of this parasite from
one of the nests of A. semialatus. Shimizu
(see below) found females of a Japanese
species of Irenangelus attempting to ovipos-
it eggs into a slit of the booklung of
heteropodid spiders that the host pompi-
lids had captured and then transported.
Irenangelus is mainly distributed in the
Oriental and Neotropical regions. In Japan
only one species of the genus has been
known since Yasumatsu (1933) recorded
the species from Honshu, Kyushu, and
Taiwan as Xanthampulex pernix (Bingham
1896). This species is distributed also in
Korea and China, and differs from X.
pernix, which was originally recorded from
312 Journal of Hymenoptera Research
"Tenasserim" (Burma). Recently speci- vis, California, USA; ELKU, Collection of
mens of a further two species of this genus Entomological Laboratory, Kyushu Uni-
were collected from Honshu, Japan. One of versify, Fukuoka, Japan; AEIC, American
them is found in Korea in addition to Entomological Institute, Gainesville, Flor-
Japan, and the other occurs from Japan ida, USA; FSAG, Entomologie fonction-
through Southeast Asia to South Asia. It nelle et evolutive, Faculte universitaire
was found that these three species are des Sciences agronomiques, Gembloux,
undescribed. Belgique; RMNH, Nationaal Naturhistor-
In this paper, we review the generic ische Museum, Leiden, Netherlands;
characters and phylogenetic relationships BMNH, Natural History Museum, London,
of Irenangelus, describe three new species UK; OMNH, Osaka Museum of Natural
and provide a key to their identification. History, Osaka, Japan; CNC, Canadian
National Collection of Insects, Ottawa,
MATERIALS AND METHODS Ontario, Canada; NSMT, Department of
The terminology of the wing veins and Zoology, National Science Museum, To-
cells follows Day (1988). The following kyo> JaPan; TMUB, Laboratory of Zoolog-
morphological terms and abbreviations are ical Systematica Department of Biological
used: antennocular line, the anterior mar- Sciences, Tokyo Metropolitan University,
gin of the frons in dorsal view; scutal Tokyo, Japan; USNM, National Museum of
groove, a pair of longitudinal grooves Natural History, Washington, D. C, USA.
between the notaulus and parapsidal sul-
cus on the mesoscutum (Evans (1969) and
Kimsey and Wasbauer (2004) called this ^ F , c , ,
y , „. _ T_ t \ . , Genus Irenangelus Schulz
the notaulus ); LID, the lower interocular
distance; MID, the middle interocular Irenangelus Schulz 1906: 175. Type of genus:
distance; OOL, the ocello-ocular line; irenangelus hornus Schulz 1906: 160, by mono-
POL, the postocellar line; SMC, the sub- v \ , c , , 1fin^ 1DO T ,
. r .. . . . . TTTT^ , Xanthampulex Schulz 1906: 1 83. Type of genus:
marginal cell of the tore wing; UID, the v ,, , , c c , , /ani- 1QQ u
& &/ ' Xmitluimpulex tnfur Schulz 1906: 183, by
upper interocular distance. monotvpv
Measurements were made in the follow-
ing ways: clypeus length versus breadth, Description. — Further to the descriptions
being measured comparing the length of of this genus by Evans (1969) and Kimsey
the clypeus from the uppermost point of and Wasbauer (2004) we note the following
the front-clypeal sulcus to the apical characteristics: gena flattened or concave
margin to the maximum breadth of the just posterior to outer orbit at least below;
clypeus; labrum length versus breadth, posterolateral margin of pronotum almost
being measured comparing the longest straight (Figs 2F, 3D); scutal groove deeply
part of the labrum to the breadth across impressed in many species (Figs 1A, 2C);
the base of the labrum; breadth of flagello- metapostnotum well developed at least
mere I, being measured across the maxi- medially (Figs 1A, D, 2 A, F, 3D); fore wing
mum breadth of flagellomere I in dorsal vein M reaching outer wing margin
view. In the description of each species, the (Figs 2A, 5A, B); metatibia with longitudi-
measurements of the holotype are given in nal sharp groove along upper margin of
parentheses. brush on inner side (Fig. 2A); apicoventral
Specimen depositories are abbreviated seta on metatarsomere V long and setiform
as follows: ZMUC, Zoological Museum, (see Shimizu et al. 1998: fig. 3); female
University of Copenhagen, Copenhagen, laterosterna of metasomal sternum VI
Denmark; UCDC, R. M. Bohart Museum of extending dorsad, scarcely overlapping to
Entomology, University of California, Da- envelope sting apparatus; sting almost
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
313
Fig. 1. Irenangelus hikosanus n. sp. (A-F, holotype female; G-I, para type male from Japan) and female /. pernix
Bingham from Bali, Indonesia (J). A, Head and mesosoma, dorsal view; B, head, lateral view; C, head, frontal
view; D, mesosoma, lateral view; E, mesosternum and mesocoxa, ventrolateral view; F, right metatarsal claw,
outer view; G, genitalia (left half, ventral view; right half, dorsal view); H, subgenital plate, ventral view; I,
sternum VI, ventral view. Scale lines: 0.5 mm.
straight; male sternum VI without a pair of
sublateral hook-like projections posteriorly
(Fig. II); digitus volsellaris with large
semicircular emargination on inner margin
(Figs 1G, 21, 3L). '
Diagnosis. — Irenangelus is closely related
to Ceropales, forming a monophyletic
group, the subfamily Ceropalinae (Shimizu
1994, Pitts et al. 2006). These two genera are
distinguishable on the characteristics
shown in Table 1.
Phylogenetic relationships. — On the basis
of morphological characteristics, both Shi-
mizu (1994) and Pitts et al. (2006) treated
the Ceropalinae (Ceropales + Irenangelus) as
the most basal clade in the Pompilidae. This
subfamily is thus considered to be the sister
group to the rest of the family. Based on this
hypothesis, there is a biological inconsisten-
cy: although the Ceropalinae are placed as
the earliest offshoot of the pompilid stock,
all species of the subfamily whose behav-
iour is known are cleptoparasitic. To avoid
this contradiction, Shimizu (1994) consid-
ered that the behavioural type of the
Ceropalinae has evolved directly from that
of the parasitoids, which is the most likely
life history of a common ancestor of the
314
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
Table 1. Comparison of differential characters between Irenangelus and Ceropales in the broad sense,
including Priesnerius and Hemiceropales.
Irenangelus
Ceropales
1. Metacoxa normal-sized, less than 1.5X as long as Metacoxa much larger than mesocoxa, more than 1.5X
mesocoxa.
as long as mesocoxa.
2. Ventral angle of pronotum short and blunt, not Ventral angle of pronotum long and acute, partly
attaining dorsal margin of procoxa (Fig. 3D).
3. Posterolateral margin of pronotum almost
straight (Figs 2F, 3D).
4. Inner margin of male protarsomere V not
produced.
5*. Male subgenital plate flat or gently convex
(Figs 1H, 2H, 3L).
covering dorsal margin of procoxa.
Posterolateral margin of pronotum strongly curved
inward.
Inner margin of male protarsomere V produced
ventrally.
Male subgenital plate tectate with median carina.
* Character treated by Kimsey and Wasbauer (2004).
Pompilidae. Similarly, Day (1988: 16) stated:
"it seems more probable that Ceropales has
evolved from an ancestral group already
specialized as ectoparasitioids." This pre-
sumption seems likely given that the two
important characteristics of Ceropalinae
females are shared with other pompilids
known to behave as parasitoids, viz- (i) the
strongly exposed clypeus, and (ii) the
laterally compressed sternum VI.
Biology. — One or more Philippine species
of Irenangelus are known to be cleptopar-
asites of Auplopus nyemitawa (Pepsinae)
and Tachypompilus analis (Pompilinae),
and I. eberlmrdi a cleptoparasite of Auplopus
semialatus (Pepsinae) (Williams 1919). Shi-
mizu observed the cleptoparasitic behav-
iour of /. lukosanus Wahis n. sp., which
pursues its host pompilid Platydialepis
ryoheii (Ishikawa 1956) (Pepsinae) as the
latter transports her prey, Heteropoda for-
cipata (Karsch 1881) (Heteropodidae) to her
nest. Eventually the parasite pounces on
the spider and extends her gaster, attempt-
ing to insert its tip into a slit of the spider's
booklung. The details of this behaviour
will be treated in a separate paper.
Distribution. — This genus is known from
Oriental, Neotropical, Australian, East
Asian, and Madagascan Regions (see Wa-
his 1988), but is best represented in the first
two regions.
KEY TO FEMALES AND MALES OF IRENANGELUS OCCURRING IN JAPAN
Flagellum crenulate in profile, i.e., flagellomeres II— X each with angular swelling
below (Fig. 3A); all tarsal claws bifid, inner ray truncate (Fig. 3G); propodeum
transversely striate; metasomal tergum I gradually narrowed and petiolate (tergum
I narrower immediately behind articulation with propodeum than width at
articulation itself) (Fig. 3E) or parallel-sided basally; head and mesosoma with
irregularly-distributed punctures (Figs 4C-F). (Head and mesosoma black, varie-
gated with bright yellow markings; metasoma and legs predominantly reddish
brown; body length 8-12 mm) I. punctipleuris Wahis, n. sp.
Flagellum not crenulate in profile; all tarsal claws dentate (Fig. IF) or sub-bifid
(Fig. 2G), inner ray acute; propodeum smooth, never striate; metasomal tergum I
abruptly narrowed, not petiolate or parallel-sided basally (Fig. 2A); head and
mesosoma impunctate (Fig. 4B) 2
Propodeum with lateral tubercle between spiracle and posterior rim (Fig. 1A);
interantennal area distinctly raised (Figs IB, 4B); fore wing crossvein cu-
a originating at or slightly distal to separation of vein M+Cu (Fig. 5A); fore wing
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
315
SMC3 removed by approximately its own length from outer wing margin; apical
margin of subgenital plate strongly convex (Fig. 1H); body predominantly
yellowish brown; body length 8-15 mm J. hikosanus Wahis, n. sp.
Propodeum without lateral tubercle between spiracle and posterior rim (Fig. 2A);
interantennal area not raised, continuous to upper frons (Fig. 2D); fore wing
crossvein cu-a originating slightly basad of separation of vein M+Cu (Fig. 2A); fore
wing SMC3 removed by much more than its own length from outer wing margin;
apical margin of subgenital plate slightly emarginate or almost truncate (Fig. 2H);
body predominantly blackish brown to black; body length 5-9 mm
I. ttambui Shimizu, n. sp.
Irenangelus hikosanus Wahis, new species
(Figs 1A-I, 4B, 5A)
Xanthampulex pernix: Yasumatsu 1933: 143,
figure 1, Jo, misidentification; Kim 1970: 807.
Irenangelus pernix: Lelej et al. 1994: 145; Lelej et
al. 1995: 46; Shimizu 1994: 45; Shimizu 1996:
507; Shimizu et al. 1998: 429, figure 3.
Female. — Length: Body 9.1-14.5 (9.8) mm;
fore wing 8.7-11.3 (8.7) mm. Coloration:
Body and appendages predominantly yel-
lowish brown and polished. Following
light yellow: mandible (apical portion dark
brown), clypeus (lateral side sometimes
yellowish brown), frons along inner orbit,
gena along outer orbit, ventral margin of
scape, maxillary and labial palpi, prono-
tum posteriorly and laterally, discs of
scutellum and metanotum, posterior rim
of propodeum, procoxa, and sometimes
interantennal tubercle ventrally, labrum,
and episternum posteriorly. Apical 4 or 5
flagellomeres black dorsally. Basilateral
and posterior portions of metasomal ter-
gum I and posterior portions of following
terga more or less darkened. Metatarsus
becoming darker towards apex. Wings
hyaline with yellowish brown tint, irides-
cent in certain lights, narrowly and weakly
infuscate along outer margins. Pterostigma
dark brown. Punctation: Body devoid of
punctures. Pubescence and setae: Pubescence
on body usually very short and decum-
bent; metanotum, lateral portion of meta-
postnotum, and propodeum with long,
sub-erect, brown pubescence. Vertex, la-
brum, mandible, propleuron, and sterna V-
VI with short yellowish brown to brown
setae; remainder of body and legs almost
devoid of setae. Head: 1.1-1.2 (1.1 )x as
broad as long. Vertex moderately to
strongly convex between eye tops
(Fig. 1C). Frons distinctly tuberculate be-
tween antennal sockets (Figs IB, 4B); upper
frons broadly depressed along median line,
the latter being sharply impressed on
antennal tubercle but becoming obscure
near anterior ocellus. Antennocular line
depressed beside antennal tubercle
(Fig. 1A). Inner orbits distinctly emarginate
at upper 1/3, gently convergent below
(Fig. 1C). UID:MID:LID = 9.1-9.4:10:6.3-6.7
(9.4:10:6.3). MID 0.57-0.60 (0.58) X head
width. Ocelli forming acute triangle, this
area being distinctly raised. POL:OOL =
1:2.5-3.1 (3.1). Clypeus slightly convex,
1.8-2.0 (2.0) X as broad as long; anterior
margin truncate, weakly and arcuately
emarginate (Fig. 1C); lateral sides strongly
convergent towards apex. Labrum 1.8-2.1
(2.1) X as broad as long; anterior margin
feebly and triangularly emarginate. Man-
dible narrowly rounded without sharp
carina laterally. Malar space short (Fig. IB).
Genae 0.4-0.5 (0.5) X eye width in profile,
roundly receding in dorsal view. Scape
with carina long but not sharp beneath;
face slightly concave laterally in dorsal
view. Flagellomere I 2.1-2.9 (2.5) X as long
as wide and 0.34-0.48 (0.44) X as long as
UID; flagellomeres I and II in ratio of
10:9.3-11 (10:10). Mesosoma: Pronotum
316 Journal of Hymenoptera Research
short (Fig. 1A); anterior margin of disc Male. — Very similar to female. Length:
arcuately convex in dorsal view, its ante- Body 7.1-12.4 mm; fore wing 7.1-11.4 mm.
rolateral corner rounded; lower anterolat- Head: 1.1-1.2X as broad as long. UID:MID:
eral tubercle not much swollen, being LID = 9.0-9.3:10:6.5-6.8. MID 0.57-0.62X
almost concealed by disc in dorsal view head width. POL:OOL= 1:2.3-2.6. Clypeus
(compare Fig. 1A with Fig. 1J: /. pernix); 1.8-2.0X as broad as long. Labrum 1.8-
posterior margin arcuate with small medi- 1.9 X as broad as long. Gena 0.4-0.5 X eye
an notch. Mesoscutum with scutal groove width in profile. Flagellomere I 2.0-2.5 X as
sharply impressed anteriorly, becoming long as wide, 0.34-0.43 X as long as UID;
shallower and broader posteriorly, but flagellomeres I and II in ratio of 10:9.2-11.
almost attaining scuto-scutellar sulcus; Mesosoma: Metapostnotum 0.8-1 X length
parapsidal sulcus appearing as a fine, of metanotum at midline. Legs: Longer
raised line; posterolateral margin broadly spur of metatibia 0.69-0.76 X length of
reflexed. Discs of scutellum and metano- metatarsomere I. Wings: Fore wing SMC2
turn remarkably projecting, the latter steep- receiving crossvein lm-cu at basal 0.56-
ly falling posteriorly (Fig. ID). Posterome- 0.70. SMC3 narrowed on vein Rs by 0.67-
dian lobes of mesosternum well developed 0.79X its length on vein M, 1.1-1.4X length
and digitate, apices close to each other of SMC2 on vein M, 1.1-1.4X as long as
(Fig. IE). Metapostnotum 0.7-1 (0.7) X as SMC2 on vein Rs, receiving crossvein 2m-
long as metanotum at midline, deeply cu at basal 0.55-0.67. Subgenital plate
sunken between metanotum and propo- (Fig. 1H): Lateral sides gently convergent
deum (Fig. ID), with fine, transverse striae, towards apex; apical margin sub-triangu-
Propodeum strongly depressed along ante- larly convex; ventral surface covered with
rior margin, almost linearly sloping in minute setae except for subapical portion,
profile, with one or two lateral tubercles Genitalia (Fig. 1G): Paramere with strong
between spiracle and posterior rim setae apicomedially; parapenial lobe slight-
(Fig. 1A); infrastigmal tubercle roundly ly extending beyond apex of aedeagus.
raised; median groove impressed only Distribution. — Japan (Honshu, Shikoku,
anteriorly; surface smooth, not striate. Me- and Kyushu), Korea, Taiwan (Yasumatsu
tasoma: Slender and almost parallel-sided 1933), and China (Fig. 6).
medially. Tergum I abruptly narrowed, not
petiolate or parallel-sided basally. Legs: T^e ^erial.-Holotype 9 (ELKU), Japan,
Longer spur of metatibia 0.69-0.77 (0.73)X K^lshup M*" Hik°san' ^r1** £.uYasUr
, T _ , , , matsu. Paratypes: Japan: Kyushu: Mt. Hikosan,
as ong as metatarsomere I. Tarsal claws Fukuoka Pref 5 viiU940/ K yasumatsu, 1«J
with vertical tooth near middle (Fig. IF). (ELKU). Lake Yamashita, Kokonoe-machi, Oita
Wings: Fore and hind wing venation as Pref., 9.ix.l997, R. Matsumoto, lo (OMNH). Mt.
shown in Fig. 5A. Fore wing crossvein 2r-rs Ariake-yama, Izuhara-machi, Tsushima Is.,
originating beyond middle of pterostigma. 24.vii.2001, R. Oomuta, 1 J (TMUB). Japan:
Crossvein cu-a originating at or slightly Shikoku: Mt. Ishizuchi-san, Omogo-mura,
distal to point of separation of vein M+CuA. Ehime Pref., 17.viii.2002, M. Shiraishi, lo
SMC2 trapezoid, receiving crossvein lm-cu (TMUB). Omogo, Omogo-mura, Ehime Pref.,
at basal 0.54-0.70 (0.58). SMC3 narrowed on 16.viii.1951, T. Esaki, 1 J (ELKU); 23.viii.1953, T.
vein Rs by 0.70-0.82 (0.77) X its length on EdashiSe' W (TMUB); 23.ix.1999, A. Shimizu, 29
,,«;,-. \/f 1 i 1 a n qw i Cw^n (TMUB). Japan: Honshu: Jomine Shrine, Yano,
vein M, 1.1-1.4 (1.3) X as long as SMC2 on \, .. J . „ . J _, , _ ... ' . '
\/f 1 t 1 r /i a\., i ™ ,^~ Kamnzumi-mura, Saitama Pref., 3.vm.l994, T.
vein M, 1.2-1.5 (1.4) X as long as SMC2 on M , 1im;Trm ~ ,.' ' .
. . . ' b Nambu, 1J (TMUB). Onouchi, Ogano-machi,
vein Rs, receiving crossvein 2m-cu at basal Saitama Pref ># 10.x.1992/ T. Nambll/ 1o (TMUB).
0.55-0.61 (0.55). Hind wing crossvein rs-m Onagata, Yoshida, Saitama Pref., 18.viii.1988, T.
straight, oblique to vein M. Crossvein cu-a at Nambu, 69IJ (TMUB), 19 (FSAG); 26.viii.1988
ngle of approximately 150° to vein A. (29: TMUB, FSAG), 1, 3.viii.l994 (I9: TMUB), 24,
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
317
26.viii.1995 (2Q: TMUB), 28.vii.2001 (26*: TMUB),
A. Shimizu. Riv. Ochi-gawa, Otaki-mura, Chi-
chibu, Saitama Pref., 6.ix.l970, T. Nambu, 29
(TMUB); 6.ix.l999, A. Shimizu, 19 (TMUB).
Kawamata, Otaki, Chichibu, 18.viii.2005, A.
Shimizu, I9 (TMUB). Mt. Komaga-take,
1050 m, Hakone, Kanagawa Pref., 8.viii.2005,
A. Shimizu, I3 (TMUB). East of Fujikawagu-
chiko-machi, Minami-tsuru-gun, Yamanashi
Pref., 5.viii.2006, H. Takahashi, 26* (TMUB).
Mt. Sanage, Evergreen forest, Aichi Pref.,
deciduous forest, 8.ix.2002, P. Tripotin, I9.
Jeollanamdo, Gurye-gun, Toji-myeon, Nae-
dong-li, Piakol Valley, on wild wine flowers,
3.viii.2001, P. Tripotin, 19.
Etymology. — This species is named after
the type locality.
Remarks. — This new species is similar to
I. pernix, but the following characters
distinguish them:
/. hikosanus
1. Lower anterolateral tubercle of pronotum slightly
and roundly produced, almost concealed by disc
in dorsal view (Fig. 1A).
2. Interantennal tubercle merging into upper frons,
with median line finely impressed (Fig. 4B).
/. pernix
Lower anterolateral tubercle of pronotum angulate,
markedly projecting beyond disc in dorsal view
(Fig. 1J).
Interantennal tubercle abruptly raised from slightly
depressed upper frons, with median line deeply
and broadly impressed (Fig. 4A).
28.viii-3.ix. 1992, T. Kanbe, Malaise trap, I9
(TMUB). Hio, Kanazawa-shi, Ishikawa Pref.,
27.viii, 1998, Y.Tazaki, 1 6* (NSMT). Misaka-dani,
Izumi-mura, Ono-gun, Fukui Pref., 13.ix.2002,
H. Takahashi, I9 (TMUB). Kaizuka-shi, Izumi-
katsuragisan, Osaka, l.x.2000, R. Matsumoto, I9
(OMNH); 13-23.vii.2002 (16*), 23.vii-2.viii.2002
(26*), 2-10.viii.2002 (23), 20.viii-2.ix.2002 (I9), 2-
14.ix.2002 (19), 23.ix-2.x.2002 (I9), 2-11.X.2002
(16*), Malaise trap, R. Matsumoto, (OMNH).
Kishiwada-shi, Izumi-katsuragisan, Osaka, 20-
30.vi.2002 (19), 30.vi-13.vii.2002 (I9I6*), 13-
23.vii.2002 (29), 23.vii-2.viii.2002 (16*), 2-
10.viii.2002 (26*), 10-20.viii.2002 (l;), 23.ix-2.x.
2002 (49), Malaise trap, R. Matsumoto, (OMNH).
Six stage of Mt. Atago-yama, Ukyo-ku, Kyoto-shi,
27.viii.1987, A. Ichikawa, 19 (OMNH). Hanase
Pass, Kyoto-shi, 10.ix.1999, R. Matsumoto, 19
(OMNH). Mimuro, Shingo-cho, Okayama Pref.,
6.ix.l992, R. Matsumoto, 19 (OMNH). Kozagawa,
Wakayama Pref., 20. ix. 1957, S. Momoi, 39
(TMUB). Daisen, Tottori Pref. (Hoki), 19.viii.1932,
S. Yasimoto, 1J (ELKU). Korea: Chungcheong-
namdo, Keumsan, Poseoksa, 10.viii.1998 (I9),
22.viii.1998 (I9), 24.ix.2000 (I9), ix.2001 (29), P.
Tripotin, (FSAG). Kyeongsangnamdo, Jirisan,
Hamyang-gun, Macheon-myon, Samjeong-li Jir-
isan, 700 m, 23-25.viii.2002 (49), 10-20.ix.2003
(16*), Malaise trap, P. Tripotin, (FSAG). CHINA:
Szechwan, Suifu, 1000-1500 m, l-21.vi.1928, D.
Graham, 19 (USNM).
Non-type material. — Korea: Chungcheong-
namdo, Keumsan, Poseoksa, along trail in
Irenangelns nambui Shimizu, new species
(Hg. 2)
Female. — Length: Body 4.5-7.6 (5.5) mm;
fore wing 4.7-6.9 (5.2) mm. Coloration:
Body predominantly blackish brown to
black and polished. Following ivory-white:
clypeus and labrum laterally, mandible
(apical portion brown), ventral margin of
scape, maxillary and labial palpi, procoxa
(basal portion more or less dark brown),
protrochanter, and sometimes profemur,
mid and hind coxae, trochanters, femora
and tibiae partly. Remainder of fore leg
light brown. Mid and hind legs predomi-
nantly brown, darker than fore leg, but
somewhat lighter ventrally than dorsally.
All tibial spurs ivory-white to yellowish
light brown. Posterolateral margin of pro-
notum, lateral and posterior portions of
metasomal terga, and posterior portions of
metasomal sterna light brown to ferrugi-
nous. Wings hyaline, iridescent in certain
lights, weakly infuscate along outer mar-
gins. Pterostigma dark brown. Punctation:
Body devoid of punctures. Pubescence ami
setae: Body and legs with short, appressed
white pubescence, longer and denser on
lower frons, clypeus, lower pronotum,
propleuron, mesopleuron, lower meta-
pleuron, propodeum, and coxae. Upper
318
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
Fig. 2. Irenangelus nambui n. sp. (A-G, holotype female; H-I, paratype male from Japan). A, Whole body,
dorsal view; B, head, frontal view; C, head, pronotum, and mesoscutum, dorsal view; D, head, lateral view. E,
mesosternum and mesocoxa, ventral view; F, mesosoma, lateral view; G, right metatarsal claw, outer view; H,
subgenital plate, ventral view. I, genitalia (left half, ventral view; right half, dorsal view). Scale lines: 0.5 mm.
irons, vertex, clypeus, labrum, mandible,
apices of terga VI and sterna IV-V, and
sternum VI with short pale setae. Head:
1.2X as broad as long. Vertex strongly
convex in frontal view (Fig. 2B). Frons with
interantennal area not tuberculate but
slightly overhanging antennal sockets
(Fig. 2D); median line impressed only on
lower half. Antennocular line nearly trans-
verse (Fig. 2C). Inner orbits slightly emar-
ginate a little above middle, strongly di-
vergent above. UID:MID:LID=9.8-10.1:10:
6.8-7.1 (10:10:6.9). MID 0.57-0.60 (0.60) X
head width. Ocelli forming acute triangle,
this area being scarcely raised. POL:
OOL= 1:2.5-3.6 (1:3.6). Clypeus slightly
convex, 2.1-2.4 (2.2) X as broad as long;
anterior margin truncate, weakly and
arcuately emarginate (Fig. 2B); lateral sides
arcuately convergent towards apex. La-
brum 2.5-3.0 (3.0) X as broad as long;
anterior margin arcuately emarginate.
Mandible carinate laterally. Malar space
short. Genae 0.3-0.4 (0.4) X eye width in
profile, roundly receding in dorsal view.
Scape sharply carinate beneath; lateral face
slightly concave in dorsal view. Flagello-
mere I 2.9-3.5 (3.0) X as long as wide and
0.45-0.49 (0.47) X length of UID; flagello-
meres I and II in ratio of 1:0.94-1.0 (1:0.98).
Mesosoma: Pronotum short; anterior margin
of disc arcuately convex in dorsal view, its
anterolateral corner gently rounded
(Fig. 2C); lower anterolateral tubercle not
much swollen, being completely concealed
by disc in dorsal view; posterior margin
arcuate with small median notch. Mesos-
cutum with scutal groove sharply im-
pressed anteriorly, becoming shallower
and broader posteriorly, obsolete just an-
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
319
terior to scuto-scutellar sulcus; parapsidal
sulcus finely impressed; posterolateral
margin narrowly reflexed. Discs of scutel-
lum and metanotum distinctly projecting
(Fig. 2F), the latter being pyramidal. Pos-
teromedian lobes of mesosternum short
but bilobed, their inner lobes close to each
other (Fig. 2E). Metapostnotum 0.7-0.9
(0.7) X length of metanotum at midline,
with few very fine striae anteriorly and
distinct longitudinal median groove. Pro-
podeum weakly convex in profile (Fig. 2F),
scarcely depressed along anterior margin,
without lateral tubercle or infrastigmal
tubercle (Fig. 2A); median groove obsolete;
surface smooth, not striate. Metasoma:
Slenderly fusiform. Tergum I abruptly
narrowed, not petiolate or parallel-sided
basally. Legs: Longer spur of metatibia
0.65-0.74 (0.69) X metatarsomere I. Tarsal
claws sub-bifid: inner ray sub-parallel to
outer ray, acute. Wings: Fore and hind
wing venation as shown in Fig. 2A. Fore
wing crossvein 2r-rs originating before
middle of pterostigma. Crossvein cu-a orig-
inating slightly basad of point of separation
of vein M+CuA. SMC2 rhomboid, receiving
crossvein lm-cu at basal 0.43-0.56 (0.52).
SMC3 narrowed on vein Rs by 0.42-0.53
(0.51) X its length on vein M, 1.2-1.5 (1.3) X
as long as SMC2 on vein M, 0.69-1.1 (0.87) X
as long as SMC2 on vein Rs, receiving
crossvein 2m-cu at apical 0.54-0.66 (0.58).
Hind wing crossvein rs-m almost straight,
oblique to vein M. Crossvein cu-a forming
angle of 135-140 to vein A.
Male. — Very similar to female. Length:
Body 3.9-8.3 mm; fore wing 3.7-6.5 mm.
Head: 1.2X as broad as long. UID:MID:
LID=9.9-10.1:10:7.0-7.7. MID 0.57-0.60 X
head width. POL:OOL=l:2.1-3.1. Clypeus
2.3-2.5 X as broad as long. Labrum 2.6-
3.2 X as broad as long. Gena 0.3-0.4 X eye
width in profile. Flagellomere I 2.2-2.7 X as
long as wide and 0.38-0.43 X as long as
UID; flagellomeres I and II in ratio of
1:0.96-1.1. Mesosoma: Metapostnotum 0.8-
lx length of metanotum at midline. Legs:
Longer spur of metatibia 0.66-0.73 X meta-
tarsomere I. Wings: SMC2 receiving cross-
vein lm-cu at basal 0.44-0.60. SMC3
narrowed on vein Rs by 0.44-0.73 X its
length on vein M, 1.1-1.6X as long as
SMC2 on vein M, 0.64-1 .4 X as long as
SMC2 on vein Rs, receiving crossvein 2m-
cu at apical 0.50-0.66. Subgenital plate
(Fig. 2H): Broadened medially; apical mar-
gin slightly emarginate or truncate; ventral
surface covered with minute setae. Genita-
lia (Fig. 21): Paramere without strong setae
apicomedially; parapenial lobe short, not
attaining apex of aedeagus.
Distribution. — Japan and Korea (Fig. 6).
Type material. — Holotype 9 (TMUB), Nageishi
Pass, Higashi-Mikabo, Gunma Prefecture,
28.viii.1986, T. Nambu. Paratypes: Japan: Hon-
shu: Showa, Mt. Hakase, 1000 m, Beech forest,
Fukushima Pref., 29.vi-26.vii.1998 (1 ;), 27.vii-
23.viii.1998 (697^), 24.viii-19.ix.1998 (192^), Ma-
laise trap, T. Muroi, (TMUB). Imperial Palace,
Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo, 28.V.1999, T. Nambu, 1<$
(TMUB). Mt. Komaga-take, 1000-1300 m, Ha-
kone, Kanagawa Pref., ll.vii.2000 (1^),
30.viii.2000 (I9), H. Nagase, (TMUB); 18.vii.2001
(1976*: TMUB; 1 £ FSAG), l.viii.2001 (26*: TMUB),
A. Shimizu. Takekurabe-yama, Maruoka-cho,
Fukui Pref., 5.ix.l994, Y. Haneda, I9 (TMUB).
Akausagi-yama, Ohno-shi, 23. ix. 1974, Y. Ha-
neda, 19 (FSAG). Shitara, Beech forest, 900 m,
Uradani, Aichi Pref., 25-31.vii.1994 (1 J), 29.viii-
4.ix.l994 (1 ;), Malaise trap, K. Yamagishi,
(TMUB); 29.viii-4.ix.1994, Emergence trap, K.
Yamagishi, I9I 5 (TMUB); 19-25.ix.1994, Pan
trap, K. Yamagishi, I9 (TMUB); l-7.viii.1994
(1J: TMUB), 22-28.viii.1994 (I9I6*: TMUB; 19,
FSAG), Malaise trap, T. Kanbe. Asahi, Yawata,
650 m, Deciduous forest, 17-26.vi.1998 (2;), 12-
21.viii.1998 (I9I ?), 15-25.ix.1998 (19), Malaise
trap, M. Ozawa, (TMUB). Mt. Sanage, Evergreen
forest, Aichi Pref., 28.viii-3.ix.1992, Emergence
trap, K. Shima, I9 (TMUB); 4-10.ix.1992, Malaise
trap, T. Kanbe, 19 (TMUB); 16-22.ix.2002, Ma-
laise trap, M. Kiyota, 1 J (TMUB). Korea:
Kyeongsangnamdo, Jirisan, Hamyang-gun, Ma-
cheon-myon, Samjeong-li, 700 m, 35 20'55N
127 38'21E, Malaise trap, 10-20.ix.2003, P. Tripo-
tin, 292; (FSAG).
Etymology. — This species is named in
honor of the provider of the holotype
specimen.
320
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
Fig. 3. Irenangelus punctipleuris n. sp. (A-G, I, holotype female; H, J-K, paratype females: H, from Sulawesi; J,
from Brunei; K, from Japan); L-M, paratype male from Japan). A, Head and antenna, lateral view; B, head,
frontal view; C, head, dorsal view; D, mesosoma, lateral view; E, metasomal tergum I, dorsal view; F,
mesosternum and mesocoxa, ventral view; G, right metatarsal claw, outer view; H-K, pronotum, dorsal view; L,
genitalia (left half, dorsal view; right half, ventral view); M, sternum VII and subgenital plate, ventral view. Scale
lines: 0.5 mm.
Remarks. — In Irenangelus this species is
unique in its predominantly dark brown to
black body and wholly transparent wings.
Irenangelus punctipleuris Wahis, new
species
(Figs 3, 4C-F, 5B-C)
Female. —Length: Body 8.1-12.4 (10.0)
mm; fore wing 6.2-9.3 (7.9) mm. Coloration:
Head, mesosoma and coxae black with
following bright yellow: clypeus and la-
brum (lateral portions black), frons be-
tween and below antennal sockets, upper
frons along inner orbit and gena along
outer orbit broadly, scape and pedicel
(dorsal faces dark brown to black), prono-
tal disc (lateral margin black), ventral and
posterolateral margins of pronotum broad-
ly, posteromedian elliptic spot and lateral
streak on mesoscutum, median spot on
scutellum, metanotal disc, oblong spot on
upper mesopleuron, this spot being some-
times obsolete, two large spots on lower
mesopleuron, these often being continuous
(Figs 4E-F), median triangular and lateral
longitudinal marks on propodeum, these
being continuous posteriorly, oblique spot
on upper metapleuron, this spot being
* . a ■ -
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
321
Fig. 4. Female head (A-D) and mesopleuron (E-F) of Irenangelus (A-B, dorsolateral view; C-D, frontal view;
E-F, lateral view). A, /. pernix Bingham from Bali, Indonesia; B, /. hikosanus n. sp., holotype; C-F, /. punctipleuris,
n. sp. (C, E, holotype; D, F, paratype from Japan).
sometimes obsolete, posterodorsal mark on
lower metapleuron, this being continuous
with lateral propodeal mark, apical greater
parts of coxae, and sometimes side of
metanotum and anterior portion of meta-
postnotum. Following reddish brown: fla-
gellomeres I-IV or -X ventrally (remainder
of flagellum dark brown to black), maxil-
lary and labial palpi, trochanters (basally
dark brown to black), femora (dorsolateral
portion of profemur and sometimes ventral
portions of meso- and metafemora bright
yellow; sometimes all femora dark brown
ventrally and/or laterally), tibiae (protibia
bright yellow dorsolaterally; sometimes
dorsal portion of mesotibia and basidorsal
Fig. 5. Female wings (A, fore and hind wings; B, fore wing; C, hind wing). A, /. hikosanus n. sp., holotype; B-C,
/. punctipleuris n. sp., paratype from the Philippines.
322
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
5 "5 "5-
o E c
^ TO 3
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
323
portion of metatibia dark brown to black),
tarsi, and metasoma (tergum I dark brown
to black anterodorsally and sublaterally;
terga II— IV sometimes becoming darker
dorsally). Posterolateral margin of mesos-
cutum, tegula, and wing bases yellowish
brown. Mandible black; apical 1/3 dark
rufous. Wings hyaline, iridescent in certain
lights, weakly infuscate along outer mar-
gins. Pterostigma light to dark brown.
Punctation: Upper frons (Figs 4C-D), vertex
between eye and ocellus, pronotum, me-
soscutum, discs of scutellum and metano-
tum, mesopleuron (Figs 4E-F), and lower
metapleuron with irregularly-spaced, shal-
low punctures, these being larger and
denser along median line of frons and
scutal groove, and sometimes on meso-
pleuron. Pubescence and setae: Body and legs
with short, appressed, white to pale brown
pubescence but devoid of long bristly
setae; vertex, mandible, propleuron, lateral
side of pronotal disc, mesopleuron, meta-
notum, and posterolateral portion of pro-
podeum with short, dense, white to pale
brown setae. Head: 1.1-1.2 (1.2)X as broad
as long. Vertex strongly convex in frontal
view (Fig. 3B). Frons without interantennal
tubercle (Fig. 3A); median line finely im-
pressed from interantennal area close to
anterior ocellus. Antennocular line slightly
depressed nearby antennal base (Fig. 3C).
Inner orbits distinctly emarginate at upper
1/3, strongly convergent below. UID:
MID:LID = 8. 5-9.4:10:5.6-6.5 (9.3:10:5.9).
MID 0.59-0.63 (0.61) x head width. Ocelli
forming slightly acute triangle, this area
being slightly raised. POL:OOL = 1:1. 6-2.5
(1.9). Clypeus feebly convex, 1.6-1.9 (1.8) X
as broad as long; anterior margin truncate,
weakly and arcuately emarginate (Fig. 3B);
lateral sides strongly convergent towards
apex. Labrum 2.0-2.3 (2.2) X as broad as
long; anterior margin with small median
notch. Malar space very short (Fig. 3A).
Mandible sharply carinate laterally. Gena
0.4-0.5 (0.4) X eye width in profile, feebly
rounded in dorsal view. Scape carinate on
apical half ventrally; lateral face flattened
but scarcely concave in dorsal view. Fla-
gellomere I 2.1-2.4 (2.4) X as long as wide
and 0.38-0.43 (0.38) X length of UID;
flagellomeres I and II in ratio of 1:0.84-1.0
(0.94). Mesosoma: Pronotum short; anterior
margin of disc almost straight in dorsal
view, its lateral corner sub-angulate, but
degree of angulation variable (Figs 3H-K);
lower anterolateral tubercle not much
swollen, being concealed by disc in dorsal
view; posterior portion narrowly but dis-
tinctly depressed along posterior margin,
the latter being arcuate. Mesoscutum with
scutal groove shallowly impressed on
anterior 1/4-3/4; parapsidal sulcus ap-
pearing as a fine, raised line; posterolateral
margin narrowly reflexed. Discs of scutel-
lum and metanotum strongly raised
(Fig. 3D). Metapostnotum 0.59-1.0 (1.0) X
length of metanotum at midline, deeply
sunken between metanotum and propo-
deum, with fine, transverse striae anterior-
ly and short oblique striae posteriorly.
Posteromedian lobes of mesosternum tri-
angularly produced, their apices removed
from each other (Fig. 3F). Upper meta-
pleuron finely and obliquely striate. Pro-
podeum short, barely convex in profile
(Fig. 3D), deeply depressed along anterior
margin, without lateral tubercle; infrastig-
mal tubercle weak; surface finely and
transversely striate, with weak to rudimen-
tary median groove. Metasoma: Much slen-
derer than mesosoma. Tergum I gradually
narrowed and petiolate or parallel-sided
basally (Fig. 3E). Legs: Longer spur of
metatibia 0.63-0.72 (0.68) X length of meta-
tarsomere I. Tarsal claws bifid; inner ray of
claw truncate (Fig. 3G). Wings: Fore and
Fig. 6. Map showing the known distribution of Irenangelus hikosanus, I. nambui, and /. punctipleuris. In fapan
only certain localities of specimens, including type localities, have been selected for /. hikosanus and /. nambui.
324
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
hind wing venation as shown in Figs 5B and
C, respectively. Fore wing crossvein 2r-rs
originating slightly before middle of pter-
ostigma. Crossvein cu-a usually originating
at or slightly basad of point of separation of
vein M+CuA. SMC2 almost rectangular,
receiving crossvein lm-cu at basal 0.43-
0.57 (0.54). SMC3 narrowed on vein Rs by
0.75-0.85 (0.84) X its length on vein M, 1.3-
1.8 (1.8)x as long as SMC2 on vein M, 1.2-
1.8 (1.8) X as long as SMC2 on vein Rs,
receiving crossvein 2m-cu at basal 0.39-0.61
(0.50). Hind wing crossvein rs-m almost
vertical to vein M. Crossvein cu-a forming
angle of approximately 150 to vein A.
Male. — Very similar to female. Length:
Body 6.7-8.4 mm; fore wing 5.7-7.0 mm.
Head: 1.2X as broad as long. UID:MID:
LID=9.0:10:6.7-7.3. MID 0.62-0.65X head
width. POL:OOL=l:1.9-2.1. Clypeus 2.0x
as broad as long. Labrum 2. 1-2.2 X as
broad as long. Gena 0.4-0.5 X eye width
in profile. Flagellomere I 2.3-2.4 X as long
as wide and 0.32-0.35 X UID; flagellomeres
I and II in ratio of 1:0.87-0.90. Mesosoma:
Metapostnotum 0.75 X length of metano-
turrt at midline. Legs: Longer spur of
metatibia 0.72 X metatarsomere I. Wings:
SMC2 receiving crossvein lm-cu at basal
0.42-0.55. SMC3 narrowed on vein Rs by
0.77-0.78 X its length on vein M, 1.4-1.7X
as long as SMC2 on vein M, 1.3-1.5 X as
long as SMC2 on vein Rs, receiving cross-
vein 2m-cu at basal 0.45-0.67. Subgenital
plate (Fig. 3M): Lateral sides gradually
convergent towards apex; apical margin
sub-triangularly produced; ventral surface
with minute setae apically. Genitalia
(Fig. 3L): Paramere with strong setae api-
comedially; parapenial lobe long and slen-
der, decurved apically, extending beyond
apex of aedeagus.
Distribution. — From Japan through the
Philippines and Malaysia to India and Sri
Lanka (Fig. 6).
Type material— Holotype 9 (ZMUC), Philip-
pines, Balabac Dalawan Bay, 7.x. 1961, Noona
Dan Exp. 61-62. Paratypes: Philippines: Tawi
Tawi, Tarakawan, north of Batu Batu, 4.xi.l961
(19: ZMUC), 10.xi.1961 (19: FSAG), 12.xi.1961
(19: ZMUC), Noona Dan Exp. 61-62. Brunei:
Ulu Temburong, Base camp hut, 300 m,
115 16'E 4 26'N, 16.ii-9.iii.1982, M. C. Day, 29
(BMNH, FSAG). Sulawesi: Central Sulawasi,
Napu-valley, 100 km S/O, Palu, near Lore-
Lindu National Park, 9.U.2001, A. -M. Klein, I9
(FSAG). Utara, Dumoga-Bone Nat. Park, ii.1985,
19 (BMNH). Bali: W. Bali, near Negara, rain-
forest above Batuagung, 550 m, 4-6.xii.1911, C.
v. Achterberg, I9 (RMNH). Java: W. Java,
Djampang-Tengah, Mrs. Walsh, 19 (RMNH).
Borneo: Sarawak, S.W. Gunung Buda, 64 km S.
Limbang 4 13'N 114 56'E, 8-15.xi.1996, Malaise
trap, S. L. Heydon & S. Fung, 19 (UCDC).
Malaysia: S. E. Sabah, Danum Valley Field C,
117 48'E 4 58'N, x-xii.1986, P. Eggleton, 49
(BMNH), 19 (FSAG). S. E. Sabah, near Danum
Valley Field, ca.150 m, 26.v-20.vi. 1987 (49:
RMNH; 39: FSAG), 20.vi-12.vii.1987 (I9:
RMNH), 13.ix-4.x.l987 (I9: RMNH), Malaise
trap, C. v. Achterberg & D. Kennedy. S. W.
Sabah, near Long Pa Sia (West), 1020 m, 25.xi-
9.xii.l987, Malaise trap, C. v. Achterberg, 19
(RMNH). S. W. Sabah, near Long Pa Sia (East),
1000 m, l-13.iv.1987 (I9), 25.xi-9.xii.1987 (19),
Malaise trap, C. v. Achterberg, (RMNH). Pasoh
Forest Reserve, Negeri S., 22.vii.1978 (I9: AEIC),
7.ix.l978 (19: FSAG), 6.xi.l978 (I9: AEIC),
8.i.l979 (19: AEIC), P. & M. Becker. Bukit Kutu,
304.1930, H. T. Padgen, 19 (BMNH). India: U. P.
Garjia, 610 m, 26-29.iv.1969, Gupta, No. 335, 1J
(FSAG). S. India, Madras ST., Anamalai Hills,
3500 f, v.1964, P. S. Nathan, 19 (CNC). Kerala,
Periyar A. Sanctuary, 5-15.X.1979, 19 (BMNH).
Sri Lanka: Kandy District, Udawattakele Sanc-
tuary, 1800 f, l-3.ix.1980, Malaise trap, K. V.
Krombein et al, 19 (FSAG). Japan: Kawamata,
Otaki-mura, Chichibu, Saitama Pref., 30. vi-
l.vii.2004, A. Shimizu, 19 (TMUB). Maruno-
machi, Nirasaki-shi, Yamanashi Pref., 27.vi-
5.vii.2005, Malaise trap, K. Hosoda, 13 (TMUB).
Kanegasaki-cho, Tsuruga-shi, Fukui Pref.,
3.vii.2001, H. Takahashi, 19 (TMUB).
Etymology. — The species name is derived
from the punctate mesopleuron; puncti-
(punctate) + pleuris (pleuron).
Remarks. — The present species is similar
to "Ceropales" tennatus Turner 1910 occur-
ring in Australia in that 1) the flagellum is
crenulate; 2) all tarsal claws are bifid; 3) the
frons is devoid of an interantennal tubercle;
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
325
and 4) the metasomal tergum I is gradually
narrowed and petiolate or parallel-sided
basally. However, this new species is easily
distinguished from the latter by the almost
entirely rufous metasoma and the distinctly
punctate mesopleuron.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
We thank Emeritus Professor R. Ishikawa (Tokyo
Metropolitan University) and Dr N. Springate (Natu-
ral History Museum, London) for reviewing our
manuscript and providing critical comments. For the
gift or loan of specimens, our thanks are also due to
the following: M. C. Day, T. Edashige, T. Esaki, Y.
Haneda, K. Hosoda, L. S. Kimsey (UCDC), K. V.
Krombein (USNM), R. Matsumoto (OMNH), S. Mo-
moi, H. Nagase, T. Nambu, R. Oomuta, A. Shinohara
(NSMT), M. Shiraishi, O. Tadauchi (ELKU), H.
Takahashi, Y. Tazaki, P. Tripotin, L. B. Vilhelmsen
(ZMUC), K. Yamagishi, Y. Yasimoto, and K. Yasu-
matsu.
LITERATURE CITED
Banks, N. 1934. The Psammocharidae of the Philip-
pines. Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts
and Sciences 69: 1-117.
Bingham, C. T. 1896. On some exotic fossorial
Hymenoptera in the collection of the British
Museum, with descriptions of new species and
of a new genus of the Pompilidae. journal of the
Linnean Society of London (Zoology) 25: 422-A45.
Cameron, P. 1891. Hymenoptera Orientalis; or Con-
tributions to a knowledge of the Hymenoptera of
the Oriental Zoological Region. Part 3. Memoirs
and Proceedings of the Manchester Literary and
Philosophical Society (4) 4: 431-481, pi. 3.
. 1896. Hymenoptera Orientalis; or Contribu-
tions to a knowledge of the Hymenoptera of the
Oriental Zoological Region. Part 5. Memoirs and
Proceedings of the Manchester Literary and Philo-
sophical Society 41 (4): 1-144, pis 3, 4.
Day, M. C. 1988. Spider wasps, Hymenoptera:
Pompilidae. Handbooks for the Identification of
British Insects 6 (4): 1-60.
Evans, H. E. 1969. Studies on Neotropical Pompilidae
(Hymenoptera) VII. Irenangeliis Schulz. Studio
Entomologica 12: 417-431.
. 1987. A new species of Irenangeliis from Costa
Rica (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae: Ceropalinae).
Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washing-
ton 89: 559-561.
Kim, C.-W. 1970. Illustrated Encyclopedia of Fauna and
Flora of Korea. Vol. 11, part 3. Samwha-Chulpansa,
Seoul. 891 pp. [In Korean.]
Kimsey, L. S. and M. S. Wasbauer. 2004. Revision
of New World species of the cleptoparasitic
pompilid genus Irenangeliis Schulz (Hymenop-
tera: Pompilidae). journal of the Kansas Entomolog-
ical Society 77: 650-668.
Lelej, A. S., T. Saigusa, and C. E. Lee. 1994. Spider
wasps (Hymenoptera, Pompilidae) of Korea.
Russian Entomological journal 3: 135-148.
, T. Tano, and H. Kurokavva. 1995. Spider
wasps (Hymenoptera, Pompilidae) from Cheju-
Do Island, Southern Korea. Transactions of Essa
Entomological Society 75: 44-47.
Pitts, J. P., M. S. Wasbauer, and C. D. Dohlen. 2006.
Preliminary morphological analysis of relation-
ships between the spider wasp subfamilies
(Hymenoptera: Pompilidae): revising an old
problem. Zoologica Scripta 35: 63-84.
Rohwer, S. A. 1919. Philippine wasp studies. Part. 1.
Descriptions of new species. Bulletin. Hawaiian
Sugar Planters' Association Experiment Station,
Entomological Series 14: 5-18.
Schulz, W. A. 1906. Spolia Hymenopterologica. A. Pape,
Paderborn. 355 pp.
Shimizu, A. 1994. Phylogeny and classification of the
family Pompilidae (Hymenoptera). Tokyo Metro-
politan University Bulletin of Natural History 2:
1-142.
. 1996. Key to the genera of the Pompilidae
occurring in Japan north of the Ryukyus (Hyme-
noptera) (Part 2). Japanese Journal of Entomology 64:
496-513.
-, M. S. Wasbauer, and M. Ujiie. 1998. Taxo-
nomic importance of the female apicoventral
setae on metatarsomere V of the Pompilidae
(Hymenoptera), with special reference to phvlog-
eny of the family. Entomological Science 1: 427-439.
Turner, R. E. 1910. Additions to our knowledge of the
fossorial wasps of Australia. Proceedings of the
Zoological Society of London 1910: 253-356, pis 31, 32.
Wahis, R. 1988. Hymenopteres Pompilides de Mada-
gascar. Genus Ceropales Latreille et Irenangeliis
Schulz. (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae). Revue de
Zoologie Africaine 102: 213-221.
Wcislo, W. T., M. J. West-Eberhard, and W. G.
Eberhard. 1988. Natural history and behavior of
a primitively social wasp, Auplopus semialatus, and
its parasite, Irenangeliis eberhardi (Hymenoptera:
Pompilidae). Journal of Insect Behavior 1: 247-260.
Williams, F. X. 1919. Philippine wasp studies. Part 2.
Descriptions of new species and life history
studies. Bulletin. Hawaiian Sugar Planters' Associ
at ion Experiment Station, Entomological Series 14:
19-186.
Yasumatsu, K. 1933. [Two unrecorded Psammochar-
idae from Japan and Formosa.] Fukuoka Hakubu-
tsugaku Zasshi, 1: 143-149. [In Japanese.]
J. HYM. RES.
Vol. 16(2), 2007, pp. 326-335
Natural History and Larval Behavior of the parasitoid Zatypota petronae
(Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae)
Ju-Lin Weng* and Gilbert Barrantes1
Escuela de Biologia, Universidad de Costa Rica, Ciudad Universitaria Rodrigo Facio, San Jose,
Costa Rica
Abstract. — The koinobiont ectoparasitoid Zatypota petronae Gauld (Ichneumonidae) parasitizes
medium-sized immatures of the cobweb spider Theridion evexum Keyserling (Theridiidae). Zatypota
petronae apparently attacks the spider inside its retreat. An egg is glued on the antero-lateral dorsal
section of the spider's abdomen. First-instar larvae remain partially inside the egg chorion which is
attached to the spider's abdomen. In later instars, a layer of a brownish material (saddle), to which
the 7th and 8th abdominal segments of the larva adhere ventrally, anchors the larva to the spider. In
the last instar the saddle includes the egg chorion and the shed exoskeletons of previous instars. A
row of retractile, dorsal protuberances, crowned with hooklets, is present on abdominal segments 1
to 8 of the final-instar larva. The larva uses the hooklets to grab silk lines of the retreat of the
spider's web. Hanging on the spider's web the larva kills the spider and sucks out its body tissues.
Then the larva pushes vigorously laterally with its head against the spider's corpse, and alternately
presses the corpse against the saddle. These movements, in combination with peristaltic
movements, free the larva from the saddle that falls to the ground with the dead spider. The
larva then constructs its pupal cocoon. Prior to cocoon construction, the larva induces the spider to
reinforce the retreat by adding more threads. Parasitism rate and host behavior are also described.
The polysphinctine pimplines are koino-
biont ectoparasitoids of spiders in several
families (Nielsen 1923, 1932, Fincke et al.
1990, Hanson and Gauld 1995, Gauld et al.
1998). Nielsen (1923, 1932) described in
detail the behavior of the larvae and hosts
of several European polysphinctine spe-
cies. The parasitism rates and life cycle of
Hymenoepiiuecis robertsae Gauld on the
neotropical tetragnathid Nephila clavipes
(L.) was described by Fincke et al. (1990).
However, larval behavior of neotropical
polysphinctine wasps has been described
in detail for only one species, H. argyr-
aphaga Gauld on the tetragnatid Plesiometa
argyra (Walker) (Eberhard 2000a, 2000b,
2001).
Current address: Department of Entomology, Kansas
State University, Manhattan, Kansas, USA
' Author for correspondence
Parasitoid wasps of the cosmopolitan
speciose polysphinctine genus Zatypota
Forster parasitize spiders in at least five
families (Dictynidae, Agelenidae, Tetra-
gnathidae, Araneidae and Theridiidae)
(Shaw 1994, Gauld et al. 1998). In the
neotropics the only two host records were
Theridion species: T. contreras Levi for an
unidentified Zatypota species (Jimenez
1987) and T. evexum Keyserling for Z.
petronae Gauld (Barrantes and Weng in
press).
The larval behavior of Zatypota sp.
(Jimenez 1987) differs in some aspects from
that of European polysphinctine species
(Nielsen 1923, 1932) and H. argyrapmaga
(Eberhard 2000a). The larva of Zatypota sp.
was said to hold on to the spider by biting
the dorsum or sides of the anterior section
of the spider's abdomen. This description
is likely wrong as detailed descriptions of
the behavior of the larva of Z. albicoxa
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
327
(Nielsen 1923) and the larva of H. argyr-
aphaga (Eberhard 2000a) show that some
posterior segments of the larvae lodge
ventrally in a "saddle", probably coagulat-
ed spider's hemolymph, that adheres tight-
ly to the spider's abdomen (Nielsen 1923,
Eberhard 2000a). There is no further in-
formation on the biology of larvae of this
Zatypota species. Here we describe the
intensity of parasitism and behavior of
the larva of Z. petronae and its host T.
evexum. We describe for the first time how
a polysphinctine larva frees itself from the
spider's corpse.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
Field observations were made from
October 2005 to October 2006 in a 250 m2
plot in the understory of a middle-eleva-
tion wet forest patch (9 54'N, 84 03' W;
elevation 1200 m), the Reserva Biologica
Leonel Oviedo on the Universidad de
Costa Rica campus, San Jose Province,
Costa Rica. All spiders (or nearly so) from
third-forth instar outside the egg sac to
adults were checked for parasites every
two weeks; most spiderlings disperse from
the mother's web at fourth instar. The
small eggs and early instar larvae probably
went undetected.
Theridion evexum constructs most webs
between 0.20 to 1.5 m above the ground
(Barrantes and Weng in press), making it
possible to find practically all webs. Addi-
tionally, we collected seven parasitized
spiders and kept them on their webs
indoors to observe the behavior of larvae
and spiders. In two cases we transplanted
the plant on which the parasitized spider
had constructed its web indoors, allowing
us to observe the larva and host behavior
with little disturbance. The complete larval
development was not observed in all cases,
so sample sizes are not always the same.
Behavior and morphological features of
more than 10 larvae were observed under
a dissecting microscope. Video recordings
of behavior were made using a Sony DCR -
VX 1000 camcorder with +5 close-up
lenses. Drawings of larval behavior were
traced from video recordings. Voucher
specimens of wasps and spiders were
deposited in the Museo de Zoologia of
the Universidad de Costa Rica. Wasp
species names follow Gauld et al. (1998).
RESULTS
Percentage of parasitism. — Only juveniles
of T. evexum were found to be parasitized
by Z. petronae. A second instar larva was
feeding on a juvenile spider, possiblv
a third instar. However, final instar larvae
were found feeding on large immature
spiders, possibly juveniles of fourth to fifth
instars. The parasitism in T. evexum was
very low (mean percentage of parasitism/
census = 1.39%, SD = 1.80, n = 53 bi-
weekly censuses). The reproduction in T.
evexum is extremely seasonal, and the
abundance of immature spiders (4th instar
or larger) susceptible to attack by Z.
petronae increased in March and declined
drastically through August (Fig. 1). Be-
tween September and February the popu-
lation consists, first, of mature females, and
then of very small spiderlings (Fig. 1).
Parasitized spiders occurred primarily
from March through August.
Spider web and wasp attack. — The web of
T. evexum includes a folded leaf that forms
a conical retreat, with a tangle in front of
the retreat opening, and long viscid
threads extending from the tangle to other
leaves (Barrantes and Weng in press). An
additional tangle is constructed by the
spider inside on the upper side of the
retreat.
We witnessed one attack bv a female Z.
petronae wasp. The wasp approached the
web and hovered in front of the spider's
retreat opening. The wasp then flew inside
the retreat. A few seconds later, the spider,
with the wasp perched on its dorsum,
dropped about 10 cm below the retreat,
and hung on its dragline. They struggled
for a few seconds and then the wasp flew
out of sight. The spider began to climb
towards the retreat but after advancing
328
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
350 n
Dec Feb Apr Jun Aug Sep Nov
Date
Fig. 1. Temporal changes in the number of immature spiders (black rhombus), males (open circles), and
reproductive females (black circles) of T. evexutn.
about four centimeters, it became para-
lyzed and fell back, motionless for about
10 min, dangling from its dragline. The
spider recovered its motion slowly, and
with clumsy movements cleaned some of
its legs before ascending to the retreat.
When we returned, 30 min later, the spider
had fully recovered its mobility. We did
not ascertain whether the spider had an
egg on its abdomen.
Larvae. — We observed one egg of Z.
petronae glued on the antero-lateral dorsal
section of the abdomen of a spider collect-
ed in the field, a first instar larva emerged
about four hours later. All eleven larvae of
different instars checked under the dissect-
ing microscope were attached by their rear
end to the cuticle of the antero-lateral
surface of the spider's abdomen (Fig. 2A).
The first instar larva (n = 3) had its
posterior end lodged inside the egg chori-
on, with its head, thorax, and some
abdominal segments protruding; the cho-
rion remained attached to the spider. In the
"second" instar, larvae (n = 5) were
completely outside the collapsed, flattened
egg chorion that was embedded in an
apparently rigid, semitransparent layer of
brownish material (Fig. 2B) (the "saddle"
of Nielsen 1923). The ventral surface of two
or three posterior abdominal segments
rested on the saddle. In subsequent instars,
the cuticles of the previous molts became
incorporated into the saddle as they ad-
hered to its upper surface, against the
ventral surface of the larva. The egg
chorion was near the spider's surface, but
not in contact with it. The saddle was
attached by a short pedicel to the spider's
abdomen (Fig. 2B), and the larva's abdom-
inal segments 7 and 8 secured it to the
saddle. Feeding scars were observed on the
nearby dorsal and lateral surface of the
spider's abdomen (Fig. 2B).
In the final instar, larvae had dorsal,
two-lobed, retractable tubercles on eight
abdominal segments (1st to 8th); these
structures were absent in previous stages.
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
329
A
*
larva
B
y<i
V
■shed cuticles
spider's abdomegj
feeding
scars
Fig. 2. Larva of Z. petronae: A- Second instar larva attached to the antero-lateral surface of the spider's
abdomen. B- Penultimate larva with the saddle attached to the spider's abdomen. The shed cuticles of previous
molts are visible under the larva. Feeding scars (black dots) are also visible on the surface of the spider's
abdomen. (Photo of a specimen in alcohol).
When extended, the tubercles were
crowned with a circle of tiny hooks that
allowed the larva to grab the threads of the
spider's web inside the retreat. The larva
could extend or retract independently each
lobe of the tubercle, and the tubercles could
be retracted rapidly and completely into
a pocket. Based on size and morphology,
we discerned three instars in the larvae of
this wasp. However, the saddle of what we
thought was a second instar larva included
the chorion and the shed cuticles of two
molts. Hence, further observations are
needed to confirm the number of instars.
The final instar larva spent about 18 h
attached to the spider (n = 2), three to six
hours after removing the saddle and prior
to cocoon construction (n = 5), and nearly
18 h constructing the cocoon (n = 1). The
duration of the larva inside the cocoon
before pupation was not recorded. One
penultimate instar larva molted during the
night and the next morning hung from
lines near the roof of the retreat with its
dorsal hooks, and fed on the spider for
about eight hours. During approximately
the first four hours the spider's legs moved
slightly, but later we could not detect any
movement. The larva fed first on the
spider's abdomen, then on its cephalotho-
rax. When discarded, the spider's carcass
was nearly completely empty; even its legs
were almost transparent. The larva was
thus capable of extracting nearly complete-
ly the spider's internal tissues, presumably
using capillarity (Eberhard et al. 2006).
Dislodging the saddle. — After the larva
had finished feeding, it began to free itself
from the saddle while hanging inside the
spider's retreat. The process, which lasted
about two hours, included three types of
movement: pressing the spider carcass
against the saddle, pushing the spider
carcass laterally, and peristaltic move-
ments of the larva's abdominal segments.
The pressing and peristaltic movements
seemed to be more frequent and intense
just before the spider carcass and saddle
were completely removed.
Pressing movements: The ventral side
of the larva's head pushed on the spider's
anterior end, steadily pressing the spider's
carcass against the saddle until it bent
almost completely over the saddle
(Fig. 3A, B). The larva then released the
pressure completely as it moved its head to
330
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
Fig. 3. Movements of the spider to free itself from the saddle (traced from video images). Pressing movement:
the larva places its head near the spider's chelicerae (A) and presses the spider carcass against the saddle (B).
Lateral pushing: the larva places its head on the anterior tip of the spider carcass and pushes it laterally (C). A
backward final push completely dislodges the saddle from the larva (D); the grey arrow shows the position of
the larva's head tip before pushing the saddle. Dotted and dashed lines represent the initial positions of the
larva and the spider's carcass respectively.
the initial position, and then either made
another pressing movement or pushed the
spider's carcass laterally (see below).
Lateral pushing: The larva bent ventral-
ly until the lateral section of its head
contacted the legs and /or cephalothorax
of the dead spider, and then pushed
laterally (Fig. 3C). Then it moved its head
back slightly, maintaining contact with the
carcass, and pushed laterally again. The
larva pushed repeatedly up to 10 times
before reorienting its head; the complete
carcass moved visibly with each push by
the larva. The larva often placed its head
on the opposite side of the spider during
successive pushing bouts. During the last
three pushing bouts the larva's head was
oriented at about 30 to its longitudinal
axis and contacted the saddle, rather than
the spider and the force exerted by the
pushing movement was toward the rear of
the larva's body rather than laterally
(Fig. 3D).
Peristaltic movements: Peristaltic waves
moved posteriorly along the larva's abdom-
inal segments during pressing and pushing
movements. The last segment stretched
extensively backward as the wave reached
it. The peristaltic waves were strongest
during the last pressing and lateral move-
ments of the larva.
Final events: As soon as the saddle was
released the larva rubbed its head against
the ventral surface of the segments that
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007 332
had been connected to the saddle, which All 57 cocoons found were constructed
were covered with a mucilaginous sub- inside the spiders' retreats, but their
stance. The small processes on the ventral attachment varied among retreats: 71%
larval segments that are inserted in the were attached to the threads of the tangle
saddle in other polysphinctines (the "taps" near the retreat's roof, 20% were attached
of Nielsen 1923, Eberhard 2000a) were not to the threads applied by the spider at the
visible in the Z. petronae larva at the apex of the leaf-cone (Fig. 5A), and 9%
moment the saddle was released. Howev- were in the middle of the retreat, attached
er, examination of two saddles under the to a thick silk cable formed by several
dissecting and compound microscopes independent threads (Fig. 5B).
showed a wedge-like depression inside Enemies of the wasp. — Of the 57 cocoons
the saddle. This depression was likely found, we observed two predation attacks
produced by an abdominal projection that and a possible parasitoid attack on a third
anchored the larva to the saddle. cocoon. One pupa was attacked by Sole-
Cocoon construction. — One larva of Z. nopsis ants inside the spider's retreat. A
petronae began cocoon construction at second pupa or larva inside its cocoon was
about 18:30 h inside the spider's retreat, attacked by a penultimate male of T.
after resting for nearly two hours. We did evexnm that fed on the immature wasp
not follow cocoon construction in detail, through the cocoon silk. The third cocoon
but our incomplete observations indicate had a lateral hole near its bottom that
that the behavior was quite similar to suggested the exit of a parasitoid, as adults
cocoon construction by H. argyraphaga of Z. petronae exit the cocoon by cutting
(Eberhard 2000a), except that no suspen- a circular slit near the cocoon's upper end.
sion line was built. Construction lasted Host spider behaviour. — The spiders ear-
nearly 18 h (N = l). It began with the larva rying first and possibly young second
hooked by its dorsal tubercles to the silk instar larvae (N=4) were capable of cap-
threads of the tangle inside the retreat turing prey trapped on the long viscid lines
(Fig. 4A). of their webs. Their attack behavior was
The larva built the cocoon by attaching indistinguishable from the attacks of non-
a silk line (or lines) produced from its head parasitized spiders (Barrantes and Eber-
to the tangle of threads made by the spider, hard in prep.). However, spiders with
and pulling its head from this point to the a large penultimate instar or a final instar
next attaching point, which was either larva did not attack prey that adhered to
another tangle thread or one of its own the sticky threads. The stickiness of the last
previously produced lines. Cocoon con- capture threads produced by a spider with
struction began around the posterior por- a large penultimate instar larva was nota-
tion of the larva (Fig. 4B) and then gradu- bly reduced, as Drosophila flies (with their
ally extended upward until it enclosed the wings cut) walked easily along these
larva. The first silk lines around the larva threads.
formed a loose, fluffy mass (Fig. 4C), but On four occasions we observed that
after some hours a much denser wall began when a larva apparently bit the cuticle of
to form around the larva (Fig. 4D). The a spider's abdomen, the spider jerked and
larva frequently paused during the con- tried unsuccessfully to reach the larva with
struction for up to 2 min. After 20 h the its legs I, II and III. This suggests that the
larva ejected its meconium through the spider perceived and was irritated by the
circular hole at the bottom of the cocoon, wounds produced by the larva. In one case
The recently constructed cocoon had a pale- the spider's leg II touched the anterior
yellow color that turned to orange-yellow portion of the larva, and the larva imme-
over the next day. diately moved its anterior portion toward
332
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
Fig. 4. Sequence of cocoon construction. A) Final instar larva recently freed from the saddle, dorsal tubercles
are visible on two abdominal segments. B) Larva about 45 min after cocoon construction began. C) Cocoon
construction after approximately 2 h. D) Cocoon after 20 h; note the meconium below the cocoon.
the dorsal-middle section of the spider's
abdomen (out of range of the leg) and
apparently bit her again. Examination with
a hand lens showed that there was a tiny-
shiny spot, presumably of hemolymph,
where the larva had apparently first
bitten the spider (documenting that the
larva actually bit the host rather than
just touched it with its mouthparts is not
easy).
The web retreats housing cocoons had
additional, non-sticky thick threads either
across the retreat opening (72%, n = 57;
Fig. 5B), inside, more or less in the middle
of the retreat (20%) (Fig. 5B), or both (8%)
across the retreat opening and inside it
(Fig. 5B). In one case the threads inside the
retreat were so dense that they formed
a sketchy sheet just below a cocoon
(Fig. 5C), which was attached to the tangle
threads. A parasitized spider added more
threads to the apex of the retreat (Fig. 5A),
possibly during the last two nights, before
being killed by the larva.
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
333
Fig. 5. Retreat constructed by Theridion evexum. A) The arrow shows the threads that maintain the leaf-retreat
folded. B) Threads added by the spider at the retreat opening (a) and in the middle of the retreat (b). C) Sketchy
sheet in the middle of the retreat. Larva of Zatypota petronae induces T. evexum to produce threads at the retreat
opening, inside it and to increase number of threads that maintained the leaf folded (black arrow in A).
DISCUSSION
The morphology and behavior of the
larva of Z. petronae are quite similar to
those of larvae of other polysphinctine
species (Nielsen 1923, 1932, Fincke 1990,
Gauld et al. 1998, Eberhard 2000a). How-
ever, they often differ in where and
possibly how their cocoons are attached
to the host web. The larva of Z. petronae
attaches its cocoon, which lacks a suspen-
sion line, to silk threads inside the retreat
of T. evexum, Hymenoepimecis spp. attach
their cocoon to the spider web (e.g. N.
clavipes and P. argyra) with a suspension
line (Fincke et al.*1990, Eberhard 2000a,
2001), whereas the larva of Reclinervellus
nielseni (Roman) [= Polysphincta nielseni]
(Nielsen 1923, Gauld and Dubois 2006) and
P. gutfreundi Gauld (Gauld et al. 1998),
which also lack suspension lines, attach the
cocoons to the threads near, or on the hub
of the orbicular web of Cyclosa conica
(Pallas) (Nielsen 1923) and Allocyclosa
bifurca (McCook), respectively. These dif-
ferences are likely determined by the
characteristics of the web of each spider
species, particularly by the modifications
of the web (the "cocoon web" of Eberhard
2001) induced by the parasitoids (e.g. T.
evexum re-enforcing its retreat).
334
Journal of Hymenoptera Research
There are also differences in how larvae
adhere to the saddle. Larvae of Z. petronae
apparently adhere to the saddle using
wedge-like projections of one or two seg-
ments, rather than taps as in Z. albicoxa and
H. argyraphaga. Differences may also exist in
the sensitivity of the host to the wounds
caused by the parasitoid. For example, P.
argyra did not show any reactions to
apparent bites of H. argyraphaga larvae
(Eberhard 2000a). However, T. evexum
reacted by jerking its body and moving its
legs toward the point where the larva was
biting the spider's cuticle. This suggests that
chemical composition of secretions could
vary among parasitoid species. Further
research to confirm chemical differences in
the saliva of parasitoids and differences in
sensitivity of spider hosts to the bites of
their parasitoids is needed.
The release of the saddle by final instar
larvae is much more complex than simply
the muscular movements of the posterior
end of the larva as suggested by Nielsen
(1923) and Eberhard (2000). Without the
powerful pressing and pushing move-
ments of the larva against the saddle, the
peristaltic abdominal movements are pos-
sibly insufficient to free it from the saddle.
More information is needed to examine the
possible differences among polysphinctine
species.
The larva of Z. petronae induces the host
spider to add more threads on different
sections of the retreat (apex, inside, and
across the retreat opening) that make this
structure stronger and more durable. Add-
ing threads near the apex of the retreat is
apparently a repetition of a subroutine
used in the construction of the retreat by
an unparasitized spider, since threads
applied in similar fashion allows the spider
to fold the leaf and maintain the retreat's
shape. Similarly, threads across the retreat
opening were occasionally present (3 out of
17 webs) when pre-adult female spiders
were molting, though these threads were
not as abundant as those in retreats of
parasitized spiders. However, the thick
cable of silk threads produced inside the
retreat was not found in webs of un-
parasitized spiders. The reinforcement of
the retreat with additional silk threads
possibly increases the protection of the
cocoon, primarily against heavy rains,
which is likely important for the wasp's
survival. If a retreat opens up, it is unlikely
that the thin threads of the tangle inside the
retreat, where most cocoons were attached,
could survive heavy rains intact.
Our observations suggest that Z. petronae
is not specialized on a particular species of
host. This wasp parasitized intermediate
sized spiders (at least 4th instar), but the
reproduction of T. evexum is highly sea-
sonal and large juvenile spiders occur only
during five or six months of the year. Thus,
it is likely that Z. petronae must parasitize at
least one other species of spider to main-
tain its population.
The percentage of parasitism of T.
evexum (1.39% ± 1.80) was relatively low
when compared with other spider species.
Fincke et al. (1990) reported that the annual
percentage of parasitism for intermediate-
sized juvenile females of N. clavipes was
15-30%, and Eberhard (2000) reported that
the parasitism on P. argyra was higher than
40% for mature females and higher than
3% for mature males. The low parasitism
on T. evexum also suggests that Z. petronae
is possibly using other spiders as hosts in
the same area.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
We thank Ingi Agnarsson and Paul Hanson for
identifying the spider and wasp respectively, and
William G. Eberhard, Paul Hanson, Mark Shaw, and
an anonymous reviewer for valuable comments on
previous drafts. We also thank Andrea Bernecker for
her comments that greatly improved the drawings.
LITERATURE CITED
Agnarsson, I. 2004. Morphological phylogeny of
cobweb spiders and their relatives (Araneae,
Araneoidea, Theridiidae). Zoological Journal of the
Unman Society 141: 447-626.
Barrantes, G. and J. L. Weng. In press. Natural history,
courtship, feeding behaviour and parasites of
Volume 16, Number 2, 2007
335
Theridion evexum (Araneae: Theridiidae). Bulletin
of the British Arachnological Society.
Eberhard, W. G. 2000a. The natural history and
behavior of Hymenoepimecis argyraphaga (Hyme-
noptera: Ichneumonidae) a parasitoid of Plesio-
meta cirgyra (Araneae: Tetragnathidae). journal of
Hymenoptera Research 9: 220-240.
. 2000b. Spider web manipulation by a wasp
larva. Nature 406: 255-256.
. 2001. Under the influence: webs and building
behaviour of Plesiometa argi/ra (Araneae, Tetra-
gnathidae) when parasitized by Hymenoepimecis
argyrophaga (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae).
journal of Araclmologi/ 29: 354-366.
-, G. Barrantes, and J. L. Weng. 2006. The
mystery of how spiders extract food without
masticating prey. Bulletin of the British Arachnolo-
gical Society 13: 372-376.
Fincke, O. M, L. Higgins, and E. Rojas. 1990.
Parasitsm of Nephila clavipes (Araneae: Tetra-
gnathidae) by an ichneumonid (Hymenoptera,
Polysphinctini) in Panama. Journal of Araclmologi/
18: 321-329.
Gauld, I. D. and J. Dubois. 2006. Phylogeny of the
Polysphincta group of genera (Hymenoptera:
Ichneumonidae; Pimplinae): a taxonomic revision
of spider ectoparasitoids. Systematic Entomology
31: 529-564.
, J. A. Ugalde G., and P. Hanson. 1998. Guia de
los Pimplinae de Costa Rica (Hymenoptera:
Ichneumonidae). Revista Biologia Tropical 46
(Supl. 1): 1-189.
Hanson, P. and I. D. Gauld. 1995. The Hymenoptera of
Costa Rica. Oxford University Press, Oxford.
Jimenez, M. L. 1987. Relaciones entre arahas y avispas.
Folia Entomologica Mexicana 73: 173-183.
Nielsen, E. 1923. Contributions to the life history of
the pimpline spider parasites (Polysphincta, Za-
glyptus, Tromatobia). Entomologiske Meddelelser 14:
137-205.
. 1932. The Biology of Spiders. Levin & Munks-
gaard, Copenhagen.
Shaw, M. R. 1994. Parasitoid host ranges. Pp. 111-144
in: B. A. Hawkins, and W. Sheehan, eds. Parasitoid
community ecology. Oxford University Press, Ox-
ford.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR AUTHORS
General Policy. The journal of Hymenoptera Research invites papers of high scientific quality reporting
comprehensive research on all aspects of Hymenoptera, including biology behavior, ecology, systematics,
taxonomy, genetics, and morphology. Taxonomic papers describing single species are acceptable if the species has
economic importance or provides new data on the biology or evolution of the genus or higher taxon. Manuscript
length generally should not exceed 50 typed pages; however, no upper limit on length has been set for papers of
exceptional quality and importance, including taxonomic monographs at generic or higher level. All papers will
be reviewed by at least two referees. The referees will be chosen by the appropriate subject editor. However, it
would be helpful if authors would submit the names of two persons who are competent to review the manuscript.
The language of publication is English. Summaries in other languages are acceptable.
The deadline for receipt of manuscripts is 1 September (for the April issue) and 1 March (for the October
issue).
Format and Preparation. Authors are strongly encouraged to submit manuscripts electronically to the editor
at the email address below, and in the format specified below. On the upper left of the title page give name,
address, telephone and fax numbers, and email address of the author to whom all correspondence is to be sent.
The paper should have a concise and informative title, followed by the names and addresses of all authors. The
sequence of material should be: title, author(s), abstract, text, acknowledgments, literature cited, appendix, figure
legends, figure copies (each numbered and identified), tables (each numbered and with heading). Each of the
following should start a new page: (1) title page, (2) abstract, (3) text, (4) literature cited, (5) figure legends, (6)
footnotes.
Upon final acceptance of a manuscript, the author should provide the editor with an emailed IBM formatted
electronic version. CD-ROMs or 3.5 inch floppy disks are acceptable. Because symbols and tables are not always
correctly translated it is best to also send a printed copy of the manuscript. Preferred word processing programs
are Microsoft Word and WordPerfect. If possible, all words that must be italicized should be done so, not
underscored. Tables may be formatted in a spread sheet program such as MS Works or MS Excel. Text should be
double-spaced typing, with 25 mm left and right margins. Tables should be put in a separate file. CDs and
Diskettes should be accompanied by the name of the software program used (e.g., WordPerfect, Microsoft Word).
Authors should keep backup copies of all material sent to the Editor. The Society cannot be responsible for
diskettes or text mislaid or destroyed in transit or during editing.
Illustrations should be planned for reduction to the dimension of the printed page (14 x 20.5 cm, column
width 6.7 mm) and allow room for legends at the top and bottom. Do not make plates larger than 14 x 18 in. (35.5
x 46 cm). Individual figures should be mounted on a suitable drawing board or similar heavy stock. Photographs
should be trimmed, grouped together and abutted when mounted. Figure numbers should be on the plate.
Include title, author(s) and address(es), and illustration numbers on back of each plate. Original figures need not
be sent until requested by the editor, usually after the manuscript has been accepted. Reference to figures /tables
in the text should be in the style "(Fig.l)" "(Table 1)". Measurements should be in the metric system.
Electronic plates may be submitted on disc, via email or uploaded to an ftp site (instructions will be given).
They must be fully composited, labeled, and sized to fit the proportions of the journal page. Line art should be
scanned at 1200 dpi (minimum input resolution is 600 dpi). Color or grayscale (halftone) images should have a
dpi of 300-350. Color files should be in CMYK and not RGB. Graphics should be submitted as TIFF, Adobe
Illustrator or EPS files. No PowerPoint or Word/WordPerfect files with images embedded in them are
acceptable.
All papers must conform to the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. The first mention of a plant or
animal name should include the full scientific name including the authority. Genus names should not be
abbreviated at the beginning of a sentence. In taxonomic papers type specimens must be clearly designated, type
depositories must be clearly indicated, and new taxa must be clearly differentiated from existing taxa by means
of keys or differential diagnoses. Authors are required to deposit all type material in recognized institutions (not
private collections). Voucher specimens should be designated for specimens used in behavioral or autecologic.il
studies, and they should be deposited similarly. DNA sequences must be deposited in GenBank/EMBL/DNA
Databank of Japan.
Acceptance of taxonomic papers will not require use of cladistic methods; however, authors using them will
be expected to specify the phylogenetic program used, including discussion of program options used. A data
matrix should be provided for morphological characters. Cladograms must be hung with characters and these
should include descriptors (not numbers alone) when feasible. The number of parsimonious cladograms
generated should be stated and reasons given for the one adopted. Lengths and consistency indices should be
provided. Adequate discussions should be given for characters, plesiomorphic conditions, and distributions of
characters among outgroups when problematical.
References in the text should be (Smith 1999), without a comma, or Smith (1999). Two articles by a single
author should be (Smith 1999a, 1999b) or Smith (1999a, 1999b). For multiple authors, use the word "and," not the
symbol "&" (Smith and Jones 1999). For papers in press, use "in press," not the expected publication date. The
Literature Cited section should include all papers referred to in the paper. Journal names should be spelled out
completely and in italics.
Charges. Publication charges are $10.00 per printed page. At least one author of the paper must be a member
of the International Society of Hymenopterists. Reprints are charged to the author and must be ordered when
returning the proofs; there are no free reprints. Author's corrections and changes in proof are also charged to the
author. Color plates will be billed at full cost to the author.
All manuscripts and correspondence should be addressed to:
Dr Gavin Broad
Dept. of Entomology
The Natural History Museum
Cromwell Road
London SW7 5BD, UK
Phone: +44(0)207 9425938; Fax: +44(0)207 9425229; Email: editor@hymenopterists.org
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES
3 9088 01386 4723
; .
5
; ; ,
i i | t
V v
■ ;■ ... j
: 4 ■' i
> A i v v a
•-- ■